Solvang City Council
October 12, 2026

Agenda 2026-10-12 CC
AGENDA

SOLVANG CITY COUNCIL
MONDAY OCTOBER 12, 2026
6:30 PM REGULAR MEETING
City Council: 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, CA 93463
David Brown Mayor Virtual & in Council Chamber
Mark Infanti District 1
Claudia Orona District 2
Louise Smith District 3
Elizabeth Orona District 4
AGENDA AND SUPPORTING MATERIALS – Available for viewing 8:00a.m.-5:00p.m. at City Hall, 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, and on the City’s website https://www.cityofsolvang.com/593/2026-to-Current-Agenda-Minutes Additional writings distributed to a majority of the City Council after the posting of the agenda will be made available at City Hall and on the City’s website.

AGENDA POSTING NOTIFICATION - Subscribe to receive email or text message notifications when agendas are posted online through “Notify Me” at: https://www.cityofsolvang.com/List.aspx PUBLIC COMMENT - The public is encouraged to address the City Council in-person, virtually, or in-writing on agenda and non-agenda items. If provided in writing, comments must be submitted to the City Clerk at [email protected] by 5:00 p.m. on the Friday before the meeting to be considered. Your comment will be recorded and distributed appropriately. Comments on agenda items will be heard at the time each item is considered, including non-agenda items. In-person speakers will be invited to make public comments first. Virtual speakers will follow.

CAMPAIGN CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE - Pursuant to Government Code Section 84308, any party to a City proceeding must disclose on the record any campaign contributions made to a member of the City Council [or commission] in excess of $500 in the past 12 months. This disclosure requirement includes contributions by the party’s agent and aggregated contributions from persons or entities related to the party. Please make the disclosure as soon as possible, but not later than the beginning of the proceeding.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT - If, as a participant of this meeting, you need special assistance the City will attempt to accommodate you in every reasonable manner. Please contact the City Clerk at either (805) 688-5575 x206 or [email protected] 72- hours’ notice is requested.

LET YOUR VOICE BE HEARD! Do you have about one minute a month to help make Solvang better? The City of Solvang is working with FlashVote to engage the community and gather valuable input from residents to inform our decisions. We encourage residents to sign up at www.flashvote.com/Solvang to participate by phone or text only.

PARTICIPATING IN THE MEETING -City Council meetings will be in person and conducted by video/teleconferencing through Zoom. The meeting will also be broadcast live on Channel 23 and streamed on the City’s website, Vimeo, and YouTube.
• To join by Zoom, visit https://zoom.us/j/3066529195 If you wish to speak, please use the “raised hand” symbol. • To join by phone, call (888) 788-0099 and enter Meeting ID: 306 652 9195#. The phone line will be open 30 minutes before the meeting.
6:30 PM REGULAR MEETING

CALL TO ORDER

ROLL CALL
Agenda 2026-10-12 CC

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

1. PROCLAMATIONS, COMMENDATIONS, AND CEREMONIAL ITEMS:
a. SBCAG 60th Anniversary Proclamation

2. PRESENTATIONS:
a. Presentation of Santa Barbara County Fire Department Most Recent Quarterly Reports

3. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS - NON - AGENDA AND CONSENT ITEMS This section is intended to provide members of the public with the opportunity to address the Council on items not on the Agenda and on Consent. This section is limited to 30 minutes. Each speaker will be afforded three minutes and may speak only once. State law does not allow the Council to discuss or act on issues not on the agenda, except to briefly respond or ask Staff to follow up on such items.

4. CITY MANAGER REPORT AND ADVANCE CALENDER

5. GC SECTION 53232.3(d) (aka AB 1234) and GC SECTION 84308 (aka SB 1439) REPORT OUT,

COUNCIL COMMENTS, REQUESTS
Reports of meetings attended, contributions made or received, and Comments and requests from City Council Members.

6. CONSENT ITEMS
Consent is designed for routine; administrative city matters and is approved by roll call vote with one motion. These items are discussed only at the request of council members. Members of the public were afforded an opportunity to speak on Consent items during the Public Communications portion of this agenda. a. Approve order of Agenda as presented
b. Approve City Council Minutes of Special Closed and Regular Meeting of September 14, 2026, Special Closed Meeting of October 1, 2026.
c. Approve September Warrants

7. PUBLIC HEARINGS

8. DISCUSSION ITEMS
a. Award of Construction Contract to Main Line Engineering Construction to Allow Installation of PG&E Service for the Parking Lot 5 Project and Authorize Necessary Budget Adjustments b. Review of Adopted Video Surveillance Policy
c. Resolution Ratifying the Declaration of a Local Emergency in Anticipation of the 2026-2027 El Niño Winter Storm Season

9. COUNCIL CLOSING COMMENTS

10. ADJOURNMENT
Adjourn in Memory of Carol Anders
Agenda 2026-10-12 CC

AFFIDAVIT OF POSTING
I, Annamarie Porter, City Clerk for the City of Solvang, California, DO HEREBY CERTIFY under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, that the foregoing revised notice was posted at the City of Solvang City Hall bulletin board at 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, CA and on the City of Solvang website not less than 72 hours prior to the meeting, per Government Code 54954.2.

Dated October 9, 2026.

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 1.a
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: SBCAG 60th Anniversary Proclamation
PREPARED BY: Annamarie Porter, City Clerk
1 2

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 2.a
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Presentation of Santa Barbara County Fire Department Most Recent Quarterly Reports
PREPARED BY: Olivia Uribe-Mutal, Assistant to the City Manager DISCUSSION:

As part of the City’s service arrangement with Santa Barbara County Fire, the County provides the City with a quarterly detailed Response Time Report and Incidents by Unit and District Report. SB County Fire Chief Garrett Huff will present this information to Council and be available to respond to questions.

These reports are intended to keep the City informed of Fire Department activity and response performance during the previous quarter.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

None
ALTERNATIVES:

None
FISCAL IMPACT:

None
ATTACHMENTS:

A. SBC Fire Quarterly Report Q2
B. SBC Fire Quarterly Report Q3
1 2026 Public Safety
Quarterly Review
(Quarter 2)
Garrett F. Huff
Fire Chief/Fire Warden
2 Station 30 provides specialty
equipment and trained
personnel that can respond with
the following equipment: • Medic Engine 30 • Medic Truck 30 • Engine 330 (4x4 brush engine) 24/7 staffing: Ø Captain Ø Engineer Ø Firefighter Paramedic Ø Firefighter EMT 3 Q2 Statistics 2026
4 SBC Q2 Statistics 2026
5 City of Solvang Q2 Statistics 2026
6 City of Solvang Calls by Type
7 Rescue / EMS
8 Fires
9 Rescue/Hazard
10 Public Service
11 Defensible Space
12 Public Information Office
13 Questions?
14 2026 Public Safety
Quarterly Review
(Third Quarter)
Garrett F. Huff
Fire Chief/Fire Warden
15 Station 30 provides specialty
equipment and trained
personnel that can respond with
the following equipment: • Medic Engine 30 • Medic Truck 30 • Engine 330 (4x4 brush engine) 24/7 staffing: Ø Captain Ø Engineer Ø Firefighter Paramedic Ø Firefighter EMT 16 Q3 Statistics 2026
17 SBC Q3 Statistics 2026
18 City of Solvang Q3 Statistics 2026
19 City of Solvang Calls by Type
20 Rescue / EMS
21 Fires
22 Rescue/Hazard
23 Public Service
24 Public Information Office
25 Questions?
26 Agenda Forecast
10/26/2026
Item Title Task Owners
PRESENTATIONS:

PG&E Presentation - State of the Utility by Eric Daniels Olivia Uribe-Mutal

CONSENT ITEMS
Council Goals - Quarterly Update Randy Murphy
Receive and File Quarterly Financial Report for July-September 2026 Wendy Berry Third Quarter Marketing Reports Candice Libera

DISCUSSION ITEMS
Adopt Resolution Authorizing the Purchase of Two Diamond Coach Vehicles for the SYVT Fleet and Authorize Any Necessary Budget Adjustments to Complete the Purchase Bridget Paris
11/9/2026
Item Title Task Owners

CONSENT ITEMS
Stormwater Management Program Annual Report Bridget Paris

PUBLIC HEARINGS
Public hearing to consider adoption for 1st Reading an amendment to Sign Regulations Chapter 13, Title 11 of the Solvang Municipal Code Rafael Castillo

DISCUSSION ITEMS
Discussion of Request for Proposals for Potential Purchase and/or Operation of the City's Water and Wastewater Utility Enterprises Chelsea O'Sullivan
11/23/2026
12/14/2026
Item Title Task Owners

CONSENT ITEMS
Approve 2027 City Council Meeting Calendar Annamarie Porter

DISCUSSION ITEMS
Council action regarding:

1. Designation of Mayor pro tem for 2027

2. Establishing Council seating arrangements

3. Councilmember appointments to Outside Agency Boards and Committees.

On-Street Parking Restrictions Policy Direction Bridget Paris 2027
Item Title Task Owners
PRESENTATIONS:

CCWA Bond Update Jose Acosta

CONSENT ITEMS
Receive and File Quarterly Financial Report for October - December 2026 Wendy Berry
Approve Resolution 26-XXXX approving the Investment Policy for calendar year 2027 Wendy Berry

DISCUSSION ITEMS
1 Adopt IS-MND for HCA Well Jose Acosta
Los Olivos CSD Sewer Connection Update Jose Acosta
Modify City Code Title 9, Chapter 3, 9-3D-3, Water Conservation Jose Acosta WWTP Finance Solution Direction to Staff Jose Acosta
Approve Annual Comprehensive Financial Report (ACFR) for fiscal year 25/26 Wendy Berry
Receive and file Mid-year budget report and approve budget adjustments as presented. Wendy Berry
Adopt Resolution 27-XXXX updating the Fee Schedule Wendy Berry 2 CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 6.a
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Approve order of Agenda as presented
PREPARED BY: Annamarie Porter, City Clerk
DISCUSSION:

Recommended Motion:

ALTERNATIVES:

FISCAL IMPACT:

ATTACHMENTS:
1 CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 6.b
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Approve City Council Minutes of Special Closed and Regular Meeting of September 14, 2026, Special Closed Meeting of October 1, 2026.

PREPARED BY: Annamarie Porter, City Clerk
1 M 2026-09-28 CC
5:00 PM SPECIAL CLOSED SESSION

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Brown called the Special Closed Session meeting to order at 5:00 p.m. in the City Hall Council Chamber, 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, California.

ROLL CALL

Present: Mayor David Brown, Mayor pro tem Louise Smith, Councilmembers Mark Infanti, Claudia Orona, Elizabeth Orona

Absent: None
Staff: City Manager Randy Murphy, City Attorney Chelsea O’Sullivan, Assistant City Attorney Dave Fleishman (via Zoom), Outside Counsel Jeff Sloan (via Zoom), City Clerk Annamarie Porter

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Aaron Petersen led in the Pledge of Allegiance.

1. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS ON CLOSED SESSION ONLY
Candice Libera, Jennifer Calbillo, Aaron Petersen, Hank Homburg, Denise El Amin, Johnathan Flynn, Marianne Bates, Adriana Reys, Brian Baca, Jan Paul. Mary Neto

2. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
Mayor Brown recessed to Closed Session at 5:24 p.m.
a. Conference with Labor Negotiators – pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6 Agency Designated Representative: Dave Fleishman, Assistant City Attorney Employee Organization: Teamsters Union Local 986
b. Conference with Legal Counsel – Existing Litigation – pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.8(d)(1)
Name of Case: Edward St. George v. City of Solvang et al., Case No. 25-cv-07234

MINUTES

SOLVANG CITY COUNCIL
MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 28, 2026

SPECIAL CLOSED AND REGULAR MEETING
2 M 2026-09-28 CC
c. Conference with Legal Counsel – Anticipated Litigation - Significant exposure to litigation pursuant to pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9(d)(2) one potential case
RECONVENE TO OPEN SESSION 6:32

ANNOUNCEMENT OF CLOSED SESSION ACTIONS
City Attorney O’Sullivan announced reportable action on Item 2.a directing Staff to provide dates and hold dates to meet with Union representatives, and that there was no reportable action on Agenda items 2.b and 2.c

3. ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Brown adjourned the Closed Session at 6:28 p.m.
6:30 PM REGULAR MEETING

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Brown called the Regular meeting to order at 6:32 p.m. in the City Hall Council Chamber, 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, California.

ROLL CALL

Present: Mayor David Brown, Mayor pro tem Louise Smith, Councilmembers Mark Infanti, Claudia Orona, Elizabeth Orona

Absent: None
Staff: City Manager Randy Murphy, City Attorney Chelsea O’Sullivan, City Clerk Annamarie Porter, Community Development Director Rafael Castillo, Assistant to the City Manager Olivia Mutal-Uribe

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Candice Libera led in the Pledge of Allegiance.

1. PROCLAMATIONS, COMMENDATIONS AND CEREMONIAL ITEMS: None

2. PRESENTATIONS
a. Visit Santa Ynez Valley 2025 Annual Report Presentation

3. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS – NON-AGENDA AND CONSENT ITEMS Denise El Amin

4. CITY MANAGER REPORT AND ADVANCE CALENDAR

5. GC SECTION 53232.3(d) (aka AB 1234) and GC SECTION 84308 (aka SB 1439) 3 M 2026-09-28 CC

REPORT OUT, EX-PARTE COMMUNICATIONS, COUNCIL

COMMENTS, REQUESTS
Councilmember Infanti attended the Santa Ynez Valley Annual Meeting, Parks & Rec meeting, Danish Days, Friends of the Library
Councilmember C Orona attended the Annual 3CE meetin,g Central Coast Energy.

Councilmember Smith attended the League of California Cities conference.

Councilmember E Orona attended the Visit SYV annual meeting, EMA GSA Water Board Meeting, and has been campaigning.

Mayor Brown attended Danish Days, EBike Safety zoom meeting, SBCAG Hwy 101 project meeting, Visit SYV Meeting, Farm Bureau Dinner at Vega Vineyards, SVY CWPP (wildfire prevention) Nashville Nights for Friendship House, Artist and advocacy Woodstock.

6. CONSENT ITEMS
a. Approve Order of Agenda as Presented
b. Approve City Council Minutes of September 14, 2026
c. SYVT Monthly Ridership Report, Aug. 2026 - Receive and File Motion by Councilmember E. Orona, seconded by Councilmember C. Orona to approve Consent, carried 5/0

7. PUBLIC HEARINGS - None

8. DISCUSSION ITEMS
a.Development of Policies and Standards for Construction Site Governance Report provided by Community Development Director Castillo Public Comment: Denise El Amin
Direction provided to Staff to return with a policy.
b. Resolution Opposing Proposition 43 and Joining the No on Prop 43 Coalition Report provided by Assistant to the City Manager Mutal-Uribe Public Comment: Denise El Amin
Motion by C Orona, seconded by E Orona to Adopt the Resolution Opposing Proposition 43 and Joining the No on Prop 43 Coalition, carried 5/0

9. COUNCIL CLOSING COMMENTS

10. ADJOURNMENT – 8:11 p.m.

Respectfully submitted,
4 M 2026-09-28 CC
Annamarie Porter, MMC, City Clerk
5 M 2026-10-01 CC Special Closed
2:00 PM SPECIAL CLOSED SESSION

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Brown called the Special Closed Session meeting to order at 2:00 p.m. in the City Hall Council Chamber, 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, California.

ROLL CALL

Present: Mayor David Brown, Mayor pro tem Louise Smith, Councilmembers Mark Infanti, Claudia Orona, Elizabeth Orona

Absent: None
Staff: City Manager Randy Murphy, Assistant City Attorney Dave Fleishman, City Clerk Annamarie Porter, Administrative Services Director Wendy Berry, Assistant to the City Manager Olivia Uribe-Mutal

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Cliff Reynolds led in the Pledge of Allegiance.

1. PUBLIC COMMUNICATIONS ON CLOSED SESSION ONLY
Denise El Amin

2. RECESS TO CLOSED SESSION
Mayor Brown recessed to Closed Session at 2:04 p.m.
a. Conference with Labor Negotiators – pursuant to Government Code Section 54957.6 Agency Designated Representative: Dave Fleishman, Assistant City Attorney Employee Organization: Teamsters Union Local 986
RECONVENE TO OPEN SESSION 3:45 p.m.

ANNOUNCEMENT OF CLOSED SESSION ACTIONS
Assistant City Attorney Fleishman announced there was not reportable action

3. ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Brown adjourned the Closed Session at 3:49 p.m.

Respectfully submitted,
Annamarie Porter, MMC, City Clerk

MINUTES

SOLVANG CITY COUNCIL
THURSDAY OCTOBER 1, 2026

SPECIAL CLOSED MEETING
6 CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 6.c
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Approve September Warrants
PREPARED BY: Wendy Berry, Administrative Services Director DISCUSSION:

The City processes payments to vendors, employees, and agencies in the normal course of business.

These payments represent obligations for goods and services previously authorized by the City Council through the annual budget, contract approvals, and purchase orders.

Monthly warrant approval provides transparency and formal oversight of City expenditures. Warrant registers are reviewed by Finance staff to ensure:
• Expenditures are consistent with the adopted budget,
• Payments are supported by appropriate documentation, and • Disbursements comply with applicable accounting and procurement requirements.

Staff recommends approval of the monthly warrants as presented.

ALTERNATIVES:

None
FISCAL IMPACT:

All expenditures are within the approved budget appropriations and consistent with the purchasing policy.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. September Check Report
1 10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 1 of 8
Check Report
City of Solvang By Vendor Name
Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount Bank Code: APBNK-AP Bank Code
11417 4LEAF, Inc. 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 9,146.39 8481
J4420I Invoice 09/17/2026 FY 26-27 Professional Services 0.00 9,146.39 11417 4LEAF, Inc. 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 5,423.85 8482
J0822-26H Invoice 09/18/2026 FY 26-27 Professional Services 0.00 5,423.85 10444 Adobe Systems Incorporated 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 242.92 8450 3570864175 Invoice 09/04/2026 Acrobat Pro Subscription 0.00 242.92 11295 Advanced Automotive Solutions Inc. 09/22/2026 Regular 0.00 66.75 48957 46612 Invoice 09/11/2026 Smog - Truck #636 0.00 66.75
11476 Advanced Cable Systems 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 2,300.00 8429 21615 Invoice 08/31/2026 Fiber Optic from Building to Electrical room 0.00 2,300.00 10613 Advantage Group, The 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 188.00 8451 201350 Invoice 08/31/2026 Monthly HRA/Payroll 0.00 188.00 10873 Aqua-Metric Sales Company 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 472.50 48910 INV0115903 Invoice 08/31/2026 Field Logic Communicator 0.00 472.50 10873 Aqua-Metric Sales Company 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 2,293.22 48935 INV0115904 Invoice 08/31/2026 New 1in Meters 0.00 2,293.22 11799 Atlas Performance Industries, Inc. 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 1,226.82 48936 RI161184 Invoice 09/09/2026 8x20 Office Trailer 0.00 1,226.82 11775 Atlas Planning Solutions 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 12,717.00 8430 1959 Invoice 09/01/2026 Emergency Management Update 0.00 12,717.00 11543 AutoSys, LLC 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 2,925.42 8452
INV-0540 Invoice 09/09/2026 SCADA 0.00 1,125.42
INV-0542 Invoice 08/25/2026 Diagnosis of Potential Security Vulnerability 0.00 1,800.00 11802 Best Best & Krieger LLP 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 602.00 48937 1072262 Invoice 09/03/2026 Admin Legal Expense 0.00 602.00 11687 California Consulting, Inc. 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 4,600.00 8431 8262 Invoice 09/01/2026 Grant Writing Services FY 2026-27 0.00 4,600.00 10076 Cannon Associates 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 2,838.00 8483 97014 Invoice 09/16/2026 Parking Lot 5 PG&E Bidding Support 0.00 2,838.00 11279 Carollo Engineers, Inc 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 34,527.00 8453 FB87446 Invoice 09/04/2026 WWTP Water Quality Project 0.00 34,527.00 10647 Chiloni Huffman 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 76.00 8432
133 Invoice 08/27/2026 August 2026 Wednesday Classes 0.00 76.00 10095 City of Buellton 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 3,125.34 48911 2026-0827 Invoice 08/27/2026 Shared Rec Expenses April-June 2026 0.00 3,125.34 11408 City of Goleta 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 319,165.00 48938 INV00216 Invoice 09/08/2026 Annual Solvang Library Operating Budget 0.00 319,165.00 10195 City of Lompoc Finance Dept. 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 1,666.66 8454 21020 Invoice 09/01/2026 Transit Services - October 2026 0.00 1,666.66 2 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 2 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 11587 Column Software PBC 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 82.55 8433 PAUYBTVF-0003 Invoice 08/27/2026 Public Notice - LBFO 0.00 82.55 11729 De Lage Landen Financial Services, Inc. 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 390.41 8434 598410412 Invoice 08/21/2026 Lease Payments 0.00 390.41 10467 DellaValle Embroidery 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 58.73 8435 3776 Invoice 09/01/2026 Embroidered Logos - Nathan G. 0.00 58.73 10467 DellaValle Embroidery 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 191.81 8474 3738 Invoice 08/07/2026 Embroidered Logos 0.00 191.81
10797 Engel & Gray 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 875.49 8436
68N00016 Invoice 08/23/2026 Annual PO for Slugde Disposal 0.00 875.49 10797 Engel & Gray 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 2,692.28 8455
68U00017 Invoice 08/30/2026 Annual PO for Slugde Disposal 0.00 2,692.28 10797 Engel & Gray 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 944.41 8475
69600021 Invoice 09/06/2026 Annual PO for Slugde Disposal 0.00 944.41 11617 Extreme Clean Janitorial 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 10,229.96 8437 3418 Invoice 08/31/2026 Extreme Clean FY 2026-27 0.00 10,229.96 11617 Extreme Clean Janitorial 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 11,274.38 8456 3426 Invoice 09/07/2026 Extreme Clean FY 2026-27 0.00 11,274.38 11617 Extreme Clean Janitorial 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 12,399.14 8476 3430 Invoice 09/14/2026 Extreme Clean FY 2026-27 0.00 12,399.14 11617 Extreme Clean Janitorial 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 12,088.96 8484 3434 Invoice 09/21/2026 Extreme Clean FY 2026-27 0.00 12,088.96 11812 Figueroa Carpet Cleaning 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 80.00 48916 INV-J0036 Invoice 08/30/2026 City Hall Carpet Cleaning 0.00 80.00 11697 Five Star Bank 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 23,387.30 48912 5250 08/31/2026 Invoice 08/31/2026 Acct#5250 0.00 23,387.30 11565 Frederick Paul Lageman 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 5,470.62 8457 INV0015003 Invoice 08/31/2026 FY 2026-27 Rec Services 0.00 5,470.62 11365 Frontier Communications 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 132.27 48913 2900 08/28/2026 Invoice 08/28/2026 Acct#805-688-2900-110481-5 0.00 132.27 11806 Garrison Protective Services 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 560.00 8438 1127 Invoice 08/31/2026 Security 08/29/2026 0.00 560.00 11806 Garrison Protective Services 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 560.00 8458 1128 Invoice 09/08/2026 Security Guards - 09/05/2026 0.00 560.00 10760 Haaker Equipment Company 09/22/2026 Regular 0.00 669.79 48958 INV47163 Invoice 09/10/2026 Moulding Tee Manifold 0.00 669.79 10725 Hankering Corporation, The 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 257.02 8439 95973 Invoice 09/01/2026 Leash Dog Sign 0.00 257.02
10276 Infosend, Inc 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 2,935.56 8478
317630 Invoice 08/31/2026 Utility Billing 0.00 2,935.56 11486 Islay Events 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 3,965.00 8441
1656 Invoice 08/31/2026 Recorded Meetings 0.00 3,965.00 11652 Islett Agency Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 4,400.00 48915 2657 Invoice 09/01/2026 Services for Organic Social FY 2026-27 0.00 4,400.00 3 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 3 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 91276 Jason Banta 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 615.52 8460
INV0014998 Invoice 09/08/2026 Per Diem for Conference 0.00 615.52 10180 Jim's Service Center 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 5,301.62 48939 INV0015000 Invoice 09/01/2026 Fuel - August 0.00 5,301.62 11526 JV Outdoor Power Equipment 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 21.07 8442 34165 Invoice 09/01/2026 Air Filter 0.00 21.07
11526 JV Outdoor Power Equipment 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 48.46 8461 34188 Invoice 09/04/2026 NGK CMR7H/3066 0.00 48.46
11801 Kiley & Associates, LLC 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 2,985.00 48914 SO 260830 Invoice 08/30/2026 Federal Funding Advocacy 0.00 2,985.00 11441 Lanspeed 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 8,255.00 8462
80126 Invoice 09/01/2026 IT Services 0.00 4,720.00
80127 Invoice 09/01/2026 IT Services 0.00 3,535.00
11805 Lechowicz & Tseng Municipal Consultants, LLC 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 3,920.00 48940 1 Invoice 09/03/2026 Utility Rate Study FY 2026-27 0.00 3,920.00 10027 Lompoc Excel Personnel Svs Inc 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 1,008.00 8443 4773913 Invoice 08/27/2026 Temp Services - Genevieve M. Week of 8/… 0.00 1,008.00 10027 Lompoc Excel Personnel Svs Inc 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 1,008.00 8463 4776401 Invoice 09/03/2026 Temp Services - Genevieve M. Week of 8/… 0.00 1,008.00 10027 Lompoc Excel Personnel Svs Inc 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 1,020.60 8479 4778756 Invoice 09/10/2026 Temp Services - Genevieve M. Week of 9/6 0.00 1,020.60 11738 Marmolejo Electric Inc. 09/22/2026 Regular 0.00 698.00 48959 5565 Invoice 09/11/2026 Replace Crosswalk Batteries 0.00 698.00 52991 Mary Hofeld 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 100.00 48917
INV0014973 Invoice 09/02/2026 Recreation Refund 0.00 100.00 11553 Metropolitan Transportation Commission 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 2,000.00 48941 4926-AR14522 Invoice 09/08/2026 StreetSaver Annual Subscription 0.00 2,000.00 11068 MNS Engineers, Inc. 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 9,091.25 8464 26070806 Invoice 09/09/2026 FEMA Support Services 0.00 4,230.00 26080207 Invoice 08/04/2026 1745 Mission Drive Plan Review 0.00 3,638.75 26090027 Invoice 08/27/2026 1745 Mission Drive Plan Review 0.00 592.50 26090028 Invoice 08/27/2026 2025 Viborg Road Plan Review 0.00 373.75 26090029 Invoice 08/27/2026 727 Fredensborg Canyon Road ADU Plan R… 0.00 87.50 26090070 Invoice 09/09/2026 FEMA Support Services 0.00 168.75 11803 Model 1 Commercial Vehicles, Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 123,224.47 48918 VA101006046 Invoice 09/01/2026 SYVT Two Vehicle Purchase 0.00 123,224.47 11803 Model 1 Commercial Vehicles, Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 123,224.48 48933 VA101006046A Invoice 09/01/2026 SYVT Two Vehicle Purchase 0.00 123,224.48 52990 Monica Sanchez 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 910.00 48919 INV0014974 Invoice 09/02/2026 Recreation Refund 0.00 910.00 10885 Moore & Associates, Inc. 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 3,093.75 8485 26-5483 Invoice 09/14/2026 Transit Administration 0.00 3,093.75 10885 Moore & Associates, Inc. 09/28/2026 EFT 0.00 5,259.63 8486 26-5482 Invoice 09/14/2026 Transit Marketing 0.00 5,259.63 10949 Municipal Maintenance Equipment Inc. 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 197.07 8465 053351 Invoice 09/10/2026 8" Kanaflex 180AR Vacuum 0.00 197.07 4 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 4 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 11128 Nielsen Building Material 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 11.73 48920 16782 Credit Memo 08/12/2026 2x6x10 Stud Return 0.00 -259.00 286376 Invoice 08/20/2026 Tamper Bar Digger 0.00 107.42 286466 Invoice 08/20/2026 5" Kickdown Door Stop 0.00 8.32 287307 Invoice 08/26/2026 Coveralls 0.00 114.61
287993 Invoice 08/31/2026 5/8x5" HD Titen 0.00 40.38
11128 Nielsen Building Material 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 26.58 48943 288585 Invoice 09/03/2026 Spray Painter Touch Gloss 0.00 26.58 10707 Oilfield Environmental & Compliance, Inc 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 367.80 8444 2607100 Invoice 09/01/2026 Annual lab Fees 0.00 367.80
11136 Petty Cash 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 20.00 48921
INV0014967 Invoice 08/31/2026 Supplies for Haunted House 0.00 20.00 11739 Premier Heating and Air LLC 09/22/2026 Regular 0.00 8,460.00 48960 INV0015004 Invoice 09/14/2026 New ductowork and air balancing in City h… 0.00 8,460.00 10723 Procare Janitorial Supply, Inc 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 494.32 8445 196287 Invoice 08/26/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#2 0.00 290.57 196290 Invoice 08/26/2026 Janitorial Supplies - SF 0.00 203.75 10723 Procare Janitorial Supply, Inc 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 2,969.60 8466 196602 Invoice 09/04/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#1 0.00 466.06 196603 Invoice 09/04/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#2 0.00 451.40 196604 Invoice 09/04/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#2 0.00 110.32 196605 Invoice 09/04/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#3 0.00 260.61 196606 Invoice 09/04/2026 Janitorial Supplies - City Hall 0.00 379.61 196679 Invoice 09/09/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#1 0.00 469.16 196680 Invoice 09/09/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#1 0.00 173.04 196683 Invoice 09/09/2026 Janitorial Supplies - RR#3 0.00 468.63 196684 Invoice 09/09/2026 Janitorial Supplies - City Hall 0.00 190.77 10298 Quadient Finance USA, Inc. 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 500.00 8467 0573 08/30/2026 Invoice 08/30/2026 Postage 0.00 500.00
11804 QwikResponse 09/28/2026 Regular 0.00 22,713.50 48961 26028600622 - F Invoice 09/15/2026 Visitor's center remediation 0.00 22,713.50 11639 Reece Plumbing 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 376.74 48942 S124470900.001 Invoice 09/08/2026 Blue Fluorescent Marking Paint 0.00 169.20 S124486293.001 Invoice 09/09/2026 Sloan Royal 0.00 207.54 52993 Richard Holguin 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 3,159.44 48944 INV0015002 Invoice 09/04/2026 Utility Billing Refund 0.00 3,159.44 11381 Roadrunner Management Services, Inc. 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 90,492.89 8468 7154 Invoice 09/01/2026 SYVT Operations - Roadrunner Mgmt Svcs … 0.00 78,816.60 7155 Invoice 09/01/2026 Fuel Reimbursement - August 2026 0.00 11,676.29 10033 S.Y.R.W.C.D. ID #1 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 1,767.62 48945 7501 08/31/2026 Invoice 08/31/2026 Acct#000017037501 0.00 1,767.62 10033 S.Y.R.W.C.D. ID #1 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 2,828.19 48946 5001 08/31/2026 Invoice 08/31/2026 Acct#000017005001 0.00 2,828.19 10033 S.Y.R.W.C.D. ID #1 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 4,497.74 48947 0001 08/26/2026 Invoice 08/26/2026 Acct#000017040001 0.00 4,497.74 10033 S.Y.R.W.C.D. ID #1 09/29/2026 Regular 0.00 20,106.36 48962 INV0015034 Invoice 09/28/2026 DWR/CCWA Variable O&M 8/1/26-12/31/… 0.00 20,106.36 5 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 5 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 52992 Santa Barbara Oral Surgery 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 12.00 48922 INV0014972 Invoice 09/02/2026 Overpayment of Business Certificate Ren… 0.00 12.00 11232 Santa Ynez Paint 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 434.68 48948 196447 Invoice 08/27/2026 Painting Supplies 0.00 221.72 196526 Invoice 08/31/2026 Painting Supplies 0.00 212.96 11167 Santa Ynez Valley Hardware 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 1,967.59 48923 INV0014975 Invoice 08/31/2026 Supplies - August 0.00 1,967.59 10484 Santa Ynez Valley Rotary Foundation 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 30,000.00 48924 INV0014968 Invoice 08/25/2026 2026 4th of July Sponsorship 0.00 30,000.00 10281 Satcom Global FZE 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 57.21 8446
AS09260166 Invoice 09/01/2026 Iridium SIM Card 0.00 57.21 11294 Scott Reardon's Locksmith Service 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 115.88 48949 38888 Invoice 08/27/2026 City Hall Keys 0.00 115.88
11448 SiteOne Landscaping Supply, LLC 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 98.43 48925 170399509-001 Invoice 08/26/2026 Tree Watering Bag 0.00 34.90 170432485-001 Credit Memo 08/27/2026 Tree Watering Bag Return 0.00 -34.90 170432593-001 Invoice 08/27/2026 Lesco Fertilizer 0.00 98.43 11448 SiteOne Landscaping Supply, LLC 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 391.27 48950 170761958-001 Invoice 09/04/2026 Bulk Concrete Sand 0.00 268.69 170762549-001 Invoice 09/04/2026 Empty Poly Bags 0.00 74.06 170764447-001 Invoice 09/04/2026 Bulk Decomposed Granite 0.00 48.52 52287 Solvang Chamber of Commerce 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 675.00 48951 INV0014997 Invoice 09/04/2026 Deposit Refund 0.00 675.00 11613 Solvang Hygge Huset LLC 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 9,881.09 48926 1057 Invoice 09/01/2026 Visitor's Center FY 2025-26 0.00 9,881.09 10142 SP Maintenance Services, Inc 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 3,647.92 8469 103043 Invoice 09/01/2026 Street Sweeping - SP Maint 0.00 3,647.92 10902 Staples Advantage 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 445.13 8470 6073708277 Invoice 09/05/2026 Office Supplies 0.00 156.24 6073708278 Invoice 09/05/2026 Mesh Chair 0.00 288.89
11487 Stiletto Events 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 3,880.00 8480 SOL-0826-1 Invoice 09/11/2026 Services for PR FY 2026-27 0.00 3,880.00 11773 Sun Coast Rentals, Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 165.00 48927 260828-0000912… Invoice 08/29/2026 35' Towable Boom Lift Rental 0.00 165.00 51158 SYCSD 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 133.15 48928
INV0014969 Invoice 09/01/2026 Temporary Fire Hydrant Permit Refund 0.00 133.15 11776 SYV Garden Center, Inc. dba Windmill Nursery 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 375.65 48929 INV0014970 Invoice 08/01/2026 Color Pack x 12 0.00 160.15 INV0014971 Invoice 08/26/2026 Olea e. Wilsoni #15 0.00 215.50 11377 Tractor Supply Credit Plan 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 673.39 48952 100508576 Invoice 07/31/2026 Husq 460 Rancher 0.00 592.61 200617703 Invoice 07/29/2026 Premix Fuel 0.00 80.78
11672 Traffic Management, Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 559.72 48930 06-126338 Invoice 08/28/2026 Aluminum Signs 0.00 559.72 11672 Traffic Management, Inc. 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 358.48 48953 06-126477 Invoice 09/03/2026 Qwik-Punch Non Perforated 0.00 358.48 6 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 6 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 11557 Tripepi, Smith and Associates, Inc. 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 461.25 48954 17987 Invoice 08/31/2026 Urban Growth Boundary 0.00 461.25 11767 Two Trumpets Communications 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 2,000.00 8471 1631 Invoice 09/04/2026 City Newsletter 0.00 2,000.00
10992 Tyler Technologies, Inc 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 40.00 48931 CI100-00316022 Invoice 09/01/2026 Utility Billing - October 0.00 40.00 11182 Underground Service Alert of Southern California09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 204.80 8447 26-270779 Invoice 09/01/2026 California State Fee for Regulatory Costs 0.00 64.15 820260722 Invoice 09/01/2026 New Ticket Charges 0.00 140.65 10214 USA Blue Book 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 86.06 8440
INV01148200 Invoice 08/31/2026 Brass Nipple 0.00 86.06
10214 USA Blue Book 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 855.24 8459
INV01156321 Invoice 09/09/2026 Hach Free Ammonia Reagent 0.00 855.24 10214 USA Blue Book 09/22/2026 EFT 0.00 1,168.70 8477
INV01157432 Invoice 09/10/2026 Lead Free Brass Reducer Coupling 0.00 146.76 INV01158416 Invoice 09/10/2026 Swivel Adapter 0.00 227.10 INV01158583 Invoice 09/10/2026 Hach DR300 Chlorine 0.00 794.84 11426 Valley Fresh Market, LLC 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 423.57 48955 02-158705 Invoice 08/13/2026 Water for Backhoe Training - CJPIA 0.00 19.48 02-163631 Invoice 08/18/2026 Water for Confined Spaces Training - CJPIA 0.00 11.19 03-216883 Invoice 08/27/2026 Dish Soap 0.00 42.91
05-150708 Invoice 08/18/2026 Lunch for SAMA Meeting 0.00 349.99 11562 Valley Shield Termite and Pest Solutions, Inc. 09/08/2026 Regular 0.00 359.00 48932 37433 Invoice 08/25/2026 Weekly Pest Control - SF 0.00 100.00 37434 Invoice 08/18/2026 Weekly Pest Control - SF 0.00 100.00 37436 Invoice 08/25/2026 Twice a Month AG Service - Vets 0.00 100.00 37516 Invoice 08/18/2026 Monthly Pest Control - HCA 0.00 59.00 11562 Valley Shield Termite and Pest Solutions, Inc. 09/15/2026 Regular 0.00 550.00 48956 37428 Invoice 08/06/2026 Monthly Pest Control - Annex 0.00 75.00 37430 Invoice 08/11/2026 Twice a Month AG Service - HCA 0.00 100.00 37431 Invoice 08/06/2026 Twice a Month AG Service - HCA 0.00 100.00 37435 Invoice 08/11/2026 Weekly Pest Control - SF 0.00 100.00 37437 Invoice 08/06/2026 Twice a Month AG Service - Vets 0.00 100.00 37502 Invoice 08/06/2026 Rodent Control Monthly - City Hall 0.00 75.00 10337 Visit the Santa Ynez Valley 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 59,235.12 8472 INV0015001 Invoice 09/08/2026 SYVTBID - July (Collected in August) 0.00 59,235.12 11561 Vital Records Control 09/15/2026 EFT 0.00 95.00 8473 6882109 Invoice 08/31/2026 Shredding Services 0.00 95.00 10497 West Coast Arborists, Inc 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 15,414.75 8448 248365 Invoice 09/03/2026 Tree Maintenance - Public Works & Parks 0.00 15,414.75 7 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 7 of 8
Vendor Number Vendor Name Payment Date Payment Type Discount Amount Payment Amount Number Payable # Payable Type Post Date Payable Description Discount Amount Payable Amount 10686 ZWorld GIS 09/08/2026 EFT 0.00 2,380.00 8449
30000114 Invoice 09/01/2026 Z World GIS Services FY 2026-27 0.00 2,380.00 Regular Checks
Manual Checks
Voided Checks
Discount
Payment
Payment Type Count
Bank Code APBNK Summary
Bank Drafts
EFT's
52 0
0 0
58 0.00

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00
110 0.00
Payment
729,627.61

0.00 0.00

0.00 355,540.45
1,085,168.06
Payable
Count
75 0
0 0
79 154
8 Check Report Date Range: 09/01/2026 - 09/30/2026
10/6/2026 10:02:16 AM Page 8 of 8
All Bank Codes Check Summary
Payment Type Discount
Payment
Count Payment
Payable
Count
Regular Checks
Manual Checks
Voided Checks
Bank Drafts
EFT's
52 0
0 0
58 0.00

0.00 0.00

0.00 0.00
110 0.00
729,627.61

0.00 0.00

0.00 355,540.45
1,085,168.06
75 0
0 0
79 154
Fund Name Period Amount
Fund Summary
998 POOLED CASH 9/2026 1,085,168.06
1,085,168.06
9 CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 8.a
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Award of Construction Contract to Main Line Engineering Construction to Allow Installation of PG&E Service for the Parking Lot 5 Project and Authorize Necessary Budget Adjustments
PREPARED BY: Bridget Paris, Public Works Director / City Engineer DISCUSSION:

The PG&E Service Installation for the Parking Lot 5 Project will provide the electrical infrastructure needed to support the future development of Parking Lot 5. The project includes trenching along Oak Street from Parking Lot 4 to Parking Lot 5 for the installation of electrical conduit. The conduit will provide service for the replacement of the streetlight at the southwest corner of Oak Street and 2nd Street, as well as connections to a new transformer, switchboard, and metering equipment at Parking Lot 5.

This electrical infrastructure will support the future installation of electric vehicle (EV) chargers and charging equipment for Santa Ynez Valley Transit (SYVT) buses. Cannon Engineering prepared the plans and bid documents and will provide construction engineering and inspection services during construction.

The project was advertised for bid on July 28, 2026, through PlanetBids and remained open for four weeks. PlanetBids is a web-based procurement platform used by public agencies to advertise projects, distribute bid documents, and receive bids electronically. Bids were publicly opened on August 25, 2026, and the City received two responsive bids for the project.

The largest differences between the engineer's estimate and the submitted bids were for the concrete equipment pad (transformer, switchboard, and metering equipment) and traffic control bid items. The City received the following bids:

Bidder Bid Amount
Main Line Engineering Construction Inc. $196,670.00
Joseph Engineering $283,545.67
Engineer's Estimate $215,404.00
Main Line Engineering Construction Inc. submitted the lowest responsible bid and met all bid criteria.

The bid amount is $18,734.00 below the engineer's estimate. Award of this contract will be the first step toward construction of Parking Lot 5.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:
“I move to award the construction contract for the PG&E Service Installation for the Parking Lot 5 Project to Main Line Engineering for an amount Not-to-Exceed $217,000, authorize the Mayor to execute the Agreement. I further authorize the City Manager to approve construction change orders up 1 to 10% of the contract amount and authorize the necessary budget adjustments to complete this project.”
ALTERNATIVES:

Direct staff to rebid the project.

FISCAL IMPACT:

The project is funded with transit funds from Account No. 805-5000-850-70105. The construction contract amount is $196,670.00, with a 10% contingency of $20,330.00, for a total construction budget NTE $217,000.00.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Bid Tabulation – PG&E Service Installation for Parking Lot 5 Project B. Construction Contract, Main Line Engineering Construction Inc. a. Contract, Section B1
b. Bid Package, Section A
c. Campaign Contribution Disclosure Form
d. Certificate of Insurance
e. Project Specifications & Plans
2 Bid Tabulation - PG&E Service Installation for Parking Lot 5 Project City of SolvangPG&E Service Installation for Parking Lot 5Bid Opening Date: 8/25/2026 Item
No. Item Description Unit Qty.

Eng's Unit
Price
Eng's Line
Item Total
Bidder's
Unit Price
Bid Line Item
Total
Bidder's
Unit Price
Bid Line Item
Total
1 Mobilization LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $8,000.00 $8,000.00 $11,750.49 $11,750.492 Stormwater Management LS 1 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $1,500.00 $1,500.00 $11,443.00 $11,443.00 3 Project Safety & Traffic Control LS 1 $24,000.00 $24,000.00 $8,500.00 $8,500.00 $23,853.50 $23,853.50 4 Conduit Trenching & Backfill LF 242 $165.00 $39,930.00 $140.00 $33,880.00 $189.63 $45,890.465 2-inch Conduit & Sweeps LF 225 $26.00 $5,850.00 $60.00 $13,500.00 $18.95 $4,263.756 4-inch Conduit & Sweeps LF 184 $36.00 $6,624.00 $70.00 $12,880.00 $26.51 $4,877.847 5-inch Conduit & Sweeps LF 22 $46.00 $1,012.00 $50.00 $1,100.00 $73.00 $1,606.008 AC Pavement Restoration SF 937 $24.00 $22,488.00 $30.00 $28,110.00 $35.89 $33,628.939 Bollards EA 19 $1,500.00 $28,500.00 $800.00 $15,200.00 $1,210.00 $22,990.00 10 Concrete Equipment Pad - Transformer LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,500.00 $4,500.00 $31,900.00 $31,900.00 11 Concrete Equipment Pad - Switchboard and Meter LS 1 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,500.00 $4,500.00 $31,900.00 $31,900.00 12 Switchboard & Meter Panel LS 1 $40,000.00 $40,000.00 $50,000.00 $50,000.00 $55,000.00 $55,000.0013 Street Light Enclosure LS 1 $1,000.00 $1,000.00 $5,000.00 $5,000.00 $4,440.70 $4,440.7014 PG&E Allowance LS 1 $30,000.00 $30,000.00 $10,000.00 $10,000.00 $1.00 $1.00 $215,404.00 $196,670.00 $283,545.67
Engineers Estimate Main Line Engineering Joseph Engineering TOTAL BID:
3 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01
B1 - CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
PROJECT: CITY OF SOLVANG – PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT PW 26-01
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT: $196,670.00
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 12th day of October 2026, by and between the City of Solvang hereinafter referred to as "Agency" or “City”, and Main Line Engineering Construction Inc., hereinafter referred to as "Contractor".

IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES, COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS HEREINAFTER SET FORTH, THE PARTIES DO HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE I: GENERAL
For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Agency, Contractor agrees to perform and complete in a workmanlike manner all work required under the Bidding Schedule of said Agency's Specifications entitled PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01 in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings therefor, to furnish at its own expense all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services necessary therefore, except such materials, equipment and services as may be stipulated in said Specifications to be furnished by the Agency, and to do everything required by the Agreement and the said Specifications and Drawings, for the sum of $196,670.00, pursuant to the Bidding Schedule attached hereto and made a part hereof.

ARTICLE II: PAYMENT
For furnishing all said labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, furnishing and removing all plant, temporary structures, tools, and equipment, and doing everything required by this Agreement and the said Specifications and Drawings; for all loss and damages arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise during the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the Agency, and for all risks of every description connected with the work; for all expenses resulting from the suspension or discontinuance of work, except as in the said Specifications are expressly stipulated to be borne by the Agency and for completing the work in accordance with the requirements of said Specifications and Drawings, the Agency will pay, and Contractor shall receive, in full compensation therefor, the price set forth above .

ARTICLE III: CONSIDERATION
The Agency hereby employs Contractor to perform the work according to the terms of this Agreement for the abovementioned price and agrees to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions stipulated in the Specifications; and the parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained.

ARTICLE IV: INDEMNIFICATION
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall (1) immediately defend and (2) indemnify and hold harmless the City of Solvang, and its elected officials, officers, and employees from and against all liabilities regardless of nature, type, or cause, arising out of or resulting from or in connection with the performance of the Contract, including without limitation, all claims, losses, damages, penalties, stop notices, fines, and judgments; associated investigation and administrative expenses; defense costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees; court costs; and costs of alternative dispute resolution. The Contractor’s obligation to defend and indemnify applies regardless of whether a liability is 4 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01
a result of the negligence of any other person, unless it is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction or agreed to by the parties that the liability is caused by the active negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of an indemnified party.

The duty to defend is a separate and distinct obligation from the Contractor’s duty to indemnify. The Contractor shall be obligated to defend, in all legal, equitable, administrative, or special proceedings, with counsel approved by the City of Solvang, the City of Solvang and its elected officials, officers, and employees, immediately upon submittal to the Contractor of the claim in any form or at any stage of an action or proceeding, whether or not liability is established. A determination of comparative active negligence or willful misconduct by an indemnified party does not relieve the Contractor from its separate and distinct obligation to defend City of Solvang. The obligation to defend extends through final judgment, including exhaustion of any appeals. The defense obligation includes an obligation to provide independent defense counsel if Contractor asserts that liability is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party. If it is finally adjudicated that liability was caused by the sole active negligence or sole willful misconduct of an indemnified party, Contractor may submit a claim to the City of Solvang for reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and defense costs.

The review, acceptance or approval of the Contractor’s work or work product by any indemnified party shall not affect, relieve or reduce the Contractor’s indemnification or defense obligations. This Section survives completion of the services and/or the termination or expiration of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section are not limited by and do not affect the provisions of this Agreement relating to insurance.

Liabilities subject to this Section include any claim of discrimination or harassment, including but not limited to sexual harassment, arising from the conduct of the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s officers, employees, agents, licensees, or subcontractors. In the event of discrimination or harassment complaint against any employee, agent, licensee or subcontractor of the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor shall take immediate and appropriate action in response to such complaint, including, but not limited to termination or appropriate discipline of any responsible employee, agent, licensee or subcontractor.

ARTICLE V: WAGES
The payment of prevailing wages is required on this project. The general prevailing rates of per diem wages and general prevailing rates for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the work is to be performed have been determined by the Agency. Said general prevailing rates of per diem wages are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof. The Contractor agrees that it, and each subcontractor under it, will pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed in the performance of the Agreement. Any contractor who is awarded a public works project and intends to use a craft or classification not shown on the general prevailing wage determinations, may be required to pay the wage rate of that craft or classification most closely related to it as shown in the general determinations effective at the time of the call for bids.

The DIR Number for this Project is #20260647732.

ARTICLE VI: HOURS AND WORKING CONDITIONS
The Agency is a public entity in the State of California and is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State. Except as otherwise provided in the Solvang City Charter or the Solvang Municipal Code, it is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this Agreement to the same extent as though set forth herein and will be complied with by the Contractor. Additional requirements related to Labor Code compliance are set forth in Section 5 of the Standard Specifications.

ARTICLE VII: WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
5 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01
Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.”
ARTICLE VIII: THIRD PARTY CLAIMS
The City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to the Project at any time. The City shall timely notify the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Project. The City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice.

ARTICLE VII: GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE
The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard for conflicts of laws principles. Venue for any legal action arising out of this Agreement shall be the County of Santa Barbara, California.

ARTICLE VIII: COMPONENTS OF AGREEMENT
The Bid Information Sheet; Contractor's Proposal; Bid Schedule; Bid Bond or other security; Bidder Information; Faithful Performance Bond; Labor and Material Bond; Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2021 Edition of Greenbook), General Provisions; General Provisions Modifications; Special Provisions; Technical Specifications and Modifications; Specifications and Drawings and all Addenda issued by the Agency with respect to the foregoing prior to the opening of bids, are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on the day and year first above written.

CITY OF SOLVANG
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

Chelsea E. O’Sullivan
City Attorney (Print Name)
Signature

Date
David Brown
Mayor (Print Name)
Signature

Date 6
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01
ATTEST:

Annamarie Porter
City Clerk (Print Name)
Signature

Date

CONTRACTOR
Ariel Ernesto Arroyo
Chief Executive Officer (Printed Name)
Signature
Date
Project: PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01

THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE A FORM FROM AN APPROVED SURETY HOWEVER THE SUBSTITUTED FORM MUST CONTAIN THE SAME PROVISIONS AS THE CITY FORM. 7 Main Line Engr. Bid Package
8 9
10 11
12 13
14 15
16 17
18 19
20 21
22 23
24 25
26 27
28 CITY OF SOLVANG
Applicant/Interested Party Campaign Contribution Disclosure Form 1644 Oak Street │ Solvang, CA 93463 │ www.cityofsolvang.com │ (805) 688-5575

APPLICANT/INTERESTED PARTY INFORMATION
Applicant Name:

Phone: Email (required):

Representative/Agent:

Phone: Email:

Mailing Address:

City: State: Zip:

Website:

Name and subject matter of applicant’s proceeding:

CONTRIBUTION DISCLOSURE (GOVERNMENT CODE SECTION 84308) Please list all contributions in excess of $500 (either as a single payment or in aggregate) made within the past 12 months to officers of the agency involved in the above-mentioned proceeding by any parties (applicants) or their agents or representatives, including corporations, limited liability companies (LLCs), or other business entities and principals thereof, that are affiliated with the above-referenced proceeding. You may attach additional pages as necessary to list contributions made to involved agency officers and provide additional information about the contributor's relationship with the recipient.

Contributor Name:

Date of Contribution Recipient Office/Candidate Contribution Amount ($):

Refund: Yes or No;
Date of Refund.
☐ By checking this box I certify that I have not given any contributions consistent with Government Code Section 84308

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
This form must be updated after each contribution, and no less than 45 days before any agency consideration regarding the abovereferenced application. Completion of this form does not waive or in any way impact a party's obligation to disclose such contributions over $250 on the record of the proceeding pursuant to Government Code section 84308(e).

I declare under penalty of perjury that the information which has been included in this Disclosure Form is true and correct:

Signature: _______________________________________________ Date: ______________________________ Print Name: ______________________________________________

OFFICIAL USE ONLY
File/Project No: Date Received:

Main Line Engineering Construction INC 805-588-5223 [email protected] Ariel Arroyo 805-588-5223 [email protected] po box 2209 Lompoc CA 93438 PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26 - 01 9/15/2026 Ariel Arroyo 29 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE

THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.

INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE
INSURER F :

INSURER E :

INSURER D :

INSURER C :

INSURER B :

INSURER A :

NAIC #
NAME:

CONTACT
(A/C, No):

FAX
E-MAIL
ADDRESS:

PRODUCER
(A/C, No, Ext):

PHONE

INSURED
COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER:

IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).

THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS

CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.

OTHER:
(Per accident)
(Ea accident)
$
$
N / A
SUBR
WVD
ADDL
INSD

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS

CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. $
$
$
$ PROPERTY DAMAGE
BODILY INJURY (Per accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)

COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
AUTOS

AUTOS AUTOS

NON-OWNED

HIRED AUTOS

ALL OWNED SCHEDULED

ANY AUTO

AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
Y / N

WORKERS COMPENSATION

AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatory in NH)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
If yes, describe under

ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
$
$
$
E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT
E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
ER

OTH- STATUTEPER
(MM/DD/YYYY) LIMITS POLICY EXP (MM/DD/YYYY)

POLICY EFF LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICY NUMBER INSR
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)

EXCESS LIAB
UMBRELLA LIAB EACH OCCURRENCE $
AGGREGATE $
$
OCCUR

CLAIMS-MADE
DED RETENTION $
PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $
GENERAL AGGREGATE $
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $
MED EXP (Any one person) $
EACH OCCURRENCE $

DAMAGE TO RENTED
PREMISES (Ea occurrence) $

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

CLAIMS-MADE OCCUR
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:

POLICY PROJECT LOC

CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY)

CANCELLATION

AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
ACORD 25 (2014/01)
© 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.

CERTIFICATE HOLDER
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
09/14/2026 JVRC Insurance Services 1 Baxter Way Ste 105 Westlake Village CA 91362 Brandon Dempster 8187357600 818-698-6401 [email protected] MAIN LINE ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION INC 116 East College Ave, Suite A LOMPOC CA 93438 Berkley Assurance Company 39462 CM Vantage Specialty Insurance Company 15872 CorePointe Insurance Company 10499 A ž ž ž
Y VUMA0412870 01/16/2026 01/16/2027 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 B ž ž CMV-EXL-0068282-01 11/24/2025 11/24/2026 3,000,000 3,000,000 C Y Y CTP1004341 10/26/2025 10/26/2026 ž 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 City of Solvang and its Officers & Staff, and its employees and agents are named as additional insureds, on a primary and non-contributory basis, with respect to the general liability policy. Waiver of subrogation applies with respect to the workers' compensation policy.

City of Solvang and its Officers & Staff 1644 Oak St Solvang CA 93463-2768 30 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CG 20 10 12 19
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

CG 20 10 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 2 ADDITIONAL INSURED – OWNERS, LESSEES OR
CONTRACTORS – SCHEDULED PERSON OR

ORGANIZATION
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

SCHEDULE
Name Of Additional Insured Person(s)
Or Organization(s) Location(s) Of Covered Operations
As required by written contract executed and
signed by all parties prior to the date of loss but
only to the extent permitted by law. The insurance
afforded to such additional insured will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or
agreement to provide for such additional insured.

As designated in written contract with the Named
Insured.

Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.

A. Section II – Who Is An Insured is amended to
include as an additional insured the person(s) or
organization(s) shown in the Schedule, but only
with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury"
caused, in whole or in part, by:

1. Your acts or omissions; or

2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your
behalf;
in the performance of your ongoing operations for
the additional insured(s) at the location(s)
designated above.

However:

1. The insurance afforded to such additional
insured only applies to the extent permitted by
law; and

2. If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the
insurance afforded to such additional insured
will not be broader than that which you are
required by the contract or agreement to
provide for such additional insured.

B. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following additional
exclusions apply:

This insurance does not apply to "bodily injury" or
"property damage" occurring after:

1. All work, including materials, parts or
equipment furnished in connection with such
work, on the project (other than service,
maintenance or repairs) to be performed by or
on behalf of the additional insured(s) at the
location of the covered operations has been
completed; or

2. That portion of "your work" out of which the
injury or damage arises has been put to its
intended use by any person or organization
other than another contractor or subcontractor
engaged in performing operations for a
principal as a part of the same project.
31

C. With respect to the insurance afforded to these
additional insureds, the following is added to
Section III – Limits Of Insurance:

If coverage provided to the additional insured is
required by a contract or agreement, the most we
will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the
amount of insurance:

1. Required by the contract or agreement; or

2. Available under the applicable limits of
insurance;
whichever is less.

This endorsement shall not increase the
applicable limits of insurance.
32 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
CG 20 01 12 19
THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY.

CG 20 01 12 19 © Insurance Services Office, Inc., 2018 Page 1 of 1 PRIMARY AND NONCONTRIBUTORY –

OTHER INSURANCE CONDITION
This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following:

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART

PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART
The following is added to the Other Insurance
Condition and supersedes any provision to the
contrary:

Primary And Noncontributory Insurance
This insurance is primary to and will not seek
contribution from any other insurance available to
an additional insured under your policy provided
that:
(1) The additional insured is a Named Insured
under such other insurance; and
(2) You have agreed in writing in a contract or
agreement that this insurance would be
primary and would not seek contribution
from any other insurance available to the
additional insured.
33 34
35 PROJECT MANUAL

FOR PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR
PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01
JULY 28, 2026

FOR USE WITH THE

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION
BIDS DUE August 25, 2026
Prepared under the supervision of
Anthony Severy, RCE 82551
36 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION A - BID DOCUMENTS & INFORMATION.....................................................................................................................4 A1 - NOTICE INVITING BIDS...................................................................................................................................................................5 A2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS.......................................................................................................................................................7 A2.01 INSPECTION OF SITE OF WORK..........................................................................................................7 A2.02 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS..................................................................................7 A2.03 CONTRACT PERIOD / CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE....................................................7 A2.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ..........................................................................7 A2.05 SOIL INFORMATION....................................................................................................................................7 A2.06 PROPOSAL.................................................................................................................................................7 A2.07 ADDENDA.....................................................................................................................................................8 A2.08 BID PRICES..................................................................................................................................................8 A2.09 TAXES............................................................................................................................................................9 A2.10 RECOGNITION OF BONDING COMPANIES.......................................................................................9 A2.11 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS ..................................................................................................................9 A2.12 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ............................................................................................9 A2.13 REGISTRATION WITH DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS............................................10 A2.14 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE......................................................................................................................10 A2.15 BID PREPARATION COSTS..................................................................................................................10 A2.16 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL ............................................................................................................10 A2.17 POSTPONEMENT OF BID OPENING .................................................................................................10 A2.18 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS..........................................................................................................10 A2.19 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS...........................................................................................................10 A2.20 AWARD OF CONTRACT.........................................................................................................................11 A2.21 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE.....................................................................................................11 A2.22 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTEES ........................................................................................11 A2.23 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT...............................................................................................................11 A2.24 FLEXIBILITY OF BID SCHEDULE .......................................................................................................11 A3 - BID PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................................................................................13 A4 - BID SCHEDULE .............................................................................................................................................................................14 A5 - BID BOND .........................................................................................................................................................................................16 A6 - BID GUARANTEE............................................................................................................................................................................17 A7 - BIDDER INFORMATION.................................................................................................................................................................18 A8 - EXPERIENCE STATEMENT.......................................................................................................................................................20 A9 - DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS...............................................................................................................................21 A10 - STATEMENT REGARDING INSURANCE COVERAGE ....................................................................................................23 A11 - STATEMENT REGARDING THE CONTRACTOR’S LICENSING LAWS ......................................................................24 A12 - NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION (CONTRACTOR) .......................................................................................................26 SECTION B - CONTRACT INFORMATION & DOCUMENTS..........................................................................................................27 B1 - CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT ...............................................................................................................................................28 B2 - LABOR & MATERIALS BOND......................................................................................................................................................33 B3 - FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND..........................................................................................................................................35 C1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS.............................................................................................................................................................37 5-4 INSURANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS.........................................45 5-8.2 Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting. ....................................................................................................50 5-8.3 Insurance Requirements not Limiting. ....................................................................................50 SECTION D - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & MODIFICATIONS..............................................................................................66 D1 - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................67 D1.1 LOCATION AND SCOPE OF WORK......................................................................................................67 D1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING..........................................................................................................67 D1.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND JOB SITE.................................................................67 D1.4 NOTIFICATIONS .........................................................................................................................................67 37 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 3
D1.5 INSPECTION OF THE WORK..................................................................................................................68 D1.6 SOILS AND MATERIALS TESTING SERVICES .................................................................................68 D1.7 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING SERVICES ........................................................................................68 D1.8 DAILY REPORT...........................................................................................................................................68 D1.9 RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS...............................................................................68 D1.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.......................................................................................................68 D1.11 POTHOLING...............................................................................................................................................69 D1.12 DIFFERING CONDITIONS......................................................................................................................69 D1.13 PERMITS.....................................................................................................................................................69 D1.14 OFFSITE WORK........................................................................................................................................69 D1.15 CLEAN-UP AND DUST CONTROL ......................................................................................................69 D1.16 ORDER OF THE WORK..........................................................................................................................69 D1.17 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT .........................................................................................................70 D2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS (PAYMENT & MEASUREMENT) ............................................................74 D2.1 MOBILIZATION ............................................................................................................................................74 D2.2 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT.............................................................................................................74 D2.3 PROJECT SAFETY & TRAFFIC CONTROL.............................................................................................76 D2.4 CONDUIT TRENCHING AND BACKFILL..................................................................................................76 D2.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND SWEEPS......................................................77 D2.6 ASPHALT PAVEMENT RESTORATION................................................................................................77 D2.7 FURNISH AND INSTALL BOLLARDS....................................................................................................78 D2.8 FURNISH AND INSTALL CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS ............................................................78 D2.9 FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT............................................................................78 D2.10 PG&E ALLOWANCE...................................................................................................................................79 D3 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS....................................................................................................................................................80 APPENDIX “A” ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
38 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 4

SECTION A - BID DOCUMENTS & INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE:

Forms A3 through A12 must be completed and submitted with all bids.

A1 - Notice Inviting Bids
A2 - Information for Bidders
A3 - Bid Proposal
A4 - Bid Schedule
A5 - Bid Bond
A6 - Bid Guarantee (submitted in lieu of Bid Bond)
A7 - Bidder Information
A8 - Experience Statement
A9 - Designation of Suppliers & Subcontractors
A10 - Bidder’s Statement Regarding Insurance Coverage
A11 - Statement Regarding the Contractor’s Licensing Laws A12 - Non-Collusion Declaration (Contractor)
Failure to complete, sign, and return the above proposal documents with your bid may render it non-responsive.
39 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 5
A1 - NOTICE INVITING BIDS
PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT PW 26-01 PUBLIC NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City of Solvang as (“Agency” or “City” sometimes herein), invites sealed bids for the above stated project. Complete bids must be actually received in the office of the City Clerk, City Hall, 1644 Oak Street, Solvang, CA 93463 up to 2:00 p.m., local time Tuesday, August 25, 2026, when the bids will be publicly opened and read. Bidders assume all risks of untimely or non-delivery of bids not personally delivered to the office of the City Clerk. Untimely bids will be returned unopened.

Bidders are encouraged to attend a non-mandatory pre-bid walk-through of the proposed work sites.

The pre- bid walk-through will begin at 2:00 p.m. local time on Tuesday, August 11, 2026, in the Utilities Department Conference Room at 411 Second Street, Solvang, CA 93463.

OBTAINING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: The Contract Documents are entitled "PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01”. Contract documents are provided at no cost to bidders. The documents may be downloaded from:
https://pbsystem.planetbids.com/portal/52533/portal-home A link to this site can also be found on the City website at https://www.cityofsolvang.com/Bids.aspx If you download the documents please send an email to Bridget Paris, [email protected], so you can be added to the plan holders list.

Inquiries should be addressed to the City of Solvang, Bridget Paris, Public Works Director/City Engineer, at (805) 688-5575 x225, located at 411 Second Street, Solvang, CA 93463. Questions regarding the project and Bid documents must be received in writing by 5:00 PM local time on Friday, August 14,2026. Questions received after this time will not be responded to. For requests for clarification of Plans and Specifications, see Section A2.04 in A2 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS.

COMPLETION OF WORK: The project must commence by the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. The Work must be completed within 60 Working Days from the Notice to Proceed.

DESCRIPTION OF WORK: The Work includes, but is not limited to the following:

Construction and installation of PG&E services, including conduits and sweeps, trenching and pavement restoration, transformer, switchboard, meter pedestal, concrete equipment pads, fixed and removable barrier posts, and related PG&E infrastructure to support future parking lot 5 improvements, EV chargers, and the replacement of the existing light pole at the intersection of Oak Street and 2nd Street.

The engineers estimated cost of construction for this project is between $200,000 – $240,000. The City reserves the right to award all or a portion of the work. The basis of award will be the TOTAL BID Price set forth in the Bid Schedule.

LOCATION OF WORK: See Title Sheet of Project Construction Drawings for Project Location Map indicating various sites included in this Project.

The Agency hereby affirmatively ensures that all business enterprises will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this Notice and will not be discriminated against in any consideration leading to the award of contract.

Each bid must be prepared on the approved Proposal forms in conformance with A2 – INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS and submitted in an envelope, sealed and plainly marked on the outside, "SEALED BID FOR PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01, DO NOT OPEN WITH REGULAR MAIL". The bid must be accompanied by a bid security in the form of a certified or 40 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 6
cashier's check or bidder's bond, made payable to the Agency for an amount no less than ten percent (10%) of the total bid amount.

In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5 [with limited exceptions for bid purposes only under Labor Code Section 1771.1(a)].

Payment of prevailing wages pursuant to Labor Code Section 1770 et seq., is required on this project.

The submission to the California Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) by the contractor of certified payrolls or copies thereof, is required. Also, in accordance with DIR regulations, each contractor, or subcontractor shall preserve its weekly certified payroll records for a period of 3 years from the date of completion of this contract. Such payroll records shall be made available at all times for inspection by the Agency or its authorized representative. This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR.

The Agency will deduct five percent (5%) as retention from all progress payments as specified in C7 – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, and at the request and expense of the selected bidder (“Contractor”), securities equivalent to the amount withheld may be deposited with the City or with a State or federally chartered bank as escrow agent, which shall then pay such monies to the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Project, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. Alternatively, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. No such substitutions shall be accepted until all related documents are approved by the City Attorney.

This Project requires the successful bidder to possess a Class ”A” California State Contractor’s license.

The Agency reserves the right to reject any or all bids, to waive any irregularity, and/or to rebid this Project. All bids shall remain valid for not less than sixty (60) calendar days from the date of Bid Opening.

BY ORDER OF THE CITY OF SOLVANG.

By:

Randy Murphy, City Manager
41 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 7
A2 - INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
A2.01 INSPECTION OF SITE OF WORK
Bidders are required to inspect the site of the work in order to satisfy themselves, by personal examination or by such other means, as they may prefer, of the location of the proposed work and as to the actual conditions of and at the site of work. If, during the course of his/her examination, a bidder finds facts or conditions which appear to him/her to conflict with the letter or spirit of the Contract Documents, or with any other data furnished to him/her, he/she may apply to the Agency in writing in accordance with A2.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS for additional information and explanation before submitting his/her bid.

The submission of a proposal by the bidder shall constitute the acknowledgment that, if awarded the contract, he/she has relied and is relying on his/her own examination of (a) the site of the work, (b) the access to the site, and (c) all other data, matters, and things requisite to the fulfillment of the work and on his/her own knowledge of existing services and utilities on and in the vicinity of the site of the work to be constructed under the contract, and not on any representation of the Agency. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed, which is based upon a lack of knowledge of the above items.

A2.02 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Each bidder shall thoroughly examine and be familiar with legal and procedural documents, general conditions, specifications, drawings and addenda (if any). The submission of a proposal shall constitute an acknowledgment upon which the Agency may rely that the bidder has thoroughly examined and is familiar with the Contract Documents. The failure or neglect of a bidder to receive or examine any of the Contract Documents shall in no way relieve him/her from any obligations with respect to his/her proposal or to the contract. No claim for additional compensation will be allowed, which is based upon a lack of knowledge of any contract document.

A2.03 CONTRACT PERIOD / CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION DATE
Bidder’s attention is called to the provisions set forth in C6 – PROSECUTION, PROGRESS AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK, particularly those pertaining to the contract period and liquidated damages for avoidable delays.

A2.04 INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
No oral interpretations will be made to any bidder as to the meaning of the Contract Documents. The Agency is not bound by any oral representations of anyone on behalf of the Agency. Requests for an interpretation shall be made in writing and delivered to the Agency at least five (5) days before the time announced for opening the proposals. Interpretations by the Agency, if deemed necessary to fully implement this bidding process, will be in the form of an addendum to the Contract Documents and, when issued, will be sent as promptly as is practical to all parties to whom the Contract Documents have been issued. All such addenda shall become part of the contract. All questions shall be addressed to Bridget Paris at E-Mail [email protected] or 411 Second Street, Solvang CA 93463.

A2.05 SOIL INFORMATION
(NOT USED)
A2.06 PROPOSAL
Proposals shall be made on the forms enclosed in SECTIONS A3 through A12 of these specifications. All proposals shall give the prices proposed, both in writing and in figures, shall include all other information requested herein, and shall be signed by the bidder or his/her authorized representative, with his/her address. If the proposal is made by an individual, his/her name, signature and post office address must be shown; if made by firm or partnership, the name and post office address of the firm or partnership and the signature of at least one of the general 42 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 8
partners must be shown; if made by a corporation, the proposal shall show the name of the state under the laws of which the corporation is chartered, the name and post office address of the corporation, and the name and title of the person who signs on behalf of the corporation. If the proposal is made by a corporation, a certified copy of the bylaws or resolution of the board of directors of the corporation shall be furnished showing the authority of the officer signing the proposal to execute contracts on behalf of the corporation.

Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, labeled as specified in A1 – NOTICE INVITING BIDS. Bidders are warned against making erasures or alterations of any kind, and proposals that contain omissions, erasures or irregularities of any kind may be rejected. No oral, telegraphic or telephonic proposals or modifications will be considered. All proposals shall become property of the Agency and public records.

In conformance with Business and Professions Code, Section 7030.5, the Contractor must state clearly his/her license number and expiration date. In addition, he/she shall sign a statement that these representations were made under the penalty of perjury. This statement shall be made on A8 – EXPERIENCE STATEMENT.

A2.07 ADDENDA
Each proposal shall include specific acknowledgment in the space provided on A3 – BID PROPOSAL of receipt of each addendum issued during the bidding period. Failure to so acknowledge may result in the proposal being rejected as not responsive.

A2.08 BID PRICES
Bid prices shall include everything necessary for the completion of construction of the Project and fulfillment of the contract including, but not limited to, furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, plant and other facilities and all management, superintendence, labor and services, except as may be provided otherwise in the Contract Documents. In the event of a difference between a price quoted in words and a price quoted in figures for the same quotation, the words shall be the amount bid. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended amount set forth for the item, the unit price shall prevail. However, if the amount set forth as a unit price is ambiguous, unintelligible or uncertain for any cause, or is omitted, or if the unit price is the same amount as the entry in the “Item Total” column, then the amount set forth in the “Item Total” column for the item shall prevail in accordance with the following:
(1) As to lump sum items, the amount set forth in the “Item Total” column shall be the unit price. (2) As to unit price items, the amount set forth in the “Item Total” column shall be divided by the estimated quantity for the item set forth in the bid documents, and the price thus obtained shall be the unit price.

In preparing bid prices bidder represents that he/she has carefully examined the Contract Documents and the site where the work is to be performed and that he/she has familiarized himself with all local conditions and federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations that may affect, in any manner, the performance of the work. The bidder further represents that he/she has studied all surveys and investigation reports about subsurface and physical conditions pertaining to the job site, that he/she has performed such additional surveys and investigations as he/she deems necessary to complete the work at his/her bid price, and that he/she has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The submittal of a bid shall be conclusive evidence that the bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, including locality, uncertainty of weather and all other contingencies, and as to the character, quality, quantities, and scope of the work.

The plans and specifications for the work may show subsurface conditions or otherwise hidden conditions as they are supposed or believed by the Agency to exist, but is not intended or to be inferred that the conditions as shown thereon constitute a representation that such conditions actually exist. Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents, the Agency and its consultants or agents shall not be liable for any loss sustained by the Contractor as a result of any variance of such conditions as shown on the plans and the actual conditions revealed during 43 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 9
the progress of the work or otherwise, to the fullest extent permitted by law.

The Contractor shall perform an independent quantity take-off of the plans and bid accordingly.

Quantities listed in A4 – BID SCHEDULE are intended only as a guide for the Contractor as to anticipated order of magnitude of work, and also for bid comparison. Contractor shall be responsible for verifying all estimated quantities. Contractor will be reimbursed for the quantity of items actually installed as required by the Contract Documents and shown on the plans to neat line and grade.

The Contractor will not be reimbursed for unauthorized work performed outside of that required by the Contract Documents.

A2.09 TAXES
No mention shall be made in the proposal of sales tax, use tax, or any other tax, as all amounts bid will be deemed and held to include any such taxes which may be applicable.

A2.10 RECOGNITION OF BONDING COMPANIES
All bonding companies used by the Contractor in this contract must be recognized by the Federal Government within Circular 570. All proposals or contracts received that include bonds posted by bonding companies not recognized in Circular 570 may result in the disqualification of the bid proposal and forfeiture of the bid bond. Furthermore, bonding companies used by the Contractor in this contract must be admitted to issue surety bonds in California pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure Sections 995.120 and 995.610, et seq..

A2.11 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
Each bidder shall be skilled and regularly engaged in the general class or type of work called for under the contract. A statement setting forth his/her experience shall be submitted by each bidder on A8– EXPERIENCE STATEMENT form provided herewith.

Each bidder shall provide references for at least 3 to 5 recent projects involving PG&E conduit and equipment installations.

Each bidder shall possess a valid Contractor's License issued by the Contractor's State License Board at the time his/her bid is submitted. The class of license shall be applicable to the work specified in the contract. Each bidder shall also have no less than five (5) years of experience in the magnitude and character of the work bid.

It is the intention of the Agency to award a contract to a bidder who furnished satisfactory evidence that he/she has the requisite experience and ability, and that he/she has sufficient capital, facilities, and plant to enable him/her to prosecute the work successfully and properly, and to complete it within the time specified in the contract.

To determine responsibility of the bidder, the Agency will take into account the factors set forth in Public Contract Code Section 1103, and further, will weigh any evidence that the bidder has performed satisfactorily other contracts of like nature, magnitude and comparable difficulty and comparable rates of progress. If in the opinion of the Agency, a bidder is determined to be insufficiently qualified or otherwise not responsible, then that bid will not be considered for award of the contract.

A2.12 DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
Each proposal shall have listed on A9 – DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS provided herewith the name and address of each subcontractor to whom the bidder proposes to sublet portions of the work in in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.

Subcontractor DIR registration numbers must also be provided in A9 – DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS. For the purpose of this paragraph, a subcontractor is defined as one who contracts with the Contractor to furnish materials and labor, or labor only for the performance of work at 44 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 10
the site of the work or who will specially fabricate a portion of the work off the site pursuant to detailed drawings in the Contract Documents.

A2.13 REGISTRATION WITH DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS Unless expressly exempt, all contractors and subcontractors who bid or work on public works projects for the City of Solvang must be registered with DIR pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Unless exempt, no contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal, be awarded a contract, or work on a public works project for the City of Solvang unless registered with DIR pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by DIR.

A2.14 PROPOSAL GUARANTEE
The proposal shall be accompanied by a bid bond duly completed on the form provided herewith by a surety company authorized to carry on business in the State of California for the benefit of the Agency, in the sum of at least 10% of the total amount of the bid proposal; or, by a certified or cashier's check payable to the Agency in the sum of at least 10% of the total amount of the bid proposal. The bid bond or other bid security payable to the Agency, shall be forfeited to the Agency in case of failure or neglect of the bidder to furnish, execute and deliver to the Agency the required performance and payment bonds and evidence of insurance, or to enter into, execute and deliver to the Agency the agreement in the form provided herewith, within ten (10) days after being notified in writing by the Agency that the award has been made and the agreement is ready for execution.

A2.15 BID PREPARATION COSTS
All costs incurred by the selected bidder prior to contract award and execution of the contract by the City, including all bid preparation costs, shall be at the bidder’s sole risk. City shall have no liability for costs incurred prior to bidder’s execution of the contract.

A2.16 WITHDRAWAL OF PROPOSAL
A proposal may be withdrawn by a written request signed by the bidder. Such requests must be delivered to the office of the City Clerk prior to the bid opening time stipulated in the A1 – NOTICE INVITING BIDS. Proposals may not be withdrawn after said time without forfeiture of the bid security.

The withdrawal of a proposal will not prejudice the right of the bidder to submit a new proposal prior to the bid submittal deadline. A bidder that has properly withdrawn their bid, may submit a new bid prior to the bid submittal deadline.

A2.17 POSTPONEMENT OF BID OPENING
The Agency reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening of bids at any time prior to the bid submittal deadline set forth in A1 – NOTICE INVITING BIDS.

A2.18 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS
If there is reason to believe that collusion exists among the bidders, none of the bids of the participants in such collusion will be considered. In the event that any bidder acting as a prime contractor has an interest in more than one proposal, all such proposals will be rejected, and the bidder will be disqualified. This restriction does not apply to subcontractors or suppliers who may submit quotations to more than one bidder, and while doing so, may also submit a formal proposal as a prime contractor.

A2.19 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
The Agency reserves the right to terminate this bidding process at any time for any reason; to reject any and all proposals; to waive any irregularity as deemed in its best interest; to reject any proposals which are incomplete, obscure or irregular; to reject any proposals which omit a bid on any one or more items 45 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 11
on which bids are required, which omit unit prices if unit prices are required or in which unit prices are unbalanced in the opinion of the Agency; to reject proposals which are accompanied by insufficient or irregular bid security, and/or to reject proposals which are from bidders who have previously failed to perform properly or to complete on time contracts of any nature.

A2.20 AWARD OF CONTRACT
The Award of Contract, if made, will be made to the lowest responsible and responsive bidder whose bid proposal is not otherwise rejected for cause by the Agency. However, until an award is made, the Agency reserves all rights to reject any or all bids, and to waive technical errors or discrepancies, if to do so is deemed to best serve the interests of the Agency. In no event will an award be made until all necessary investigations are made as to the responsibility and qualifications of the bidder to whom it is proposed to make such an award.

All bids are valid for not less than sixty (60) days or for such longer period as agreed upon by the apparent low bidder and Agency.

The acceptance of a proposal will be evidenced by a Notice of Award of Contract in writing, delivered by US mail or e-mail to the bidder whose proposal is accepted. No other act of the Agency shall constitute acceptance of a proposal. The award of contract shall obligate the bidder whose proposal is accepted to furnish all required bonds and evidence of required insurance and to execute the Contract set forth herein.

A2.21 LOCAL BUSINESS PREFERENCE
The City of Solvang extends a local business preference to local contractors bidding City capital improvement projects pursuant to the City’s Purchasing Policy. The local business preference provides a 5.0% discount to any bid from a contractor pre-designated as a local business under the criteria set forth in the City’s Purchasing Policy. Should a contractor, certified as a local business, submit a qualifying bid and be the number 2 (or higher) bidder with a bid price within 5.0% of the low bid of a non-local business contractor, the local business certified contractor will be awarded the contract. The contract will be awarded at the bid price of the qualifying local business certified contractor.

Contractors seeking the local business preference must submit an application form and be predesignated (certified) as a local business prior to submitting a bid. Instructions and application form for obtaining a local business preference designation may be obtained from the Public Works Department or City Hall receptionist.

A2.22 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTEES
The successful bidder’s bid security shall be held until the contract is executed. Bid security shall be returned to the unsuccessful bidders within a reasonable time, which in any case shall not exceed sixty (60) days after the successful bidder has signed the Contract, this bid process is terminated, or all bids are rejected.

A2.23 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT
The Contract shall be executed in duplicate by the successful bidder and returned, together with the required bonds and evidence of insurance, within ten (10) calendar days after the notification of the contract award by the City in writing. In case of failure of the successful bidder to execute the Contract within ten (10) calendar days after such notice, or any subsequent extension approved by Agency, the Agency may annul and rescind the award, deem the Bidder’s bid security forfeited, and award the contract to the next lowest responsible bidder, or it may reject all bids. After execution by the Agency, one original, signed contract shall be returned to the Contractor.

A2.24 FLEXIBILITY OF BID SCHEDULE
It is the intent of the City to award a contract to the lowest responsible bidder and the flexibility 46 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 12
shown in the bid schedule is necessary to ensure the project cost is within the City's budget limits and constraints.
47 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 13
A3 - BID PROPOSAL
The undersigned, as bidder, declares that he/she has examined all Contract Documents and specifications applicable to this project, contained in this Project Manual , and that the bidder will contract with the Agency by executing the form of contract provided herewith, to do everything necessary for the fulfillment of this contract at the price, and on the terms and conditions, set forth herein.

The following are included and are to be considered as forming a part of this proposal: A3–BID PROPOSAL, A4–BID SCHEDULE, A5–BID BOND, A6–BID GUARANTEE (if submitted in lieu of Bid Bond), A7–BIDDER INFORMATION, A8–EXPERIENCE STATEMENT, A9–DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS, A10– BIDDER’S STATEMENT REGARDING INSURANCE COVERAGE, A11– STATEMENT REGARDING CONTRACTOR’S LICENSING LAWS, and A12--NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION.

Bidder acknowledges receipt and inclusion of addenda nos. to into this bid proposal and the Contract Documents.

Attached is a bid bond duly completed by a surety company authorized to carry on business in the State of California in the amount of at least 10% of the Total Bid price in the proposal; or, there is attached a certified or cashier's check payable to the Agency, in the amount of at least 10% of the Total Bid Price in the proposal.

If our proposal is accepted, we agree to sign the contract form and to furnish the Performance Bond and the Payment Bond (each to be 100% of the Total Bid Price) in the forms provided herein, and the required evidences of insurance within ten (10) calendar days after receiving written Notice of Award of Contract.

We further agree if our proposal is accepted and a contract for the performance of the work is entered into with the Agency, to so plan the work and to prosecute it with such diligence that all of the work shall be completed within the time stipulated in C6-7 TIME OF COMPLETION AND CONTRACT PERIOD.

NAME OF BIDDER:

MAILING ADDRESS:

STATE OFINCORPORATION:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:

DATE:
(If Company is a Corporation, provide corporate resolution per A2.06 PROPOSAL) 48 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 14
A4 - BID SCHEDULE
The cost of all labor, services, material, equipment and installation necessary for the completion of the work itemized under this schedule, even though not shown or specified, shall be included in the unit price for the various items shown herein. For a description of the work associated with each bid item, see SECTION D – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND MODIFICATIONS. The Agency reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or omit items as may be necessary, and the same shall in no way affect or make void the contract, except that appropriate additions or deductions from the contract total price will be made at the stipulated unit price in accordance with these Contract Documents.

The Bidder shall perform an independent take-off of the plans and bid accordingly. Quantities listed in this Bid Schedule are intended only as a guide for the Bidder as to anticipated order of magnitude of work and for comparison of bids. Bidder shall be responsible for verifying all estimated quantities.

Contractor will be reimbursed for the quantity of items actually installed as required by the Contract Documents, including addenda, and shown on the plans.

The Bidder will not be reimbursed for work performed for Bidder’s convenience, or as required to adapt to field conditions, or for unauthorized work performed outside of that required by the Contract Documents.

The Bidder shall be responsible for calculating and providing totals for the schedule. The proposal schedule shall include all costs for services, labor, materials, equipment, and installation associated with completing the work in place per the plans, specifications and details.

NAME OF BIDDER:

CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO.:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:

DATE:
49 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 15
Item
No. Description Estimated Quantity
Unit of
Measure Unit Price ($) Item Total ($)
1 Mobilization, demobilization, bonds, and
project management. 1 LS
2 Stormwater Management 1 LS
3 Project Safety & Traffic Control 1 LS
4 Conduit Trenching & Backfill 242 LF
5 2-inch Conduit & Sweeps 225 LF
6 4-inch Conduit & Sweeps 184 LF
7 5-inch Conduit & Sweeps 22 LF
8 AC Pavement Restoration 937 SF
9 Bollards 19 EA
10 Concrete Equipment Pad - Transformer 1 LS
11 Concrete Equipment Pad – Switchboard
and Meter 1 LS
12 Switchboard & Meter Panel 1 LS
13 Street Light Enclosure (11.5”) 1 LS
14 PG&E Allowance 1 LS
Subtotal
TOTAL BID PRICE (includes all Bid Items above)
Price in Figures: $
Price in Words:

Words govern over figures. The Total Bid Price governs over added subtotals.

The low bidder shall be determined based on Total Bid Price.

See also Section D2 – Construction Material and Methods for further details. 50 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 16
A5 - BID BOND
PROJECT: CITY OF SOLVANG – PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, the undersigned, as Principal, and
as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto THE CITY OF SOLVANG as Agency in the penal sum of
for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we
hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns. Signed this
day of , 20 _.

The condition of the above obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to THE CITY OF SOLVANG a certain bid, attached hereto and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a contract in writing, for the PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01.

NOW, THEREFORE,
(a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the Form of Contract marked as “B1”, attached to this Project Manual (properly completed in accordance with said Bid), and shall furnish a bond for their faithful performance of said contract, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall provide proof of required insurance, and shall in all other respects perform the agreement created by the acceptance of said bid.

Then this obligation shall be void, otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect; it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated.

The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Agency may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension.

In case suit is brought upon this instrument, Surety further agrees to pay all court costs incurred by the City in the suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees in an amount fixed by the court. Surety hereby waives the provisions of Civil Code Section 2845.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above.

Principal
Surety
By SEAL
51 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 17
A6 - BID GUARANTEE
Note: The following statement shall be used if other than a bid surety bond accompanies bid. “Accompanying this proposal is a money order*, certified check*, cashier’s check*, cash*, payable to the order of the City of Solvang in the amount of
_ Dollars ($ )
which is ten percent (10%) of the total amount of this bid. The proceeds of this bid guarantee shall become the property of said City of Solvang provided this bid is accepted by said City, through action of its legally constituted contracting authorities, and the undersigned fails to execute a contract and furnish the required bonds or insurance within the stipulated time. Otherwise, the proceeds of this bid guarantee shall be returned to the undersigned.” NAME OF BIDDER:

MAILING ADDRESS:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:

DATE:
(*Delete the inapplicable words)
52 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 18
A7 - BIDDER INFORMATION
BIDDER certifies that the following information is true and correct: Name of Bidder:

Business Address:

Telephone: FAX: E-mail:

Contractor’s License No.: Date Issued: Expiration Date:

The following are the names, titles, addresses, and phone numbers of all individuals, firm members, partners, joint venture partners, and/or corporate officers having a principal interest in this proposal: (Name / Title / Address / Phone No.)
Any voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy judgments against any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: (Type of Judgment / Date)
All current and prior DBA’s, alias, and/or fictitious business names for any principal having an interest in this proposal are as follows: (Principal / DBA’s / Applicable Dates) Prior Disqualification
Has your firm ever been disqualified from performing work for any City, County, Public or Private Contracting entity? Yes / No . If yes, provide the following information. (If more than once, use separate sheets):

Date: Entity:

Location:

Reason:

Provide Status and any Supplemental Statement:
53 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 19
Has your firm been reinstated by this entity? Yes / No
Violations of Federal or State Law
Has your firm or its officers been assessed any penalties by any agency for noncompliance, violations of Federal or State labor laws and/or business or licensing regulations within the past five (5) years relating to your construction projects?
Yes / No: Federal / State:

If “yes”, identify and describe, (including status):

Have the penalties been paid? Yes / No:

Does you firm or its officers have any ongoing investigations by any agency regarding violations of the State Labor Code, California Business and Professions Code or State Licensing laws? Yes / No: Codes / Laws: Section / Article:

If “yes”, identify and describe (including status):

I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the representations made in A7 – BIDDER INFORMATION are true and correct.

Executed this day of _, 20
_ at _
_, California.

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:
54 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 20
A8 - EXPERIENCE STATEMENT
Pursuant to A2.06 PROPOSAL and A2.11 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS, the following is a record of the Bidder's experience, in the past three years, in construction of a type similar in magnitude and character to that contemplated under this contract. Included in this section should be a complete list of references for similar projects in terms of scope of work, value of work, and time constraints. The Bidder must demonstrate that he/she has experience with this type of project and can manage this project effectively. If necessary, additional numbered pages can be attached to this page. The Bidder must be properly licensed to perform the work in this project as required by the State Contractor's License Board.

Project Title:

Date: ProjectValue:

Client: Contact: Ph. No.:

Description:

Subject to Federal Labor Standards: Yes, No
Project Title:

Date: ProjectValue:

Client: Contact: Ph. No.:

Description:

Subject to Federal Labor Standards: Yes, No
Project Title:

Date: ProjectValue:

Client: Contact: Ph. No.:

Description:

Subject to Federal Labor Standards: Yes, No
I declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that all of the representations made in A8 – EXPERIENCE STATEMENT are true and correct.

Executed this day of _, 20 ,
at , California.

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:
55 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 21
A9 - DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS
The following is a list of subcontractors, as defined in 2-3 SUBCONTRACTORS of the SSPWC, and as modified below, who will perform work, or perform work and provide materials of value in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor’s total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. No subcontractor shall perform work in excess of the amount specified in the listing below without the written approval of the Agency.

The Contractor is responsible to ensure that appropriate provisions are to be inserted in all subcontracts to bind subcontractors to the contract requirements as contained herein.

Subcontractor DIR registration and contractors’ license numbers must be provided below, and each subcontractor must agree to comply with all applicable Federal, State, and local requirements, in addition to those set forth in this section. Add additional pages as needed.

All subcontracts must contain a nondiscrimination clause.

Each subcontractor must submit each week payroll records to DIR and a weekly statement of compliance to the prime Contractor.

1. Name of Company Employer Tax ID No. DIR Registration No.

Address and Phone No. License No. MBE/WBE (Y/N)
Work Subcontracted Approximate $ Amount
(% Work Represented)

2. Name of Company Employer Tax ID No. DIR Registration No.

Address and Phone No. License No. MBE/WBE (Y/N)
Work Subcontracted Approximate $ Amount
(% Work Represented)

3. Name of Company Employer Tax ID No. DIR Registration No..

Address and Phone No. License No. MBE/WBE (Y/N)
Work Subcontracted Approximate $ Amount
56 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 22
(% Work Represented)

4. Name of Company Employer Tax ID No. DIR Registration No.

Address and Phone No. License No. MBE/WBE (Y/N)
Work Subcontracted Approximate $ Amount
(% Work Represented)

5. Name of Company Employer Tax ID No. DIR Registration No.

Address and Phone No. License No. MBE/WBE (Y/N)
Work Subcontracted Approximate $ Amount
(% Work Represented)
These representations are being made under the penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California. The undersigned hereby certifies that each subcontractor has been notified in writing of its obligations under California Labor Code sections 1720 through 1861 including, but not limited to, the requirement to pay prevailing wages, and as to laws governing equal opportunity.

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:

DATE:
57 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 23
A10 - STATEMENT REGARDING INSURANCE COVERAGE
The undersigned representative of Bidder hereby certifies that he/she has reviewed the insurance coverage requirements specified in C7-3 LIABILITY INSURANCE. Should Bidder be awarded the contract for the work, the undersigned further certifies that Bidder can meet all of these specification requirements for insurance including insurance coverage of his/her subcontractors.

NAME OF BIDDER:

MAILING ADDRESS:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

TITLE:

DATE:
58 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 24
A11 - STATEMENT REGARDING THE CONTRACTOR’S LICENSING LAWS I, the undersigned, certify that I am aware of the following provisions of California law and that I, or the entity on whose behalf this certification is given, hold a currently valid California contractor's license as set forth below:

Business & Professions Code § 7028.15:
a) It is a misdemeanor for any person to submit a bid to a public agency to engage in the business or act in the capacity of a contractor within this state without having a license therefor, except in any of the following cases:
(1) The person is particularly exempted from this chapter. (2) The bid is submitted on a state project governed by Section 10164 of the Public Contract Code or on any local agency project governed by Section 20103.5 of the Public Contract Code.
b) If a person has been previously convicted of the offense described in this section, the court shall impose a fine of 20 percent of the price of the contract under which the unlicensed person performed contracting work, or four thousand five hundred dollars ($4,500), whichever is greater, or imprisonment in the county jail for not less than 10 days nor more than six months, or both.

In the event the person performing the contracting work has agreed to furnish materials and labor on an hourly basis, "the price of the contract" for the purposes of this subdivision means the aggregate sum of the cost of materials and labor furnished and the cost of completing the work to be performed.
c) This section shall not apply to a joint venture license, as required by Section 7029.1.

However, at the time of making a bid as a joint venture, each person submitting the bid shall be subject to this section with respect to his/her individual licenser. d) This section shall not affect the right or ability of a licensed architect, land surveyor, or registered professional engineer to form joint ventures with licensed contractors to render services within the scope of their respective practices. e) Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a bid submitted to a public agency by a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with this chapter shall be considered nonresponsive and shall be rejected by the public agency. Unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, a local public agency shall, before awarding a contract or issuing a purchase order, verify that the contractor was properly licensed when the contractor submitted the bid. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless one of the foregoing exceptions applies, the registrar may issue a citation to any public officer or employee of a public entity who knowingly awards a contract or issues a purchase order to a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter. The amount of civil penalties, appeal, and finality of such citations shall be subject to Sections 7028.7 to 7028.13, inclusive. Any contract awarded to, or any purchase order issued to, a contractor who is not licensed pursuant to this chapter is void.
f) Any compliance or noncompliance with subdivision (e) of this section, as added by Chapter 863 of the Statutes of 1989, shall not invalidate any contract or bid awarded by a public agency during which time that subdivision was in effect. g) A public employee or officer shall not be subject to a citation pursuant to this section if the public employee, officer, or employing agency made an inquiry to the board for the purposes of verifying the license status of any person or contractor and the board failed to respond to the inquiry within three business days. For purposes of this section, a telephone response by the board shall be deemed sufficient. 59
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 25
Public Contract Code § 20103.5:

In all contracts subject to this part where federal funds are involved, no bid submitted shall be invalidated by the failure of the bidder to be licensed in accordance with the laws of this state.

However, at the time the contract is awarded, the contractor shall be properly licensed in accordance with the laws of this state. The first payment for work or material under any contract shall not be made unless and until the Registrar of Contractors verifies to the agency that the records of the Contractors' State License Board indicate that the contractor was properly licensed at the time the contract was awarded. Any bidder or contractor not so licensed shall be subject to all legal penalties imposed by law, including, but not limited to, any appropriate disciplinary action by the Contractors' State License Board. The agency shall include a statement to that effect in the standard form of pre-qualification questionnaire and financial statement. Failure of the bidder to obtain proper and adequate licensing for an award of a contract shall constitute a failure to execute the contract and shall result in the forfeiture of the security of the bidder.

CONTRACTOR LICENSE NO.:

LICENSE EXPIRATION DATE:

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE:

DATE:
60 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 26
A12 - NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION (CONTRACTOR)

NON-COLLUSION DECLARATION FORM TO BE EXECUTED BY

BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID
[Public Contract Code § 7106]
The undersigned declares:

I am the _________________________ of _____________________________________, the party making the foregoing Bid. The Bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation. The Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other Bidder to put in a false or sham Bid. The Bidder has not directly or indirectly, colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any Bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or to refrain from bidding. The Bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the Bid price of the bidder or any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the Bid price, or of that of any other Bidder All statements contained in the Bid are true. The Bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted their Bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, Bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham Bid, and has not paid, and will not pay, any person or entity for such purpose.

ANY PERSON EXECUTING THIS DECLARATION ON BEHALF OF A BIDDER THAT IS A

CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP, JOINT VENTURE, LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, LIMITED

LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP, OR ANY OTHER ENTITY, HEREBY REPRESENTS THAT HE OR SHE

HAS FULL POWER TO EXECUTE, AND DOES EXECUTE THIS DECLARATION ON BEHALF OF THE BIDDER.

I DECLARE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA THAT

THE FOREGOING IS TRUE AND CORRECT AND THAT THIS DECLARATION IS EXECUTED ON ___________ [DATE], AT ___________________________________________ [CITY], ______________________ [STATE].

Signature:

Printed Name:

Date:

Signature:

Printed Name:

Date:
61 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 27

SECTION B - CONTRACT INFORMATION & DOCUMENTS
IMPORTANT NOTICE:

Forms B1 through B3 do not need to be with bid. It is required that the bidder to whom the contract is awarded completely fill out these and submit them within the time period specified.

B1 - Construction Agreement
B2 - Labor & Materials Bond
B3 - Faithful Performance
62 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 28
B1 - CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
PROJECT: CITY OF SOLVANG – PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01
AMOUNT OF CONTRACT:

THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this day of , 202_, by and between the City of Solvang hereinafter referred to as "Agency" or “City”, and _____ ,
hereinafter referred to as "Contractor".

IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES, COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS HEREINAFTER SET FORTH, THE PARTIES DO HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

ARTICLE I: GENERAL
For and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned to be made and performed by the Agency, Contractor agrees to perform and complete in a workmanlike manner all work required under the Bidding Schedule of said Agency's Specifications entitled PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01 in accordance with the Specifications and Drawings therefor, to furnish at its own expense all labor, materials, equipment, tools, transportation, and services necessary therefore, except such materials, equipment and services as may be stipulated in said Specifications to be furnished by the Agency, and to do everything required by the Agreement and the said Specifications and Drawings, for the sum of $ , pursuant to the Bidding Schedule
attached hereto and made a part hereof.

ARTICLE II: PAYMENT
For furnishing all said labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, furnishing and removing all plant, temporary structures, tools, and equipment, and doing everything required by this Agreement and the said Specifications and Drawings; for all loss and damages arising out of the nature of the work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may arise during the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the Agency, and for all risks of every description connected with the work; for all expenses resulting from the suspension or discontinuance of work, except as in the said Specifications are expressly stipulated to be borne by the Agency and for completing the work in accordance with the requirements of said Specifications and Drawings, the Agency will pay, and Contractor shall receive, in full compensation therefor, the price set forth above .

ARTICLE III: CONSIDERATION
The Agency hereby employs Contractor to perform the work according to the terms of this Agreement for the abovementioned price and agrees to pay the same at the time, in the manner, and upon the conditions stipulated in the Specifications; and the parties for themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, do hereby agree to the full performance of the covenants herein contained.

ARTICLE IV: INDEMNIFICATION
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall (1) immediately defend and (2) indemnify and hold harmless the City of Solvang, and its elected officials, officers, and employees from and against all liabilities regardless of nature, type, or cause, arising out of or resulting from or in connection with the performance of the Contract, including without limitation, all claims, losses, damages, penalties, stop notices, fines, and judgments; associated investigation and administrative expenses; defense costs, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees; court costs; and costs of alternative dispute resolution. The Contractor’s obligation to defend and indemnify applies regardless of whether a liability is a result of the 63 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 29
negligence of any other person, unless it is adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction or agreed to by the parties that the liability is caused by the active negligence, sole negligence or willful misconduct of an indemnified party.
(b) The duty to defend is a separate and distinct obligation from the Contractor’s duty to indemnify.

The Contractor shall be obligated to defend, in all legal, equitable, administrative, or special proceedings, with counsel approved by the City of Solvang, the City of Solvang and its elected officials, officers, and employees, immediately upon submittal to the Contractor of the claim in any form or at any stage of an action or proceeding, whether or not liability is established. A determination of comparative active negligence or willful misconduct by an indemnified party does not relieve the Contractor from its separate and distinct obligation to defend City of Solvang. The obligation to defend extends through final judgment, including exhaustion of any appeals. The defense obligation includes an obligation to provide independent defense counsel if Contractor asserts that liability is caused in whole or in part by the negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnified party. If it is finally adjudicated that liability was caused by the sole active negligence or sole willful misconduct of an indemnified party, Contractor may submit a claim to the City of Solvang for reimbursement of reasonable attorneys’ fees and defense costs.
(c) The review, acceptance or approval of the Contractor’s work or work product by any indemnified party shall not affect, relieve or reduce the Contractor’s indemnification or defense obligations. This Section survives completion of the services and/or the termination or expiration of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section are not limited by and do not affect the provisions of this Agreement relating to insurance.
(d) Liabilities subject to this Section include any claim of discrimination or harassment, including but not limited to sexual harassment, arising from the conduct of the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s officers, employees, agents, licensees, or subcontractors. In the event of discrimination or harassment complaint against any employee, agent, licensee or subcontractor of the Contractor or its subcontractors, the Contractor shall take immediate and appropriate action in response to such complaint, including, but not limited to termination or appropriate discipline of any responsible employee, agent, licensee or subcontractor.

ARTICLE V: WAGES
The payment of prevailing wages is required on this project. The general prevailing rates of per diem wages and general prevailing rate for holiday and overtime work in the locality in which the work is to be performed have been determined by the Agency. Said general prevailing rates of per diem wages are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof. The Contractor agrees that it, and each subcontractor under it, will pay not less than the foregoing specified prevailing rates of wages to all workers employed in the performance of the Agreement. Any contractor who is awarded a public works project and intends to use a craft or classification not shown on the general prevailing wage determinations, may be required to pay the wage rate of that craft or classification most closely related to it as shown in the general determinations effective at the time of the call for bids.

The DIR Number for this Project is #20260647732.

ARTICLE VI: HOURS AND WORKING CONDITIONS
The Agency is a public entity in the State of California and is subject to the provisions of the Government Code and the Labor Code of the State. Except as otherwise provided in the Solvang City Charter or the Solvang Municipal Code, it is stipulated and agreed that all provisions of law applicable to public contracts are a part of this Agreement to the same extent as though set forth herein and will be complied with by the Contractor. Additional requirements related to Labor Code compliance are set forth in Section 5 of the Standard Specifications.

ARTICLE VII: WORKERS’ COMPENSATION
Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700 provide that every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to its employees. In accordance with the provisions of Labor Code Section 1861, by signing this Contract, the Contractor certifies as follows:
“I am aware of the provisions of Section 3700 of the Labor Code which require 64 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 30
every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that Code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work of this Contract.”
ARTICLE VIII: THIRD PARTY CLAIMS
The City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to the Project at any time. The City shall timely notify the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Project. The City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice.

ARTICLE VII: GOVERNING LAW AND VENUE
The provisions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard for conflicts of laws principles. Venue for any legal action arising out of this Agreement shall be the County of Santa Barbara, California.

ARTICLE VIII: COMPONENTS OF AGREEMENT
The Bid Information Sheet; Contractor's Proposal; Bid Schedule; Bid Bond or other security; Bidder Information; Faithful Performance Bond; Labor and Material Bond; Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (2021 Edition of Greenbook), General Provisions; General Provisions Modifications; Special Provisions; Technical Specifications and Modifications; Specifications and Drawings and all Addenda issued by the Agency with respect to the foregoing prior to the opening of bids, are hereby incorporated in and made part of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed on the day and year first above written.

CITY OF SOLVANG
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

City Attorney
Mayor
ATTEST:

City Clerk

CONTRACTOR
Printed Name
65 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 31
Signature
Title
66 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 32
Project: PG&E SERVICE INSTALLATION FOR PARKING LOT 5 PROJECT, PW 26-01

THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBSTITUTE A FORM FROM AN APPROVED SURETY HOWEVER THE SUBSTITUTED FORM MUST CONTAIN THE SAME PROVISIONS AS THE CITY FORM. 67 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 33
B2 - LABOR & MATERIALS BOND
Bond No. __________

PAYMENT BOND
(LABOR AND MATERIALS)
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Solvang (“City”), State of California, has awarded to (“Principal”)
(Name and address of Contractor)
a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows:
(Project name)
WHEREAS, under the terms of the Contract, the Principal is required before entering upon the performance of the Work, to file a good and sufficient payment Bond with the City to secure the claims to which reference is made in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and
(Name and address of Surety)
(“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City and all contractors, subcontractors, laborers, material suppliers, and other persons employed in the performance of the Contract and referred to in Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ), for materials furnished or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to this Work or labor, that the Surety will pay the same in an amount not exceeding the amount hereinabove set forth, and also in case suit is brought upon this Bond, will pay, in addition to the face amount thereof, costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing this obligation, to be awarded and fixed by the court, and to be taxed as costs and to be included in the judgment therein rendered.

It is hereby expressly stipulated and agreed that this Bond shall inure to the benefit of any and all persons, companies, and corporations entitled to file claims under Title 3 (commencing with Section 9000) of Part 6 of Division 4 of the Civil Code, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this Bond.

Upon expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and upon expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2, if the condition of this Bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
68 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 34
The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration, or addition to the terms of the Contract or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any manner affect its obligations on this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Dated:
“Principal”
By:

Its
By:

Its
(Seal)
“Surety”
By:

Its
By:

Its
(Seal)
Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located.
69 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 35
B3 - FAITHFUL PERFORMANCE BOND
Bond No. __________

PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that:

WHEREAS the City of Solvang (“City”), has awarded to
(“Principal”)
(Name and address of Contractor)
a contract (the “Contract”) for the Work described as follows:
(Project name)
WHEREAS, Principal is required under the terms of the Contract to furnish a Bond for the faithful performance of the Contract.

NOW, THEREFORE, we, the undersigned Principal, and
,
(Name and address of Surety)
(“Surety”) a duly admitted surety insurer under the laws of the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City in the penal sum of
Dollars ($ ), this amount being not less than the total Contract Price, in lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, successors executors and administrators, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.

THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT, if the hereby bounded Principal, his, her or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well and truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions and provisions in the Contract and any alteration thereof made as therein provided, on the Principal’s part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified, and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning [, including the one (1) year guarantee of all materials and workmanship], and shall indemnify and save harmless the City, its officers, agents and employees, as therein stipulated, then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise, it shall be and remain in full force and effect.

As a part of the obligation secured hereby and in addition to the face amount specified therefor, there shall be included costs and reasonable expenses and fees, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by City in successfully enforcing such obligation, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Surety hereby waives any statute of limitations as it applies to an action on this Bond.

The Surety hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or of the Work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in anywise affect its obligations under this Bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the Work or to the specifications. Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 2845 and 2849. The City is the principal beneficiary of this Bond and has all rights of a party hereto. 70 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, two (2) identical counterparts of this instrument, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed an original hereof, have been duly executed by Principal and Surety, on the date set forth below, the name of each corporate party being hereto affixed and these presents duly signed by its undersigned representative(s) pursuant to authority of its governing body.

Dated:
“Principal”
By:

Its
By:

Its
(Seal)
“Surety”
By:

Its
By:

Its
(Seal)
Note: This Bond must be executed in duplicate and dated, all signatures must be notarized, and evidence of the authority of any person signing as attorney-in-fact must be attached. DATE OF BOND MUST NOT BE BEFORE DATE OF CONTRACT. Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department’s most current list (Circular 570 as amended) and be authorized to transact business in the State where the project is located.
71 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 37
C1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 0. GENERAL PROVISIONS DEFINED
0-1 STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
The 2024 edition of “Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction” (“Standard Specifications”), as amended by the Contract Documents, is incorporated into the Contract Documents by this reference. The Work described herein shall be done in accordance with the provisions of the Standard Specifications, as amended by the Contract Documents.

Where work involves the installation, relocation, or interaction with Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E) infrastructure, the contractor shall adhere to the most current edition of PG&E’s TD-7001M-01, “Electric & Gas Service Requirements” (“Greenbook”) Manual. In the event of a conflict between the SPWC and PG&E TD-7001M Manual, the more stringent requirement shall apply, or as directed by the City Engineer. 0-2 NUMBERING OF SECTIONS
The number of sections and subsections in these General Provisions are compatible with the numbering in the Standard Specifications.
0-3 SUPPLEMENTATION OF STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 1 (General Provisions) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these General Provisions, these General Provisions shall control.

SECTION 1. GENERAL, TERMS, DEFINITIONS, ABBREVIATIONS, UNITS OF MEASURE, AND SYMBOLS 1-2 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
Whenever in the Standard Specifications or in the Contract Documents the following terms are used, they shall be understood to mean the following:

Agency – The City of Metropolis.

Board – The City Council of the City of Metropolis.

Contract Documents – As defined in Standard Specifications Section 1-2, but also including these General Provisions.

Engineer – The City Engineer, acting either directly or through properly authorized agents. Such agents shall act within the scope of the particular duties entrusted to them.

Inspector – An authorized representative of the City, assigned by the City to make inspections of Work performed by or materials supplied by the Contractor.

Laboratory – A laboratory authorized by the City to test materials and Work involved in the Contract.

Notice of Completion – The notice authorized by Civil Code Section 9204.

Project – See Work.

Submittal – Any drawing, calculation, specification, product data, samples, manuals, requests for substitutes, spare parts, photographs, survey data, traffic control plans, record drawings, Bonds or similar items required to be submitted to the City under the terms of the Contract. 1-3.3 Institutions
72 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 38
The institutions listed in Section 1-3.3 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications shall be supplemented by the list below:

Abbreviation Word or Words
AAN .....................................................................................................American Association of Nurserymen AGCA.........................................................................................Associated General Contractors of America APWA..................................................................................................... American Public Works Association CRSI....................................................................................................... Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSI .........................................................................................................Construction Specifications Institute NEC............................................................................................................................. National Electric Code NFPA......................................................................................................National Fire Protection Association SSS............................................................................................ State of California Standard Specifications, Latest edition, Department of Transportation
SSP..........................................................................................................State of California Standard Plans, Latest edition, Department of Transportation
1-7.2 CONTRACT BONDS
The Faithful Performance Bond shall remain in force until the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion and the end of all warranty periods set forth in the Contract Documents. The Material and Labor Bond shall remain in force until expiration of the time within which the California Labor Commissioner may serve a civil wage and penalty assessment against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1741, and until the expiration of the time within which a joint labor management committee may commence an action against the principal, any of its subcontractors, or both the principal and its subcontractors pursuant to Labor Code Section 1771.2.

All Bonds must be submitted using the required forms, which are in the Contract Documents, or on any other form approved by the City Attorney.

SECTION 2. SCOPE OF THE WORK
2-2 PERMITS
Before starting any construction work, the Contractor will be required to obtain all necessary permits from the City, which may include obtaining a no fee encroachment permit for Work within the public right-of-way, as well as all other permits required from all other agencies. Should this Project require construction of trenches or excavations which are five (5) feet or deeper and into which a person is required to descend, the Contractor shall obtain a Cal/OSHA permit and furnish the City with a copy before Work can commence on this Project. Contractor shall bear all cost for fees for all agencies except for the City’s permit fees. 2-4 COOPERATION AND COLLATERAL WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating all Work with the City’s street sweeping, trash pick-up, and street maintenance contractors, emergency services departments, utility companies’ crews, and others when necessary.

Payment for conforming to these requirements shall be included in other items of Work, and no additional payment shall be made thereof.
2-5.4 Haul Routes
Subsection 2-5.4 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications shall be deleted and replaced as follows:

The Contractor must obtain the City Engineer’s approval before using any haul routes. Further detail requirements for haul traffic are delineated in the Special Provisions. 2-7 CHANGES INITIATED BY THE AGENCY
2-7.1 General.

The City reserves the right, without notice to the Surety, to increase or decrease the quantity of any item or portion of the Work described in the Contract Documents or to alter or omit portions of the Work so described, as may be 73 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 39
deemed necessary or expedient by the City Engineer, without in any way making the Contract void. Such increases, alterations or decreases of Work shall be considered and treated as though originally contracted for, and shall be subject to all the terms, conditions and provisions of the original Contract. The Contractor shall not claim or bring suit for damages, whether for loss of profits or otherwise, on account of any decrease, alteration or omission of any kind of Work to be done.
2-8 EXTRA WORK
New and unforeseen work will be classified as Extra Work only when the Work is not covered and cannot be paid for under any of the various items or combination of items for which a Bid price appears on the Bid. The Contractor shall not do any Extra Work except upon written order from the City Engineer.

SECTION 3. CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-1 ASSIGNMENT
Any purported assignment without written consent of the City shall be null, void, and of no effect, and the Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify the City and its officers, officials, employees, agents and representatives with respect to any claim, demand or action arising from or relating to any unauthorized assignment.

If the City opts to consent to assignment, the City’s consent shall be contingent upon: (1) a letter from the Surety agreeing to the assignment and assigning all of the Bonds to the assignee without any reduction, or the assignee supplying all new Bonds in the amounts originally required under the Contract Documents; and (2) the assignee supplying all of the required insurance in the amounts required in the Contract Documents. Until the Surety assigns all of the Bonds or the assignee supplies all of the new Bonds, and until the assignee supplies all of the required insurance, an assignment otherwise consented to in writing by the City shall not be effective. Even if the City consents to assignment, no assignment shall relieve the Contractor of liability under the Contract. 3-5 INSPECTION
The Contractor shall arrange and pay for all off-site inspection of the Work required by any ordinance or governing authorities. The Contractor shall also arrange and pay for other inspections, including tests in connection therewith, as may be assigned or required.

3.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
3-7.1 General
In addition to the requirements under Section 3-7.1 in the Standard Specifications, the Contractor shall maintain a control set of Plans and Specifications on the Project site at all times. All final locations determined in the field, and any deviations from the Plans and Specifications, shall be marked in red on the control set to show the as-built conditions. This control set of Plans shall also be edited for all Addenda, Requests for Information, Change Orders, field changes not involving cost, and any other variation that occurred during construction. Upon completion of all Work, the Contractor shall return the control set to the City Engineer. Final payment will not be made until this requirement is met.

Where a work feature is shown on the drawings or identified in the Specifications but is not specifically indicated as an item in the Bid sheets, and there is no ambiguity regarding the requirement to construct, install, or construct and install that work feature, the Contractor is required to complete the work feature. All costs to the Contractor for constructing, installing, or both constructing and installing such a work feature shall be included in the Bid. 3-7.2 Precedence of the Contract Documents
With regard to Section 3-7.2 in the Standard Specifications, the order of precedence shall be as follows:

1. Permits issued by regulatory agencies with jurisdiction.

2. Change Orders and Supplemental Agreements, whichever occurs last.

3. Contract/Agreement.

4. Addenda.

5. Notice Inviting Bids.
74 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 40

6. Instructions to Bidders.

7. Bid/Proposal.

8. Special Provisions.

9. General Provisions.

10. Plans.

11. Standard Plans.

12. Standard Specifications.

13. Reference Specifications.
3-9 SUBSURFACE DATA
If the City or its consultants have made investigations of subsurface conditions in areas where the Work is to be performed, such investigations shall be deemed made only for the purpose of study and design. If a geotechnical or other report has been prepared for the Project, the Contractor may inspect the records pertaining to such investigations subject to and upon the conditions hereinafter set forth. The inspection of the records shall be made in the office of the City Engineer. It is the Contractor’s sole responsibility to determine whether such investigations exist, and the City makes no affirmative or negative representation concerning the existence of such investigations.

The records of any such investigations are made available solely for the convenience of the Contractor. It is expressly understood and agreed that the City, the City Engineer, their agents, consultants or employees assume no responsibility whatsoever with respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any investigations, the records thereof, and the interpretations set forth therein. No warranty or guarantee is expressed or implied that the conditions indicated by any such investigations or records are representative of those existing in the Project area. The Contractor agrees to make such independent investigations and examination as necessary to be satisfied of the conditions to be encountered in the performance of the Work.

The Contractor represents that it has studied the Plans, Specifications and other Contract Documents, and all surveys and investigation reports of subsurface and latent physical conditions, has made such additional surveys and investigations as necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and that it has correlated the results of all such data with the requirements of the Contract Documents. No claim of any kind shall be made or allowed for any error, omission or claimed error or omission, in whole or in part, of any geotechnical exploration or any other report or data furnished or not furnished by the City.
3-10 SURVEYING
3-10.1 General
The Contractor shall verify all dimensions on the drawings and shall report to the City any discrepancies before proceeding with related Work. The Contractor shall perform all survey and layout Work per the benchmark information on the Project Plans. All surveying Work must conform to the Professional Land Surveyors’ Act (Business and Professions Code Section 8700 et seq). All Project surveying notes and “cut-sheets” are to be provided to the City after the completion of each surveying activity and all final surveying notes shall be provided before final payment to the Contractor.

Construction stakes shall be set and stationed by Contractor at its expense. Unless otherwise indicated in the Special Provisions, surveying costs shall be included in the price of items bid. No separate payment will be made.

Re-staking and replacement of construction survey markers damaged as a result of the Work, vandalism, or accident shall be at the Contractor’s expense.
3-11 CONTRACT INFORMATION SIGNS
The names, addresses and specialties of the Contractor, Subcontractors, architects or engineers may not be displayed on any signage within the public right-of-way. This signage prohibition includes advertising banners hung from truck beds or other equipment.
3-12 WORKSITE MAINTENANCE
3-12.1 General. 75
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 41
Clean-up shall be done as Work progresses at the end of each day and thoroughly before weekends. The Contractor shall not allow the Work site to become littered with trash and waste material, but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction operation. Materials which need to be disposed shall not be stored at the Project site, but shall be removed by the end of each Working Day. If the job site is not cleaned to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, the cleaning will be done or contracted by the City and shall be back-charged to the Contractor and deducted from the Contract Price.

The Contractor shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed Work, all rubbish, debris, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the Work by the City will be withheld until the Contractor has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final clean-up of the Project site.

3.12.4 Storage of Equipment and Materials.
3-12.4.1 General
The Contractor shall make arrangements for storing its equipment and materials. The Contractor shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the Work.

Approved areas within Work site may be used for temporary storage; however, the Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary permits from the City. In any case, the Contractor’s equipment and personal vehicles of the Contractor’s employees shall not be parked on the traveled way or on any section where traffic is restricted at any time.

The Contractor shall deliver, handle, and store materials in accordance with the manufacturer’s written recommendations and by methods and means that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft.

Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at the Project site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the Contractor shall provide delivery and installation coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for materials recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.

Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The Contractor shall periodically inspect to assure materials are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions.

All costs associated with the clean-up and storage required to complete the Project shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
3-12.4.2 Storage in Public Streets
The first sentence of Section 3-12.4.2 shall not be incorporated and shall instead be replaced with the following:

Construction materials and equipment shall not be stored in Streets, roads, or highways unless otherwise specified in the Special Provisions or approved by the City Engineer. 3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY
3-13.1 Completion.

The Contractor shall complete all Work under the Contract within sixty (60) Working Days from the Notice to Proceed. 3-13.2 Acceptance
The Project will not be considered complete and ready for City Council direction to staff regarding recordation of the Notice of Completion until all required Work is completed, the Work site is cleaned up in accordance with Section 3- 12 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions, and all of the following items have been received by the City Engineer:

1. A form of Notice of Completion, with all information required by the California Civil Code;

2. All written guarantees and warranties;
76 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 42

3. Evidence that the Performance Bond has been extended and will remain in effect for the period specified in Section 1-7.2 of the Standard Specifications, as modified by these General Provisions;

4. All “as-builts”;

5. Duplicate copies of all operating instructions and manufacturer’s operating catalogs and data, together with such field instructions as necessary to fully instruct City personnel in correct operation and maintenance procedures for all equipment installed listed under the electrical, air conditioning, heating, ventilating and other trades. This data and instructions shall be furnished for all equipment requiring periodic adjustments, maintenance or other operation procedures.

The Contractor shall allow at least seven (7) Working Days’ notice for final inspection. Such notice shall be submitted to the City Engineer in writing.
3-13.3 Warranty
The following is added to Section 3-13.3:

For the purposes of the calculation of the start of the warranty period, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of recordation of the Notice of Completion. If that direction is contingent on the completion of any items remaining on a punchlist, the Work shall be deemed to be completed upon the date of the City Engineer’s acceptance of the final item(s) on that punchlist.

The Contractor shall repair or replace defective materials and workmanship as required in this Section 3-13.3 at its own expense. Additionally, the Contractor agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the City harmless from claims of any kind arising from damage, injury or death due to such defects.

The parties agree that no certificate given shall be conclusive evidence of the faithful performance of the Contract, either in whole or in part, and that no payment shall be construed to be in acceptance of any defective Work or improper materials. Further, the certificate or final payment shall not terminate the Contractor’s obligations under the warranty herein. The Contractor agrees that payment of the amount due under the Contract and the adjustments and payments due for any Work done in accordance with any alterations of the same, shall release the City, the City Council and its officers and employees from any and all claims or liability on account of Work performed under the Contract or any alteration thereof.

SECTION 4. CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 GENERAL
The Contractor and all Subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors shall guarantee that the Work will meet all requirements of this Contract as to the quality of materials, equipment, and workmanship. 4-4 TESTING
Except as elsewhere specified, the City shall bear the cost of testing materials and workmanship that meet or exceed the requirements indicated in the Standard Specifications and the Special Provisions. The cost of all other tests, including the retesting of material or workmanship that fails to pass the first test, shall be borne by the Contractor. 4-6 TRADE NAMES
If the Contractor requests to substitute an equivalent item for a brand or trade name item, the burden of proof as to the comparative quality and suitability of alternative equipment or articles or materials shall be upon the Contractor, and the Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all information necessary or related thereto as required by the City Engineer. All requests for substitution shall be submitted, together with all documentation necessary for the City Engineer to determine equivalence, no later than sixty (60) Days after the award of Contract, unless a different deadline is listed in the Special Provisions.
77 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 43
SECTION 5. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
5-3 LABOR
5-3.1 Public Work
The Contractor acknowledges that the Project is a “public work” as defined in Labor Code Section 1720 et seq. (“Chapter 1”), and that this Project is subject to (a) Chapter 1, including without limitation Labor Code Section 1771 and (b) the rules and regulations established by the Director of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) implementing such statutes. The Contractor shall perform all Work on the Project as a public work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by all the terms, rules and regulations described in (a) and (b) as though set forth in full herein.
5-3.2 Copies of Wage Rates
Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1773.2, copies of the prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft, classification, or type of worker needed to perform the Project are on file at City Hall and will be made available to any interested party on request. By initiating any Work, the Contractor acknowledges receipt of a copy of the DIR determination of such prevailing rate of per diem wages, and the Contractor shall post such rates at each job site covered by these Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1774 and 1775 concerning the payment of prevailing rates of wages to workers and the penalties for failure to pay prevailing wages. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit two hundred dollars ($200) for each calendar day, or portion thereof, for each worker paid less than the prevailing rates as determined by the DIR for the work or craft in which the worker is employed for any public work done pursuant to these Contract Documents by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor. 5-3.3 Payroll Records
The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1776, which requires the Contractor and each Subcontractor to (1) keep accurate payroll records and verify such records in writing under penalty of perjury, as specified in Section 1776, (2) certify and make such payroll records available for inspection as provided by Section 1776, and (3) inform the City of the location of the records. The Contractor has ten (10) days in which to comply subsequent to receipt of a written notice requesting these records, or as a penalty to the City, the Contractor shall forfeit one hundred dollars ($100) for each Day, or portion thereof, for each worker, until strict compliance is effectuated. Upon the request of the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties shall be withheld from progress payments then due.

The Contractor and each Subcontractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1771.4(a)(3), which requires that each Contractor and each Subcontractor shall furnish the records specified in Section 1776 directly to the Labor Commissioner at least monthly, in a format prescribed by the Labor Commissioner.
5-3.4 Hours of Labor
The Contractor acknowledges that eight (8) hours labor constitutes a legal day’s work. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by Labor Code Section 1810. The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Section 1813 concerning penalties for workers who work excess hours. The Contractor shall, as a penalty paid to the City, forfeit twenty-five dollars ($25) for each worker employed in the performance of this Project by the Contractor or by any Subcontractor for each calendar day during which such worker is required or permitted to work more than eight (8) hours in any one (1) calendar day and forty (40) hours in any one calendar week in violation of the provisions of Division 2, Part 7, Chapter 1, Article 3 of the Labor Code. Pursuant to Labor Code Section 1815, work performed by 78 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 44
employees of the Contractor in excess of eight (8) hours per day, and forty (40) hours during any one week shall be permitted upon public work upon compensation for all hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day at not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the basic rate of pay. 5-3.5 Apprentices
The Contractor shall comply with and be bound by the provisions of Labor Code Sections 1777.5, 1777.6 and 1777.7 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, Section 200 et seq. concerning the employment of apprentices on public works projects. The Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with these Sections for all apprenticeable occupations. Before commencing Work on this Project, the Contractor shall provide the City with a copy of the information submitted to any applicable apprenticeship program.

Within sixty (60) Days after concluding Work, Contractor and each of its Subcontractors shall submit to the City a verified statement of the journeyman and apprentice hours performed under this Contract. 5-3.6 Debarment or Suspension
The Contractor shall not perform Work with any Subcontractor that has been debarred or suspended pursuant to California Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not be debarred or suspended throughout the duration of this Contract pursuant to Labor Code Section 1777.1 or any other federal or State law providing for the debarment of contractors from public works. If the Contractor or any Subcontractor becomes debarred or suspended during the duration of the Project, the Contractor shall immediately notify the City.
5-3.7 Registration with the DIR
In accordance with Labor Code Sections 1725.5 and 1771.1, no contractor or subcontractor shall be qualified to bid on, be listed in a bid proposal, subject to the requirements of Section 4104 of the Public Contract Code, or engage in the performance of any contract for public work, unless currently registered and qualified to perform public work pursuant to Section 1725.5. 5-3.8 Compliance Monitoring and Posting Job Sites
This Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. The Contractor shall post job site notices, as prescribed by regulation.
5-3.9 Subcontractors
For every Subcontractor who will perform Work on the Project, the Contractor shall be responsible for such Subcontractor’s compliance with Chapter 1 and Labor Code Sections 1860 and 3700, and the Contractor shall include in the written Contract between it and each Subcontractor a copy of the provisions in this Section 5-3 of the General Provisions and a requirement that each Subcontractor shall comply with those provisions. The Contractor shall be required to take all actions necessary to enforce such contractual provisions and ensure Subcontractor’s compliance, including without limitation, conducting a periodic review of the certified payroll records of the Subcontractor and upon becoming aware of the failure of the Subcontractor to pay its workers the specified prevailing rate of wages, the Contractor shall diligently take corrective action to halt or rectify any failure. 5-3.10 Prevailing Wage Indemnity
To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, hold harmless and defend (at the Contractor’s expense with counsel reasonably acceptable to the City) the City, its officials, officers, employees, agents and independent contractors serving in the role of City officials, and volunteers from and against any demand or claim for damages, compensation, fines, penalties or other amounts arising out of or incidental to any acts or omissions listed in Section 5-3 of the General Provisions by any Person 79 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 45
(including the Contractor, its Subcontractors, and each of their officials, officers, employees and agents) in connection with any Work undertaken or in connection with the Contract Documents, including without limitation the payment of all consequential damages, attorneys’ fees, and other related costs and expenses. All duties of the Contractor under this Section 5-3.10 shall survive expiration or termination of the Contract.
5-4 INSURANCE SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS Without limiting Contractor’s indemnification of City as set forth in this Agreement, and prior to commencement of work, Contractor agrees to provide insurance in accordance with the requirements set forth here. Contractor shall procure and maintain such insurance for the entire duration of the work. If Contractor uses existing coverage to comply with these requirements and that coverage does not meet the requirements set forth herein, Contractor agrees to amend, supplement or endorse the existing coverage to do so. Contractor acknowledges that the insurance coverage and policy limits set forth in this section constitute the minimum amount of coverage required. Any insurance proceeds available to Contractor or its subcontractors in excess of the limits and coverage identified in this Agreement and which is applicable to a given loss, claim or demand, will be equally available to City. The following coverage will be provided by Contractor and maintained on behalf of the City and in accordance with the requirements set forth herein.

Commercial General Liability Insurance (primary) shall be provided with coverage at least as broad as ISO-CGL form No. CG 00 01. Policy limits shall be no less than $1 million dollars per occurrence for all coverage and $2 million dollars general aggregate. City and its employees and agents shall be added as additional insured with coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 20 10 11 85. Coverage shall apply on a primary non- contributing basis in relation to any other insurance or self-insurance, primary or excess, available to City or any employee or agent of City. Coverage shall not be limited to the vicarious liability or supervisory role of any additional insured. Coverage shall contain no contractors’ limitation endorsement. There shall be no endorsement or modification limiting the scope of coverage for liability arising from pollution, explosion, collapse, underground property damage or employment-related practices. The additional insured and coverage provisions of this paragraph shall also apply to any excess/umbrella liability policies set forth in the following paragraph.

Umbrella Liability Insurance (over primary) shall apply to bodily injury/property damage, personal injury/advertising injury, at a minimum, and shall include a “drop down” provision providing primary coverage for liability not covered by primary policies but covered by the umbrella policy. Coverage shall be following form to any underlying coverage. Coverage shall be provided on a “pay on behalf” basis, with defense costs payable in addition to policy limits. There shall be no cross liability exclusion and no contractor’s limitation endorsement. Policy limits shall be not less than $2 million dollars per occurrence and in the aggregate, above any limits required in the underlying policies. The policy shall have starting and ending dates concurrent with the underlying coverage.

Business Auto Coverage shall be written providing coverage at least as broad as ISO Business Auto Coverage form CA 00 01 . Limits shall be no less than $1 million dollars per accident. This policy shall be scheduled as underlying insurance to any umbrella policy required above for a total limit of no less than $2 million each accident.

Workers’ Compensation/Employer’s Liability shall provide workers’ compensation statutory benefits as required by law. Employer’s liability limits shall be no less than one million dollars per accident or disease. Employer’s liability coverage shall be scheduled under any umbrella policy described above. Unless otherwise agreed, this policy shall be endorsed to waive any right of subrogation as respects the City, its employees or agents. In addition, Contractor 80 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 46
shall require each subcontractor to similarly maintain Workers’ Compensation Insurance/Employer’s Liability Insurance in accordance with Labor Code Sections 3700 et seq. for all of the subcontractor’s employees.

Contractor’s pollution liability insurance. Coverage shall provide for liability arising out of sudden, accidental, and gradual pollution, and remediation. The policy limit shall be no less than $1,000,000 per claim and in the aggregate. All activities contemplated in this agreement shall be specifically scheduled on the policy as “covered operations.” The policy shall provide coverage for remediation of the site in the event of an environmental contamination event arising out of the materials, supplies, products, work, operations, or workmanship.

Builder’s risk (course of construction). Upon commencement of construction and with approval of Agency, Contractor shall obtain and maintain builder’s risk (course of construction) coverage for the entire duration of the Project until only the Agency has an insurable interest. The builder’s risk coverage shall include the following:

The named insureds shall be Contractor and Agency, including its officers, officials, employees, and agents. All subcontractors (excluding those solely responsible for design work) of any tier and suppliers shall be included as additional insureds as their interests may appear. Contractor shall not be required to maintain property insurance for any portion of the Project following transfer of control thereof to Agency.

The policy shall contain a provision that all proceeds from the builder’s risk policy shall be made payable to the Agency. The Agency will act as a fiduciary for all other interests in the Project.

Policy shall be provided for replacement value on an “all risk” basis for the completed value of the Project.

There shall be no coinsurance penalty or provisional limit provision in any such policy. Policy must include: (1) coverage for any ensuing loss from faulty workmanship, nonconforming work, omission or deficiency in design or specifications; (2) coverage against machinery accidents and operational testing; (3) coverage for removal of debris, and insuring the buildings, structures, machinery, equipment, materials, facilities, fixtures and all other properties constituting a part of the Project; (4) ordinance or law coverage for contingent rebuilding, demolition, and increased costs of construction; (5) transit coverage (unless insured by the supplier or receiving contractor), with sublimits sufficient to insure the full replacement value of any key equipment item; (6) ocean marine cargo coverage insuring any Project materials or supplies, if applicable; and (7) coverage with sublimits sufficient to insure the full replacement value of any property or equipment stored either on or off the site or any staging area. Such insurance shall be on a form acceptable to Agency to ensure adequacy of terms and sublimits and shall be submitted to the Agency prior to commencement of construction.

Installation floater. If required by the Agency or not covered by builders’ risk (course of construction) coverage, Contractor shall obtain an installation floater for the value of the property and covering the portion of the work to be constructed, installed, altered, or repaired by Contractor. The installation floater policy must include coverage for the fixtures, materials, supplies, machinery, and equipment used in or incidental to the construction project as well as property kept off-site or while in transit. Coverage must include property of others in the Contractor’s care, custody, or control. In addition to Contractor, the Agency and all subcontractors shall be named as additional insureds on the policy with coverage extending through the final completion date.

Contractor and City further agree as follows:

1. This Section supersedes all other sections and provisions of this Agreement to the extent that any other section or provision conflicts with or impairs the provisions of this Section.

2. The insurance requirements set forth in this Section are intended to be separate and distinct from any other provisions in this Agreement and shall be interpreted as such.

3. All insurance coverage and limits provided pursuant to this agreement shall apply to the full extent of the policies involved, available or applicable. Nothing contained in this Agreement or any other agreements relating to the City or its operations limits the 81 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 47
application of such insurance coverage. Nothing contained in this Section is to be construed as affecting or altering the legal status of the parties to this Agreement. Any self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by City. City reserves the right to require that self-insured retentions be eliminated, lowered, or replaced by a deductible.

Self-insurance will not be considered to comply with these specifications unless approved by City. Contractor shall also procure and maintain, at its own cost and expense, any additional kinds of insurance, which in its own judgment may be necessary for its proper protection and prosecution of the work.

4. For purposes of insurance coverage only, this Agreement will be deemed to have been executed immediately upon any party hereto taking any steps that can be deemed to be in furtherance of or towards, performance of this Agreement.

5. Requirements of specific coverage features or limits contained in this Section are not intended as a limitation on coverage, limits or other requirements, or a waiver of any coverage normally provided by any insurance. Specific reference to a given coverage feature is for purposes of clarification only and is not intended by any party to be all inclusive, or to the exclusion of other coverage, or a waiver of any type.

6. All insurance coverage provided pursuant to this Agreement, or any other agreements pertaining to the performance of this Agreement, shall not prohibit Contractor, and Contractor’s employees, or agents, from waiving the right of subrogation prior to a loss.

Contractor waives its right of subrogation against City. Contractor shall submit to City, along with the certificate of insurance, a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement in favor of City, its elected officials, officers, agents, employees and volunteers.

7. Unless otherwise approved by City, Contractor’s insurance shall be written by insurers authorized to do business in the State of California and with a minimum “Best’s” Insurance Guide rating of “A:VII”. Self- insurance will not be considered to comply with these insurance specifications.

8. In the event any policy of insurance required under this Agreement does not comply with these requirements or is canceled and not replaced, City has the right but not the duty to obtain the insurance it deems necessary and any premium paid by City shall be promptly reimbursed by Contractor.

9. Contractor agrees to provide evidence of the insurance required herein, satisfactory to City, consisting of certificate(s) of insurance evidencing all of the coverages required and an additional insured endorsement to Contractor’s general liability and umbrella liability policies with coverage at least as broad as ISO form CG 20 10 11 85. Certificate(s) are to reflect that the insurer will provide 30 days’ notice of any cancellation of coverage, (except for nonpayment for which a ten (10) day notice is required). Contractor agrees to require its insurer to modify such certificates to delete any exculpatory wording stating that failure of the insurer to mail written notice of cancellation imposes no obligation, and to delete the word “endeavor” with regard to any notice provisions. in the event Applicant’s policy of insurance cannot be endorsed to provide this notice of cancellation, Contractor shall provide City notice of such cancellation, in writing, not later than 24 hours following the effective time of such cancellation. Contractor agrees to provide complete certified copies of policies to City within 10 days of City’s request for said copies.

10. Contractor shall provide proof that policies of insurance required herein expiring during the term of this Agreement have been renewed or replaced with other policies providing at least the same coverage. Such proof will be furnished within 72 hours of the expiration of the coverages.

11. Any actual or alleged failure on the part of City or any other additional insured under these requirements to obtain proof of insurance required under this Agreement in no way waives any right or remedy of City or any additional insured, in this or any other regard.

12. Contractor agrees to require all subcontractors or other parties hired for this project to purchase and maintain insurance of the type specified above naming as additional insureds all parties to this Agreement. Contractor agrees to obtain certificates evidencing such coverage and make reasonable efforts to ensure that such coverage is provided as required here. Contractor agrees to require that no contract used by any subcontractor, 82 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 48
or contracts Contractor enters into on behalf of City, will reserve the right to charge back to City the cost of insurance required by this agreement. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor contracts with on behalf of City, and all certificates of insurance obtained in compliance with this paragraph will be submitted to City for review. Failure of City to request copies of such documents will not impose any liability on City, or its employees.

13. Contractor agrees to provide immediate notice to City of any claim or loss against Contractor that includes City as defendant. City assumes no obligation or liability by such notice, but has the right (but not the duty) to monitor the handling of any such claims or claims if they are likely to involve City.

14. In the event of any loss that is not insured due to the failure of Contractor to comply with these requirements, Contractor agrees to be personally responsible for any and all losses, claims, suits, damages, defense obligations and liability of any kind attributed to City, or City’s employees as a result of such failure.

15. Coverage will not be limited to the specific location or individual or entity designated as the address of the Project.

16. Contractor agrees not to attempt to avoid its defense and indemnity obligations to City and its employees, agents, officials and servants by using as a defense Contractor’s statutory immunity under workers’ compensation and similar statutes.

17. Contractor agrees to have its coverage endorsed so that all coverage limits required pursuant to this requirement are available separately for each and every location at which Contractor conducts operations of any type on behalf of City. Contractor warrants that these limits will not be reduced or exhausted except for losses attributable to those specific locations and not by losses attributable to any other operations of Contractor.

18. Contractor agrees to ensure that coverage provided to meet these requirements is applicable separately to each insured and that there will be no cross-liability exclusions that preclude coverage for suits between Contractor and City or between City and any other insured or Named Insured under the policy, or between City and any party associated with City or its employees.

19. Contractor agrees that upon request, all agreements with subcontractors or others with whom Contractor contracts with on behalf of City, will be submitted to City for review.

Contractor acknowledges that such contracts or Agreements may require modification if the insurance requirements do not reflect the requirements herein. Failure of City to request copies of such agreement will not impose any liability on City, or its employees, nor in any manner limit Contractor’s obligations otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

20. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that any actual or alleged failure on the part of the City to inform Contractor of non-compliance with any requirement in this Section imposes no additional obligations on the City nor does it waive any rights hereunder.

21. None of the coverages required herein will be in compliance with these requirements if they include any limiting endorsement of any kind that has not been first submitted to City and approved of in writing.

22. If Contractor is a Limited Liability Company, general liability coverage must be amended so that the Limited Liability Company and its Managers, Affiliates, employees, agents, and other persons necessary or incidental to its operation are insureds.

23. Products/completed operations coverage shall extend a minimum of three (3) years after project completion. Coverage shall be included on behalf of the insured for covered claims arising out of the actions of independent contractors. If the insured is using subcontractors, the Policy must include work performed “by or on behalf” of the insured.

Policy shall contain no language that would invalidate or remove the insurer’s duty to defend or indemnify for claims or suits expressly excluded from coverage. Policy shall specifically provide for a duty to defend on the part of the insurer. The City, its elected officials, officers, agents, and employees, shall be included as additional insureds under the Products and Completed Operations coverage.

24. The City reserves the right at any time during the term of the contract to change the amounts and types of insurance required by giving the Contractor a ninety (90) day advance written notice of such change. If such change results in substantial additional 83 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 49
cost to the Contractor, the City and Contractor may renegotiate Contractor’s compensation.

5.7 SAFETY
5-7.8 Steel Plate Covers
5-7.8.1 General
The Contractor shall cover all openings, trenches and excavations at the end of each Work Day with steel plate covers.

Section 5-8 is hereby added to Section 5 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, as follows:
5-8 INDEMNIFICATION
The following indemnity provisions shall supersede the indemnity in Section 5-4.1 of the Standard Specifications.
5-8.1 Contractor’s Duty.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, defend, hold harmless and indemnify the City and its elected officials, officers, attorneys, agents, employees, volunteers, successors, assigns and those City agents serving as independent contractors in the role of City officials (collectively “Indemnitees”), from and against any and all damages, costs, expenses, liabilities, claims, demands, causes of action, proceedings, expenses, judgments, penalties, stop payment notices, liens, and losses of any nature whatsoever, including fees of accountants, attorneys, or other professionals and all costs associated therewith and the payment of all consequential damages (collectively “Liabilities”), in law or equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of the Contractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom the Contractor bears legal liability) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. The Contractor shall defend the Indemnitees in any action or actions filed in connection with any Liabilities with counsel of the Indemnitees’ choice, and shall pay all costs and expenses, including all attorneys’ fees and experts’ costs actually incurred in connection with such defense. The Contractor shall reimburse the Indemnitees for any and all legal expenses and costs incurred by Indemnitees in connection therewith. The City shall not be liable for any accident, loss, or damage to the Work prior to completion, except as otherwise specified in Section 6-5. 5-8.1.1 Taxes and Workers’ Compensation.

The Contractor shall pay all required taxes on amounts paid to the Contractor under the Contract, and indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract.

The Contractor shall fully comply with the Workers’ Compensation law regarding the Contractor and the Contractor’s employees. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold the City harmless from any failure of the Contractor to comply with applicable Workers’ Compensation laws. The City may offset against the amount of any fees due to the Contractor under the Contract any amount due to the City from the Contractor as a result of the Contractor’s failure to promptly pay to the City any reimbursement or indemnification arising under this Subsection 5-8.1.1.
84 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 50
5-8.1.2 Subcontractor Indemnity Agreements.

The Contractor shall obtain executed indemnity agreements with provisions identical to those in this Section 5-8 from each and every Subcontractor or any other person or entity involved by, for, with or on behalf of the Contractor in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor fails to obtain such indemnity obligations, the Contractor shall be fully responsible and indemnify, hold harmless and defend the Indemnitees from and against any and all Liabilities at law or in equity, whether actual, alleged or threatened, which arise out of, are claimed to arise out of, pertain to, or relate to the acts or omissions of the Contractor’s Subcontractor, its officers, agents, servants, employees, Subcontractors, materialmen, contractors or their officers, agents, servants or employees (or any entity or individual for whom the Contractor’s Subcontractor bears legal liability) in the performance of the Contract, including the Indemnitees’ active or passive negligence, except for Liabilities arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitees, as determined by final court decision or by the agreement of the Parties. 5-8.2 Workers’ Compensation Acts not Limiting.

The Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 5-8, or any other provision of the Contract, shall not be limited by the provisions of any Workers’ Compensation act or similar act. The Contractor expressly waives its statutory immunity under such statutes or laws as to the City, its officers, agents, employees and volunteers.
5-8.3 Insurance Requirements not Limiting.

The City does not, and shall not, waive any rights that it may possess against the Contractor because of the acceptance by the City, or the deposit with the City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to the Contract. The indemnities in this Section 5-8 shall apply regardless of whether or not any insurance policies are determined to be applicable to the Liabilities, tax, assessment, penalty or interest asserted against the City.
5-8.4 Civil Code Exception.

Nothing in this Section 5-8 shall be construed to encompass Indemnitees’ sole negligence or willful misconduct to the limited extent that the underlying Contract is subject to Civil Code Section 2782(a) or the City’s active negligence to the limited extent that the underlying Contract Documents are subject to Civil Code Section 2782(b), provided such sole negligence, willful misconduct or active negligence is determined by agreement between the parties or by the findings of a court of competent jurisdiction. 5-8.5 Nonwaiver of Rights.

Indemnitees do not and shall not waive any rights that they may possess against the Contractor because the acceptance by the City, or the deposit with the City, of any insurance policy or certificate required pursuant to these Contract Documents. This indemnity provision is effective regardless of any prior, concurrent, or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees and shall operate to fully indemnify Indemnitees against any such negligence.
5-8.6 Waiver of Right of Subrogation.

The Contractor, on behalf of itself and all parties claiming under or through it, hereby waives all rights of subrogation and contribution against the Indemnitees, while acting within the scope of their duties, from all Claims arising out of or incident to the activities or operations performed by or on behalf of the Contractor regardless of any prior, concurrent or subsequent active or passive negligence by Indemnitees.
5-8.7 Survival of Terms.

The Contractor’s indemnifications and obligations under this Section 5-8 shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract, are intended to be as broad and inclusive as is permitted by the law of the 85 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 51
State, and are in addition to any other rights or remedies that Indemnitees may have under the law.

Payment is not required as a condition precedent to an Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision, and an entry of judgment against the Contractor shall be conclusive in favor of the Indemnitee’s right to recover under this indemnity provision.

SECTION 6. PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
6-1.1 Construction Schedule
One (1) week before the scheduled pre-construction meeting, the Contractor must submit to the City Engineer for review and approval the construction schedule required by the first paragraph of Section 6-

1.1. The Contractor shall make revisions as required by the City Engineer. The schedule must account for all subcontract work, as well as the work of the Contractor, submittals, coordination with the other contractors performing concurrent work and the Traffic Control Plan. The Contractor shall update this Construction Schedule when directed by the City Engineer, or when:
a. A Change Order significantly affects the Contract completion date or the sequence of construction approach or activities; or
b. The actual sequence of the Work, or the planned sequence of the Work, is changed and does not conform to the Contractor’s current accepted Project construction schedule.

The Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule with its monthly invoice every month. Progress payments shall be contingent upon the receipt of monthly updated construction schedules.
6-1.1.1 Pre-Construction Conference
Approximately seven (7) Days before the commencement of Work at the site, a pre-construction conference will be held at the City and shall be attended by the Contractor’s Project manager, its on-site field superintendent, and any Subcontractors that the Contractor deems appropriate. Attendance by the Contractor and any Subcontractors designated is mandatory.

Contractor shall submit its twenty-four (24) hour emergency telephone numbers to the City Engineer for approval a minimum of two (2) Working Days before the pre-construction conference. Unless previously submitted to the City Engineer, the Contractor shall bring to the pre-construction conference copies of each of the following:
1) Construction Schedule.
2) Procurement schedule of major equipment and materials and items requiring long lead time.
3) Shop drawing/sample submittal schedule.
4) Preliminary schedule of values (lump sum price breakdown) for progress payment purposes.
5) Written designation of the on-site field superintendent and the Project manager. Both daytime and emergency telephone numbers shall be included in the written designation.

The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. The parties will discuss matters requiring coordination and establish procedures for handling such matters. The complete agenda will be furnished to the Contractor before the meeting date. The Contractor shall be prepared to discuss all of the items listed below. 1) The Contractor’s construction schedule.
86 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 52
2) Notification of local residents before starting any Work and keeping them informed throughout the Project.
3) Procedures for transmittal, review, and distribution of the Contractor’s submittals. 4) Processing applications for payment.
5) Maintaining record documents.
6) Critical Work sequencing.
7) Maintaining sewage service during construction, including proposed by-passes. 8) NPDES requirements, if any.
9) Field decisions and Change Orders.
10) Use of Project site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and the City’s needs.
11) Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
12) Traffic control.
13) Any other item that the City representative states is relevant to the meeting. 6-1.1.2 Weekly Progress Meetings
Progress meetings will be held each week during the course of the Project. The meeting location, day of the week and time of day will be mutually agreed to by the City and the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide a two (2) week “look ahead” schedule for each meeting. The construction manager will preside at these meetings and will prepare the meeting agenda, meeting minutes and will distribute minutes to all persons in attendance. As the Work progresses, if it is determined by agreement of the attendees, that weekly meetings are not necessary, the weekly progress meetings may be changed to bi-weekly progress meetings.
6-1.2 Commencement of the Work
The Contractor shall not begin any construction activity at the site before the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. Any Work that is done by the Contractor in advance of the Notice to Proceed shall be considered as being done at the Contractor’s own risk and responsibility, and as a consequence will be subject to rejection.

Section 6-1.3 is hereby added to Section 6 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, as follows:
6-1.3 Working Days And Hours
The Contractor shall do all Work between the hours of 7:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.

No Work will be allowed on Saturday, Sunday or City holidays, which are as follows: Veterans Day (November 11), Thanksgiving (November 26 and November 27), Christmas (December 25).

A permit may have other hours or Days for the Contractor to do the Work, and those hours and Days shall supersede any hours and Days written in this Section.

Whenever the Contractor is permitted or directed to perform night Work or to vary the period during which Work is performed during the Working Day, the Contractor shall give twelve (12) hours’ notice to the City Engineer so that inspection may be provided. A charge may be made to the Contractor for approved overtime or weekend inspections requested by the Contractor. 6-4 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
6-4.1 General.

Unless otherwise agreed in writing, an adjustment to the Contract time by reason of a Change Order shall be agreed to at the time the Change Order is issued and accepted by Contractor. If the Change Order does not reserve the right of the parties, or either of them, to seek an adjustment to the Contract time, 87 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 53
then the parties forever relinquish and waive such right and there shall be no further adjustments to the Contract time.

No extension of time will be granted for any event, including pandemics, leading to the issuance of a “stay at home” or similar kind of order by any local, State, or federal governmental authority, if the Work has been deemed, either by emergency order or proclamation, or operation of law, to be an essential service that is exempt from such stay at home or similar order. 6-4.2 Extensions of Time
In the event it is deemed appropriate by the City to extend the time for completion of the Work, any such extension shall not release any guarantee for the Work required by the Contract Documents, nor shall any such extension of time relieve or release the Sureties on the Bonds executed. In executing such Bonds, the Sureties shall be deemed to have expressly agreed to any such extensions of time. The amount of time allowed by an extension of time shall be limited to the period of the delay giving rise to the same as determined by the City. Notwithstanding any dispute which may arise in connection with a claim for adjustment of the Contract time, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work. 6-4.3 Payment for Delays
Notwithstanding any other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, the City shall have no obligation whatsoever to increase the Contract Price or extend the time for delays.

Unless compensation and/or markup is agreed upon by the City, the Contractor agrees that no payment of compensation of any kind shall be made to the Contractor for damages or increased overhead costs caused by any delays in the progress of the Contract, whether such delays are avoidable or unavoidable or caused by any act or omission of the City or its agents. Any accepted delay claim shall be fully compensated for by an extension of time to complete the performance of the Work.

This Section shall not apply to compensable delays caused solely by the City. If a compensable delay is caused solely by the City, the Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order that: (1) extends the time for completion of the Contract by the amount of delay caused by the City; and (2) provides equitable adjustment, as determined by the City, to the Contractor. 6-8 TERMINATION OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONVENIENCE
Notwithstanding any provision of Section 6-8, the City may terminate this Agreement for any or no reason by providing not less than fifteen (15) Days’ prior notice.

The following sentence is added to Section 6-8:

In no event (including termination for impossibility or impracticability, due to conditions or events beyond the control of the City, for any other reason or for no reason) shall the total amount of money to Contractor exceed the amount which would have been paid to Contractor for the full performance of the services described in the Contract.
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
The $250 liquidated damage amount is hereby replaced with the amount of $600.

For the purposes of the calculation of the start of the liquidated damages, the Work shall be deemed to be completed when the same has been completed in accordance with the Plans and Specifications therefor and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer, and the City Engineer has certified such completion in accordance with Section 3-13.1 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications. 88 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 54
SECTION 7. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

7.3 PAYMENT

7.3.1 General
The unit and lump sum prices to be paid shall constitute full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials, tools and incidentals required to complete the Project as outlined in these Contract Documents and as directed by the City Engineer. In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 7107, if no claims have been filed and are still pending, the amount deducted from the final estimate and retained by the City will be paid to the Contractor except such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be withheld for any other lawful purposes. 7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment
7-3.2.1 Monthly Closure Date and Invoice Date
For purposes of Section 7-3.2, the monthly closure date shall be the last Day of each month. A measurement of Work performed and a progress estimate of the value thereof based on the Contract and of the monthly payment shall be prepared by the Contractor and submitted to the City Engineer before the tenth (10th) Day of the following month for verification and payment consideration. 7-3.2.2 Payments
The City shall make payments within thirty (30) Days after receipt of the Contractor’s undisputed and properly submitted payment request, including an updated construction schedule pursuant to Section 6-

1.1 of the General Provisions. The City shall return to the Contractor any payment request determined not to be a proper payment request as soon as practicable, but not later than seven (7) Days after receipt, and shall explain in writing the reasons why the payment request is not proper. 7-3.2.3 Retention
The City shall withhold not less than five percent (5%) from each progress payment. However, at any time after fifty percent (50%) of the Work has been completed, if the City Council finds that satisfactory progress is being made, it may, at its discretion, make any of the remaining progress payments in full for actual Work completed. The City shall withhold not less than five percent (5%) of the Contract Price from the Final Payment Amount (defined in Section 7-3.2.4) until at least thirty-five (35) days after recordation of the Notice of Completion, or recordation of a notice of acceptance or cessation, but not later than the period permitted by Public Contract Code Section 7107.
7-3.2.4 Final Invoice and Payment
Whenever the Contractor shall have completely performed the Contract in the opinion of the City Engineer, the City Engineer shall notify the City Clerk that the Contract has been completed in its entirety.

The Contractor shall then submit to the City Engineer a written statement of the final quantities of Contract items for inclusion in the final invoice. Upon receipt of such statement, the City Engineer shall check the quantities included therein and shall authorize a payment amount, which in the City Engineer’s opinion shall be just and fair, covering the value of the total amount of Work done by the Contractor, less all previous payments and all amounts to be retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents (“Final Payment Amount”). The City Engineer shall then request that the City accept the Work and that the City Clerk be authorized to file, on behalf of the City in the office of the County Recorder, a Notice of Completion of the Work herein agreed to be done by the Contractor. In addition, the final payment will not be released until the Contractor returns the control set of Plans and Specifications showing the redlined as-built conditions.
89 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 55
7-3.2.5 Substitute Security
In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 22300, the Contractor may request that it be permitted to substitute securities in lieu of having retention withheld by the City from progress payments when such payments become due or, in the alternative, the Contractor may request that the City make payments of earned retentions directly to an agreed upon designated escrow agent at the Contractor’s expense. If the Contractor selects either one of these alternatives, the following shall control.

7.3.2.5.1 Substitution of Securities for Performance Retention At some reasonable time before any progress payment would otherwise be due and payable to the Contractor in the performance of Work under these Contract Documents, the Contractor may submit a request to the City in writing to permit the substitution of retentions with securities equivalent to the amount estimated by the City (“estimated amount of retention”) to be withheld. The Contractor shall deposit such securities with the City or may, in the alternative, deposit such securities in escrow with a State or federally chartered bank in California, as the escrow agent, at the Contractor’s expense. Such securities will be the equivalent or greater in value of the estimated amount of retention. If the Contract is modified by written Modifications or Change Orders or the Contractor otherwise becomes entitled to receive an amount more than the Contract Price at the time the securities are deposited, the Contractor shall, at the request of the City, deposit with the City or escrow agent, whichever is applicable, additional securities within a reasonable time so that the amount of securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equivalent or greater in value than the amount of retention the City would otherwise be entitled to withhold from progress payments due or to become due to the Contractor as the Work progresses. The City shall withhold any retention amount that exceeds the security amount until the additional securities are deposited and, if the deposit is with an escrow agent, the City has confirmation from that escrow agent of the new total value of securities. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean, among other things, that the City is not otherwise entitled to retain proceeds from progress payments as elsewhere provided in the Contract or under applicable law, the securities shall be returned to the Contractor. The City shall, within its sole discretion, determine whether the amount of the securities on deposit with the City or escrow agent is equal to or greater than the amount of estimated retention of progress payments that could otherwise be held by the City if the Contractor had not elected to substitute same with securities.
7-3.2.5.2 Deposit of Retention Proceeds with an Escrow Agent As an alternative to the substitution of securities, as provided above, or the City otherwise retaining and holding retention proceeds from progress payments, the Contractor may request the City to make payments of retentions earned directly to an escrow agent with the same qualifications as required in Section 7-3.2.5.1 above and at the expense of the Contractor. At its sole expense, the Contractor may direct the investment of such retention payments into only such securities as mentioned in Section 7-

3.2.5.4 below and shall be entitled to interest earned on such investments on the same terms provided for securities deposited by the Contractor. Upon satisfactory completion of the Contract, which shall mean when the City would not otherwise be entitled to withhold retention proceeds from progress payments had the Contractor not elected to have such proceeds deposited into escrow, the Contractor shall be allowed to receive from the escrow agent all securities, interest and payments deposited into escrow pursuant to the terms of this Section. The Contractor shall pay to each Subcontractor, not later than ten (10) Days of receipt of payment, the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to retention withheld from each Subcontractor, on the amount withheld to ensure performance of the Contractor. 7-3.2.5.3 Subcontractor Entitlement to Interest
If the Contractor elects to receive interest on any moneys withheld in retention by the City, then the Subcontractor shall receive the identical rate of interest received by the Contractor on any retention moneys withheld from the Subcontractor by the Contractor, less any actual pro rata costs associated with administering and calculating that interest. In the event that the interest rate is a fluctuating rate, the rate for the Subcontractor shall be determined by calculating the interest rate paid during the time that 90 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 56
retentions were withheld from the Subcontractor. If the Contractor elects to substitute securities in lieu of retention, then, by mutual consent of the Contractor and the Subcontractor, the Subcontractor may substitute securities in exchange for the release of moneys held in retention by the Contractor. The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, not later than ten (10) Days after receipt of escrow moneys, the amount owed to each Subcontractor from the moneys plus the respective amount of interest earned, net of costs attributed to the retention held from each Subcontractor, on the amount of retention withheld to ensure performance of the Subcontractor.
7-3.2.5.4 Securities Eligible for Investment
Securities eligible for investment shall include those listed in Government Code Section 16430, bank or savings and loan certificates of deposit, interest-bearing demand deposit accounts, standby letters of credit, or any other security mutually agreed upon between the Contractor and the City. The Contractor shall be the beneficial owner of any securities substituted for any monies withheld and shall receive any interest thereon.
7-3.2.5.5 Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention The escrow agreement that shall be used for the deposit of securities in lieu of retention shall substantially conform to the form prescribed in Public Contract Code Section 22300(f). 7-3.2.5.6 Inconsistencies with Prevailing Statutory Requirements If there is any inconsistency between or differences in Public Contract Code Section 22300 and the terms of this provision, or any future amendments thereto, Section 22300 shall control.

Section 7-3.9 is hereby added to Section 7-3 of Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, as follows:
7-3.9 AUDIT
The City or its representative shall have the option of inspecting and/or auditing all records and other written materials used by the Contractor in preparing its billings to the City as a condition precedent to any payment to the Contractor or in response to a construction claim or a Public Records Act (Government Code Section 7920.000, et seq.) request. The Contractor will promptly furnish documents requested by the City at no cost. Additionally, the Contractor shall be subject to State Auditor examination and audit at the request of the City or as part of any audit of the City, for a period of three (3) years after final payment under the Contract. The Contractor shall include a copy of this Section 7-3.9 in all contracts with its Subcontractors, and the Contractor shall be responsible for immediately obtaining those records or other written material from its Subcontractors upon a request by the State Auditor or the City. If the Project includes other auditing requirements, those additional requirements will be listed in the Special Provisions.

SECTION 8 FACILITIES FOR AGENCY PERSONNEL
8-1 General
No field offices for City personnel shall be required; however, City personnel shall have the right to enter upon the Project at all times and shall be admitted to the offices of the Contractor to use the telephone, desk and sanitary facilities provided by the Contractor for its own personnel.

Section 9 is hereby added to Part 1 of the Standard Specifications, as follows:

SECTION 9. ADDITIONAL TERMS
91 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 57
9-1 NONDISCRIMINATORY EMPLOYMENT
The Contractor shall not unlawfully discriminate against any individual based on race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, sexual orientation or military and veteran status. The Contractor understands and agrees that it is bound by and will comply with the nondiscrimination mandates of all statutes and local ordinances and regulations. 9-3 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK
Until the final acceptance of the Work by the City Council in accordance with Section 3-13.2 of the General Provisions, the Contractor shall have the charge and care thereof and shall bear the risk of injury or damage to any part of the Work by the action of the elements, criminal acts, or any other cause. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore and make good all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof, except for such injuries or damages arising from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the City, its officers, agents or employees. In the case of suspension of Work from any cause whatever, the Contractor shall be responsible for all materials and the protection of Work already completed, shall properly store and protect them if necessary, and shall provide suitable drainage and erect temporary structures where necessary.
9-4 PROCEDURE IN CASE OF DAMAGE TO PUBLIC PROPERTY
Any portions of curb, gutter, sidewalk or any other City improvement damaged by the Contractor during the course of construction shall be replaced by the Contractor at its own cost. The cost of additional replacement of curb, gutter or sidewalk in excess of the estimated quantities shown in the Bid form and Specifications, and found necessary during the process of construction (but not due to damage resulting from carelessness on the part of the Contractor during its operation), shall be paid to the Contractor at the unit prices submitted in his or her Bid.
9-5 REMOVAL OF INTERFERING OBSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall remove and dispose of all debris, abandoned structures, tree roots and obstructions of any character encountered during the process of excavation. It is understood that the cost of any such removals are made a part of the unit price bid by the Contractor under the item for excavation or removal of existing Work.
9-6 SOILS ENGINEERING AND TESTING
A certified materials testing firm may be retained by the City to perform materials tests during the Contractor’s entire operation to ascertain compliance with the Contract requirements. The City shall be responsible for the first series of tests. If the initial tests do not meet the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall bear the cost of all subsequent tests.

If the City requires other tests or more specific requirements for testing regarding this Project, those details will be included in the Special Provisions.
9-7 ACCESS TO PRIVATE PROPERTY
Unless otherwise stated in the Special Provisions, the Contractor shall be responsible for all fees and costs associated with securing permission to access private property for any portion of the Project. 9-9 CLAIM DISPUTE RESOLUTION
In the event of any dispute or controversy with the City over any matter whatsoever, the Contractor shall 92 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 58
not cause any delay or cessation in or of Work, but shall proceed with the performance of the Work in dispute. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided that pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties. The disputed Work will be categorized as an “unresolved dispute” and payment, if any, shall be as later determined by mutual agreement or a court of law. The Contractor shall keep accurate, detailed records of all disputed Work, claims and other disputed matters.

All claims arising out of or related to the Contract Documents or this Project, and the consideration and payment of such claims, are subject to Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Public Contract Code Section 20104 et seq. (Article 1.5), where applicable. This Contract hereby incorporates those provisions as though fully set forth herein. For purposes of this Section, “claim” means a separate demand by the Contractor sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, for (i) a time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the City, (ii) payment by the City of money or damages arising from work done by, or on behalf of, the Contractor pursuant to the Contract Documents, payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, or (iii) payment of an amount that is disputed by the City. The Contractor or any Subcontractor must file a claim in accordance with Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (if applicable), and must then adhere to Section 9204 and Article 1.5 (as applicable) In addition to compliance with Public Contract Code Section 9204 and Article 1.5, filing a claim in accordance with the Government Claims Act (Government Code Section 810 et seq.) is a prerequisite to filing any lawsuit against the City relating to this Contract. 9-10 THIRD PARTY CLAIMS
The City shall have full authority to compromise or otherwise settle any claim relating to the Project at any time. The City shall timely notify the Contractor of the receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Project.

The City shall be entitled to recover its reasonable costs incurred in providing this notice. 9-11 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS
The Contractor shall comply with all applicable federal, State and local laws, ordinances, codes and regulations in force at the time the Contractor performs pursuant to the Contract Documents. 9-12 REQUIREMENT TO MITIGATE THE SPREAD OF COVID-19. The Contractor and all subcontractors for the Work shall comply with all applicable Federal, State, County, and City statutes, regulations, orders, and ordinances regarding COVID-19 Infection Prevention. This requirement specifically includes, without limitation, compliance with the “Safety and Health Guidance COVID-19 Infection Prevention in Construction” issued by the California Department of Industrial Relations, Division of Occupational Safety and Health and Safety on October 27, 2020 and as may be amended from time to time by the Department.

Prior to the pre-construction meeting, the Contractor shall submit to the City a “COVID-19 Mitigation Program” implementing these requirements and shall post the COVID-19 Mitigation Program on the project site in a manner designated by the City’s Project Manager. The failure of employees or workers of the Contractor and all subcontractors on the Work to comply with these requirements shall be a default per Section 6-7.1, and may also result in a suspension of the Work pursuant to Section 6-6. Contractor acknowledges that, in the event that the Engineer suspends the Work as a result of such failure by Contractor or one of its subcontractors to comply with these requirements, City is not responsible for the delay, and that pursuant to Section 6-6.1 the Contractor is not entitled to compensation. The Contractor shall also pay to the City the costs and expenses incurred by the City resulting from the failure of employees of the Contractor and all subcontractors on the Work to comply with these requirements including, but not limited to, the salaries and benefits for City employees who are unable to work due to exposure to COVID19 as a result of such failure, and workers compensation benefits and expenses. Delays in the Work resulting from Contractor’s or its subcontractor’s failure to comply with these regulations shall not be considered an unforeseen event entitling Contractor to an extension of time or payment for delay pursuant to Section 6-4 of the Standard Specifications.
93 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 59
9-13 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS
By signing the Contract, the Contractor represents, covenants, agrees, and declares under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California that: (a) the Contractor is licensed, qualified, and capable of furnishing the labor, materials, and expertise necessary to perform the services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Contract Documents; (b) there are no obligations, commitments, or impediments of any kind that will limit or prevent its full performance under the Contract Documents; (c) there is no litigation pending against the Contractor that could adversely affect its performance of the Contract, and the Contractor is not the subject of any criminal investigation or proceeding; and (d) to the Contractor’s actual knowledge, neither the Contractor nor its personnel have been convicted of a felony. 9-14 CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
The Contractor agrees not to accept any employment or representation during the term of the Contract or within twelve (12) months after acceptance as defined in Section 3-13.2 of the General Provisions that is or may likely make the Contractor “financially interested,” as provided in Government Code Sections 1090 and 87100, in any decisions made by the City on any matter in connection with which the Contractor has been retained pursuant to the Contract Documents.
9-15 APPLICABLE LAW
The validity, interpretation, and performance of these Contract Documents shall be controlled by and construed under the laws of the State of California, excluding California’s choice of law rules. Venue for any such action relating to the Contract shall be in the Superior Court with geographic jurisdiction over the City.
9-16 TIME
Time is of the essence in these Contract Documents.
9-17 INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
The Contractor and Subcontractors shall at all times remain, as to the City, wholly independent contractors.

Neither the City nor any of its officials, officers, employees or agents shall have control over the conduct of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or any of their officers, employees, or agents, except as herein set forth, and the Contractor and Subcontractors are free to dispose of all portions of their time and activities that they are not obligated to devote to the City in such a manner and to such Persons that the Contractor or Subcontractors wish except as expressly provided in these Contract Documents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall have no power to incur any debt, obligation, or liability on behalf of the City, bind the City in any manner, or otherwise act on behalf of the City as agents. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not, at any time or in any manner, represent that they or any of their agents, servants or employees, are in any manner agents, servants or employees of the City. The Contractor and Subcontractors agree to pay all required taxes on amounts paid to them under the Contract, and to indemnify and hold the City harmless from any and all taxes, assessments, penalties, and interest asserted against the City by reason of the independent contractor relationship created by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall include this provision in all contracts with all Subcontractors. 9-18 CONSTRUCTION
In the event of any asserted ambiguity in, or dispute regarding the interpretation of any matter herein, the interpretation of these Contract Documents shall not be resolved by any rules of interpretation providing for interpretation against the party who causes the uncertainty to exist or against the party who drafted the Contract Documents or who drafted that portion of the Contract Documents. 9-19 NON-WAIVER OF TERMS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
94 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 60
Waiver by either party of any one (1) or more of the conditions of performance under these Contract Documents shall not be a waiver of any other condition of performance under these Contract Documents.

In no event shall the making by the City of any payment to the Contractor constitute or be construed as a waiver by the City of any breach of covenant, or any default that may then exist on the part of the Contractor, and the making of any such payment by the City shall in no way impair or prejudice any right or remedy available to the City with regard to such breach or default. 9-20 TERM
The Contract is effective as of the Effective Date listed, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Contractor has fully rendered the services required by the Contract Documents or the Contract has been otherwise terminated by the City. However, some provisions may survive the term listed within this Section, as stated in those provisions.
9-21 NOTICE
Except as otherwise required by law, any notice or other communication authorized or required by these Contract Documents shall be in writing and shall be deemed received on (a) the day of delivery if delivered by hand or overnight courier service during the City’s regular business hours or (b) on the third (3rd) business day following deposit in the United States mail, postage prepaid, to the addresses listed on the Contractor’s Bid and City Hall, or at such other address as one party may notify the other. 9-22 SEVERABILITY
If any term or portion of these Contract Documents is held to be invalid, illegal, or otherwise unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions of these Contract Documents shall continue in full force and effect.
95 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 61

SPECIAL PROVISIONS
The Sections that follow supplement, but do not replace, the corresponding provisions in Part 3 (Construction Methods) and Part 4 (Existing Improvements) of the Standard Specifications, except as otherwise indicated herein. In the event of any conflict between the Standard Specifications and these Special Provisions, these Special Provisions shall control.

SECTION 306 - OPEN TRENCH CONDUIT CONSTRUCTION
306-3.1 GENERAL
Pursuant to Public Contract Code Section 7104, if the project involves trenching more than four (4) feet deep, Contractor shall promptly and before the following conditions are disturbed notify the City in writing of any:
a. Material that Contractor believes may be material that is hazardous waste, as defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 25117, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with provisions of existing law; and/or b. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site differing from those indicated; and/or
c. Unknown physical conditions at the site of any unusual nature, different materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract.

The City shall promptly investigate the conditions, and if it finds that the conditions do materially so differ, or do involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the Work shall issue a change order under the procedures described in the Contract. In the event that a dispute arises between the City and the Contractor whether the conditions materially differ, or involve hazardous waste, or cause a decrease or increase in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, the Contractor shall not be excused from any scheduled completion date provided for by the Contract, but shall proceed with all work to be performed under the Contract. The Contractor shall retain any and all rights provided either by contract or by law which pertain to the resolution of disputes and protests between the parties.

As required by Labor Code Section 6705 and in addition thereto, whenever work under the Contract that involves an estimated expenditure in excess of twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) for the excavation of any trench or trenches five (5) feet or more in depth, Contractor shall submit for acceptance by City in advance of excavation, a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation of such trench or trenches. If such plan varies from the shoring system standards established by the Construction Safety Orders of the Division of Industrial Safety, the plan shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer employed by Contractor, and all costs therefor shall be included in the price of the Contract.

Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to allow the use of a shoring, sloping, or other protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders. Nothing in this provision shall be construed to impose tort liability on the City or on any City officer, agent, consultant, representative, or employee. All plans, processing and shoring costs are Contractor’s responsibility and must be included in Contractor’s bid.

SECTION 400 - PROTECTION AND RESTORATION
400-1 GENERAL
96 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 62
All costs to the Contractor for protecting, removing, restoring, relocating, repairing, replacing, or reestablishing existing improvements shall be included in the Bid.

SECTION 402 - UTILITIES
402-1 LOCATION
Except as shown in the Plans or specified in the Special Provisions, the location and existence of underground utilities or substructures has not been obtained. Subject to Gov’t Code Section 4215, the methods used and costs involved to locate existing elements, points of connection and all construction methods are the Contractor’s sole responsibility. Accuracy of information furnished, as to existing conditions, is not guaranteed by the City. The Contractor, at its sole expense, must make all investigations necessary to determine locations of existing elements, which may include contacting Underground Service Alert/DigAlert and other private underground locating firm(s), utilizing specialized locating equipment, hand trenching, or both. For every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service Alert during the course of the Project, the Contractor must submit to the City the following form. The Contractor shall be responsible for preserving the integrity of the existing underground utilities at the site. 97 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 63

UNDERGROUND SERVICE ALERT IDENTIFICATION NUMBER FORM
No excavation will be permitted until this form is completed and returned to the City.

Government Code Section 4216 et seq. requires a Dig Alert Identification Number to be issued before a permit to excavate will be valid.

To obtain a Dig Alert Identification Number, call Underground Service Alert at 811 a minimum of three (3) Working Days before scheduled excavation. For best response, provide as much notice as possible up to ten (10) Working Days.

Dig Alert Identification Number: ________________________________________________ Dated:
(“CONTRACTOR”)
By:

Printed Name:

Title:

By:

Printed Name:

Title:

Note: This form is required for every Dig Alert Identification Number issued by Underground Service during the course of the Work. Additional forms may be obtained from the City upon request. 98 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 64
402-1.3 Entry by Utility Owners
The right is reserved to the owners of public Utilities or franchises to enter the Project site for the purpose of making repairs or changes in their property that may be necessary as a result of the Work as well as any other reason authorized by the City. When the Contract Documents provide for the Utility owners to alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, or when the Contract Documents are silent in this regard and it is determined by the City Engineer that the Utility owners must alter, relocate or reconstruct a Utility, the Contractor shall schedule and allow adequate time for those alterations, relocations or reconstructions by the respective Utility owners. City employees and agents shall likewise have the right to enter upon the Project site at any time and for any reason or no reason at all. 402-2 PROTECTION
If Contractor damages or breaks the Utilities, it will be the Contractor’s responsibility to repair the Utility at no cost to the Utility or the City.
402-3 REMOVAL
Facilities encountered during the prosecution of the Work that are determined to be abandoned shall be removed by the Contractor as required for the Work, unless directed otherwise by the City Engineer. The remaining portion of the existing Utility which is left in place shall be accurately recorded, in elevation and plan, on the control set of Contract Drawings.
402-4 RELOCATION
The Contractor shall cooperate fully with all Utility forces of the City or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities that interfere with the progress of the Work. The Contractor shall schedule the Work so as to minimize interference with the relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
402-6 COOPERATION
The Contractor’s attention is directed to the fact that Work may be conducted at or adjacent to the site by other contractors during the performance of the Work under this Contract. The Contractor shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to provide continued safe access to their respective portions of the site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts. Compensation for compliance shall be included in the various items of the Work, and no additional compensation shall be allowed therefor.
402-7 NOTIFICATION
The Contractor shall notify the City Engineer and the owners of all Utilities and substructures not less than forty-eight (48) hours before starting construction. The following list of names and telephone numbers is intended for the convenience of the Contractor and is not guaranteed to be complete or accurate:

Agency: City of Solvang Water Division
Phone Number: (805) 688-5575 x229
Agency: City of Solvang Wastewater Division
Phone Number: (805) 688-5575
Agency: Frontier Communications
Phone Number: (805) 683-2465
Agency: Pacific Gas & Electric Co.

Phone Number: (805) 688-7597
Agency: Southern California Gas Company
Phone Number: (805) 683-8355
Agency: Comcast Cable TV
Phone Number: (805) 736-3446
99 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 65
Agency: Underground Service Alert
Phone Number: (800) 442-4133
Agency: Solvang Police/SB County Sheriff Dept
Phone Number: (805) 686-5000
Agency: Santa Barbara County Fire Department
Phone Number: (805) 688-6046
Solvang Station: (805) 686-8184 x 30
100
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 66

SECTION D - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & MODIFICATIONS
D1 - General Construction Information and Requirements
D2 - Construction Materials and Methods
D3 - Technical Specifications
Standard Specifications
The Work provided herein shall conform to and be in accordance with the Contract Plans, Specifications and Special Provisions, as well as the Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC), Latest edition of the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association. PART 2 – CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS and PART 3 – CONSTRUCTION METHODS of the Standard Specifications are hereby incorporated into these specifications, except as modified under SECTION D – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & MODIFICATIONS. In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and the Technical Specifications and Modifications, the Technical Specifications and Modifications shall control.

Where work involves the installation, relocation, or interaction with Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E) infrastructure, the contractor shall adhere to the most current edition of PG&E’s TD-7001M-01, “Electric & Gas Service Requirements” (“Greenbook”) Manual. In the event of a conflict between the SPWC and PG&E TD-7001M Manual, the more stringent requirement shall apply, or as directed by the City Engineer.
101
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 67
D1 - GENERAL CONSTRUCTION INFORMATION AND REQUIREMENTS
This section contains specific project requirements relating to construction in general.

D1.1 LOCATION AND SCOPE OF WORK
LOCATION OF WORK: See Title Sheet of Project Construction Drawings for Project Location Map indicating various sites included in this Project.

The work to be performed consists of the Contractor furnishing all materials, equipment, tools, labor, and incidentals necessary for the construction of the proposed project, complete in place in accordance with the plans and specifications, and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

The work to be performed consists of the construction and installation of PG&E services, including conduits and sweeps, trenching and pavement restoration, transformer, switchboard, meter pedestal, concrete equipment pads, fixed and removable barrier posts, and related PG&E infrastructure to support future parking lot 5 improvements, EV chargers, and the replacement of the existing light pole at the intersection of Oak Street and 2nd Street.

D1.2 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A Pre-Construction Meeting will be conducted by the Engineer prior to commencement of construction at a time and place designated by the Engineer. Those attending the meeting shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
• Contractor (including proposed foreman/superintendent) • Key Subcontractor(s)
• City Project Manager
• City of Solvang Utilities Department
• City of Solvang Water Division
• Consultant Project Manager
• City Construction Manager/Agent
• Affected utility company representatives
One week prior to this meeting the Contractor shall submit the following:
• Construction Schedule
• Stockpile and Storage Locations
• Traffic Control Plan
D1.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND JOB SITE
The Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents with each other and with information available to the Contractor and furnished by the Agency and shall immediately notify the Engineer of errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered. If the Contractor performs any construction activity knowing it involves a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without notice to the Engineer, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall assume responsibility for the full costs for correction.

The Contractor shall make field measurements, verify field conditions and shall carefully compare such field measurements and conditions and other information known to the Contractor with the Contract Documents before commencing activities. Errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered shall be reported to the Engineer immediately.

When existing conditions are encountered which, in the opinion of the Engineer, require temporary suspension of work for design modifications or for other determinations to be made, the Contractor shall move to other areas of work until such determinations are made at no cost to the Agency. The Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if the Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as provided in SECTION 3–CHANGES IN WORK of the SSPWC.

D1.4 NOTIFICATIONS
If the closing or opening (either partial or full) of a street or alley within the City of Solvang is approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall notify the following City Departments at least twenty-four (24) 102
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 68
hours prior to the schedule closing or opening.

SOLVANG POLICE (SHERIFF’S) DEPARTMENT
Notify Police Department Dispatcher's Office.

SANTA BARBARA COUNTY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Notify Fire Department Dispatcher's Office.

SOLVANG PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT
Notify Public Works Director.

SOLVANG UTILITIES DEPARTMENT
Notify Utilities Director.

SOLVANG POST OFFICE
Notify Postmaster

SOLVANG TRASH COLLECTION
Notify representative with Waste Management Corp.

D1.5 INSPECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall notify the Utility Director at (805) 688-5575 x222, forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the start of Work. There will be inspection of this project to ensure strict adherence to these specifications.

Any work done in unauthorized areas or in a manner unacceptable to the inspector shall not be accepted or paid for.

D1.6 SOILS AND MATERIALS TESTING SERVICES
During the course of the work, if soils and materials testing are required, the Contractor shall notify the Construction Manager in writing, at least forty-eight (48) hours before such services will be required.

Work not properly tested and/or inspected will be rejected.

Any work done in unauthorized areas or in a manner unacceptable to the inspector will not be accepted or paid for. The City of Solvang shall pay the costs for all material and compaction testing except for tests that fail. The cost of any failed tests will be paid by the Contractor and will be deducted from the final contract amount.

D1.7 CONSTRUCTION SURVEYING SERVICES
Surveying is required for this project. No surveying will be provided by Agency.

D1.8 DAILY REPORT
The Contractor shall complete a Daily Report indicating manpower, major equipment used and on standby (itemized separately), subcontractors, and similar items involved in the performance of the Work. The Daily Report shall be completed on forms prepared by the Contractor and acceptable to the Engineer and shall be submitted to the Engineer at the Weekly Meetings for the preceding work week.

The Contractor shall submit as requested Certified Payroll Statements for each employee involved with the Work including subcontractors. Submission of certified payroll does not relieve the Contractor of his/her responsibility to pay prevailing wages.

D1.9 RESPONSIBILITY FOR JOB SITE CONDITIONS
All work shall be performed in accordance with applicable Health and Safety laws and standards including all requirements of the State of California Division of Industrial Safety.

Contractor agrees that, in accordance with generally accepted construction practices, Contractor will be required to assume sole and complete responsibility for job site conditions during the course of construction of this Project including safety of all persons and property, that this requirement shall be made to apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours, and Contractor further agrees to defend, indemnify and hold design and construction observation professionals harmless from all liability and claims, real or alleged, in connection with the performance of work on this Project.

D1.10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
103
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 69
The cost of all labor, material and equipment necessary to complete the work as described in the specifications shall be included in the prices for each bid item, either as a lump sum or by final quantities, whatever is indicated. The final payment quantities will be based on the actual amount of materials installed or measured on the job. Certified weigh-master load tickets will be required for all Asphalt Concrete or base material delivered to the site. No payment will be made for any materials not accompanied by such a load ticket. The contract unit price shall include all labor, material and equipment costs necessary to complete the work, even though not shown or specified. A bid item will be considered complete when all necessary work has been completed and accepted by the City. This includes site clean-up.

D1.11 POTHOLING
Prior to commencement of construction, Contractor shall physically locate, verifying horizontal and vertical locations, and map existing underground facilities within the work area that are marked by Underground Service Alert (USA) or shown on the drawings. Contractor shall protect all such facilities from damage due to construction activities for the duration of the project. Contractor shall deliver a plan with the location of each potholed utility to the Engineer. Contractor shall notify affected utilities per 5-1 LOCATION of this project manual.

Repair of damage to such facilities shall be at the contractor’s expense and shall be considered as integral to this item of work. Contractor shall be responsible for following all applicable rules and regulations concerning work in the vicinity of underground and/or overhead utilities.

Contractor shall use bedding sand to back fill around utilities in any excavation. Contractor shall remove all USA and pothole markings prior to final inspection.

D1.12 DIFFERING CONDITIONS
Field obstructions, grade differences or differences in dimensions may exist that might not have been considered or observed during design of this project. Contractor shall promptly notify the Engineer and the agency having jurisdiction by telephone and in writing upon discovery of, and before disturbing, any physical conditions differing from those represented by approved plans and specifications. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for necessary revisions.

D1.13 PERMITS
The Contractor shall obtain a No Fee Encroachment Permit from the City of Solvang prior to commencement of any construction activities. Contractor is also responsible for obtaining any and all other required permits including acquiring a construction water meter from the Utilities Department/Water Division (No Fee) for water used for construction purposes. The Contractor shall obtain a construction water meter from the City (No Fee) and shall use this meter when using any water from the City system for construction use.

D1.14 OFFSITE WORK
Offsite grading or other construction work is not permitted without prior written permission of the affected offsite property owner. Work shown outside of the right-of-way cannot commence until approval in writing is obtained from offsite property owners and delivered to the City.

D1.15 CLEAN-UP AND DUST CONTROL
The Contractor shall not allow the site of the Work to become littered with trash and waste material, but shall maintain the same in a neat and orderly condition throughout the construction period. On or before the completion of the Work, the Contractor shall carefully clean-up all areas used by his/her work force and shall remove rubbish of all kinds from any of the grounds which he/she has occupied and leave them in a clean and orderly condition that is satisfactory to the Engineer. During the course of the work, the Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment, material and personnel necessary to control dust on the project and prevent the littering of material at and around the work area by daily cleanup of the area where operations are under way. Water for dust control shall be provided by the Contractor and shall be considered integral to dust control in terms of payment.

Additionally, the Contractor shall promptly remove graffiti from project equipment, signs, portable toilets and vehicles.

D1.16 ORDER OF THE WORK
The order of the work shall be as follows:
104
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 70

1. Award of contract, Pre-construction meeting, submittal review, notice to proceed.

2. Construction notification (14 day), mobilization, maintenance & protection of traffic.

3. 48-hour notice to Project Manager.

4. “No Parking” notification (72 hour), AC cold milling, AC overlay, Reconstruction.

5. Contract items of work.

6. Contract punch list work, cleanup, demobilization.

The sequence of operations shall be as follows:

1. Trenching and conduit installations including sweeps and bends

2. Initial PG&E inspection of trenches and conduits

3. Trench backfill and pavement restoration

4. Installation of transformer and meter pedestal concrete pads.

5. Installation of meter pedestal and transformer

6. Conductor Installation and termination

7. Grounding

8. Final PG&E inspection

9. Energize system
D1.17 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT
Water pollution control work shall conform to the provisions in Section 7-8.6, "Water Pollution Control," of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions. This project lies within the boundaries of the Central Coast Regional Water Quality Control Board (RWQCB).

If the project area is greater than or equal to one (1) acre, the Contractor shall prepare a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP), file a Notice of Intent (NOI), and pay permit fees as required under the Construction General Permit (CGP). For information on the CGP, please visit the State Waterboard website by following the link below:
http://www.waterboards.ca.gov/water_issues/programs/stormwater/constpermits.shtml Should the project not fall under the requirements of the CGP, the Contractor shall prepare a Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) as approved by the City of Solvang. At the discretion of the City of Solvang, an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan may be submitted for approval in lieu of a WPCP with prior written permission from the City of Solvang.

The Contractor shall implement, monitor, and maintain stormwater pollution prevention measures in accordance with requirements of the RWQCB, CGP, the approved SWPPP or WPCP, and/or the approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan as applicable.

These special provisions shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to comply with all applicable provisions of the Permit, the Manuals, and Federal, State and local regulations and requirements, including the City of Solvang Stormwater Ordinance, as set forth therein.

Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP)
As part of the water pollution control work, a WPCP is required for this contract. Upon the Utilities Director's approval of the WPCP, the WPCP shall be considered to fulfill these provisions for development and submittal of a WPCP. No work having potential to cause water pollution shall be performed until the WPCP has been approved by the City of Solvang. Approval shall not constitute a finding that the WPCP complies with applicable requirements of the Permit, the Manuals and applicable Federal, State and local laws, regulations, and requirements.

The WPCP shall be prepared in conformance with the requirements of the RWQCB, the CGP, these special provisions, and in conformance with Caltrans "WPCP Preparation Manual (latest edition)," including addenda to those permits. To view the latest version of the “WPCP Preparation Manual,” visit the following website:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/stormwater/manuals.htm Contractor shall submit Best Management Practices (BMPs) to be used on the project to the City of Solvang for approval prior to implementation. BMPs shall be per Caltrans "Construction Site BMP Manual (latest edition)," found at the following link:
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/stormwater/CSBMPM_303_Final.pdf, or per California Stormwater Quality Association (CASQA) “Industrial and Commercial BMP Handbook 105
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 71
(latest edition),” found at the following link:
https://www.casqa.org/resources/bmp-handbooks/industrial-and-commercial-bmp-handbook A maintenance program shall be included in the WPCP as necessary, to be approved by the Utilities Director, for a stormwater control filtering system developed in accordance with the BMP manuals and handbooks to eliminate the potential for odor problems and provision of mosquito habitat, and to prevent clogging. BMPs may include a combination of the following: biofiltration strips and swales; infiltration devices; detention devices; traction sand traps; dry weather flow diversion; gross solids removal devices; media filters; multi- chamber treatment train; and wet basins.

The Contractor shall be responsible for penalties assessed or levied on the Contractor or the City as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the provisions in this section, including, but not limited to, compliance with the applicable provisions of the Permit, the Manuals, and Federal, State and local regulations and requirements as set forth therein. Penalties as used in this section, shall include fines, penalties and damages, whether proposed, assessed, or levied against the City or the Contractor, including those levied under the Federal Clean Water Act and the State PorterCologne Water Quality Control Act, by governmental agencies or as a result of citizen suits.

Penalties shall also include payments made or costs incurred in settlement for alleged violations of the Permit, the Manuals, or applicable laws, regulations, or requirements. Costs incurred could include sums spent instead of penalties, in mitigation or to remediate or correct violations.

The Contractor shall designate a Water Pollution Control Manager. The Water Pollution Control Manager shall be responsible for the preparation of the WPCP and required modifications or amendments, and shall be responsible for the implementation and adequate functioning of the various water pollution control practices employed. The Contractor may designate different Water Pollution Control Managers to prepare the WPCP and to implement the water pollution control best management practices. The Water Pollution Control Managers shall serve as the primary contact for issues related to the WPCP or its implementation. The Contractor shall submit to the Utilities Director a statement of qualifications, describing the training, previous work history and expertise of the individual selected by the Contractor to serve as Water Pollution Control Manager. The Water Pollution Control Manager, at the discretion and approval of the City of Solvang, shall have a minimum of 24 hours of formal stormwater management training or certification as a Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC), Qualified WPCP Developer (QSD) or Qualified WPCP Practitioner (QSP).

A QSD shall be required to prepare a SWPPP. A QSD or QSP shall be required to prepare a WPCP. A QSP shall be allowed to implement the SWPPP on the project. The Engineer will reject the Contractor's submission of a Water Pollution Control Manager if the submitted qualifications are deemed to be inadequate.

The WPCP shall incorporate water pollution control practices in the following categories:

A. Soil stabilization.

B. Sediment control.

C. Wind erosion control.

D. Tracking control.

E. Non-stormwater management.

F. Waste management and materials pollution control.

Construction Erosion Control Measures
Unless otherwise specified, upon approval of the WPCP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting, maintaining, removing, and disposing of the water pollution control practices specified in the WPCP and in the amendments. The Contractor shall utilize a Qualified SWPPP Practitioner (QSP) to perform the installations, construction, inspection, maintenance, removing and disposing of the water pollution control practices specified in the WPCP and in the amendments. Unless otherwise directed by the Utilities Director, the Contractor's responsibility for WPCP implementation shall continue throughout temporary suspensions of work.

If the Contractor or the Engineer identifies a deficiency in the implementation of the approved WPCP or amendments, the deficiency shall be corrected immediately unless requested by the Contractor and approved by the Utilities Director in writing, but shall be corrected prior to the onset of precipitation. If the Contractor fails to conform to the provisions of this section, the Utilities Director may order the suspension of construction operations until the project complies with the requirements of this section.

Implementation of water pollution control practices may vary by season. The Caltrans Construction Site 106
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 72
BMP Manual or the CASQA Industrial and Commercial BMP Handbook (as approved by the City of Solvang) and these special provisions shall be followed for control practice selection of year-round, rainy season and non-rainy season water pollution control practices. Erosion control features identified on the project plans minimally address erosion control and are not necessarily adequate to address water pollution prevention requirements.

Contractor shall maintain construction erosion control program until post construction erosion control measures are placed and seeded areas become adequately established to prevent erosion.

Year-Round Implementation Requirements
The Contractor shall have a year-round program for implementing, inspecting and maintaining water pollution control practices for wind erosion control, tracking control, non-stormwater management, and waste management and materials pollution control. Contractor shall have materials available on-site and adequate labor resources to implement sediment control measures should rain be predicted.

The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) Weather forecast (www.noaa.gov) shall be monitored and used by the Contractor on a daily basis. No alternative weather forecasting sites shall be used by the Contractor. If precipitation is predicted, the necessary water pollution control practices shall be deployed prior to the onset of the precipitation.

Disturbed soil areas shall be considered active whenever the soil disturbing activities have occurred, continue to occur or will occur during the ensuing 14 days. Non-active areas shall be protected as prescribed in the Caltrans Construction Site BMP Manual or the CASQA Industrial and Commercial BMP Handbook within 14 days of cessation of soil disturbing activities or prior to the onset of precipitation, whichever occurs first.

In order to provide effective erosion control, the Contractor may be directed by the Utilities Director to apply permanent erosion control in small or multiple units.

Rainy Season Implementation Requirements
Soil stabilization and sediment control practices shall be provided throughout the rainy season, defined as between October 1 and April 30. For construction activities beginning during the rainy season, the Contractor shall implement applicable soil stabilization and sediment control practices.

Soil stabilization and sediment control materials shall be maintained on site in sufficient quantities to allow protection of disturbed soil areas. A detailed plan for the mobilization of sufficient labor and equipment shall be maintained to deploy the water pollution control practices required to protect disturbed soil areas prior to the onset of precipitation.

To ensure the proper implementation and functioning of water pollution control practices, the Contractor shall regularly inspect and maintain the construction site for the water pollution control practices identified in the WPCP. The construction site shall be inspected by the Contractor as follows:

A. Prior to a forecast storm.

B. After a precipitation event which causes site runoff.

C. At 24-hour intervals during extended precipitation events.

D. Routinely, a minimum of every 5 workdays.

In addition, for projects subject to the requirements of the CGP and that prepare a SWPPP, the Contractor shall have prepared a Rain Event Action Plan (REAP) 48 hours prior to a likely rain event (50% chance or greater per NOAA). The Contractor shall use the Caltrans Stormwater Quality Construction Site Inspection Checklist or an alternative inspection checklist as approved by the Utilities Director. One copy of each site inspection record shall be submitted to the Utilities Director within 24 hours of completing the inspection.

Analytical Requirements
In compliance with the General Permit or approved WPCP prepared by the Contractor, there are also requirements of the Contractor to implement specific sampling and analytical procedures to determine whether BMPs implemented on the construction site are:

A. Preventing pollutants that are known or should be known by permittees to occur on construction sites that are not visually detectable in stormwater discharges, to cause or contribute to exceedances of water quality objectives, and 107
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 73
B. Preventing further impairment by sediment in stormwaters discharged into water bodies listed as impaired due to sediment, siltation or turbidity.

Measurement and Payment
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section, these special provisions, and as specified in the Standard Specifications, including non-stormwater management, waste management, and materials pollution as directed by the Utilities Director shall be considered as included in the price paid for Stormwater Management as described in Section D2 below. 108
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 74
D2 - CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND METHODS (PAYMENT &

MEASUREMENT)
This section describes the scope of work associated with each bid item as listed in A4 – BID SCHEDULE, and contains specifications relating to construction materials, construction methods, and methods of measurement and payment for the items of work listed in A4 – BID SCHEDULE.

D2.1 MOBILIZATION
Mobilization includes providing insurance, bonds, required permits and fees, shop drawings, submittals, moving onto the job (mobilization), temporary power, on-site sanitary facilities, construction and potable water, storage yard, safety program, preparation of project schedule, project phasing, full time supervision, coordination with sub-contractors, coordination of concurrent work with other contractors, meetings, moving off the job (demobilization), site cleanup, and preparation of "As-Built" plans required to perform the Work indicated in the plans and specifications.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for mobilization will be based upon completion of such work as a prorated pay item as follows: 1) 50% of the mobilization cost may be invoiced upon completion of all items described above with exception of demobilization, site cleanup, and provision of “As-Built” plans; 2) the final 50% of the mobilization cost may be invoiced upon completion of demobilization, site cleanup, and provision of “As-Built” plans.

Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the lump sum price bid and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.2 STORMWATER MANAGEMENT
The Contractor shall be required to prepare and implement a Water Pollution Control Plan (WPCP) that will be submitted to the Utilities Director and subject to review and comment by the City of Solvang. TheContractor shall comply with standards and requirements as described in section D1.17 of these special provisions.

The WPCP shall include water pollution control practices:

A. For stormwater and non-stormwater from areas outside of the job site related to construction activities for this contract such as:

1. Staging areas.

2. Storage yards.

3. Access roads.

B. Appropriate for each season as described in "Implementation Requirements" in section D1.17 of these special provisions.

C. For activities or mobile operations related to all NPDES permits.

The WPCP shall include a schedule that:

A. Describes when work activities that could cause water pollution will be performed.

B. Identifies soil stabilization and sediment control practices for disturbed soil area.

C. Includes dates when these practices will be 25, 50, and 100 percent complete.

D. Shows 100 percent completion of these practices before the rainy season.

The Contractor shall be responsible for the costs and for liabilities imposed by law as a result of the Contractor’s failure to comply with the provisions set forth in this section including but not limited to compliance with the applicable provisions of the Permit, Federal, and local regulations. Costs and liabilities include but are not limited to fines, penalties, and damages whether assessed against the City or the Contractor.
109
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 75
At reasonable times and upon presentation of credentials and other documents as may be required by law, the Contractor shall allow authorized agent of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, State Water Resources Control Board, United States Environmental Protection Agency and the local stormwater management agency to:

1. Enter upon the construction site and the Contractor’s facilities pertinent to the work;

2. Have access to and copy records that must be kept as specified in the Permit.

3. Inspect the construction site and sediment control measures.

4. Sample or monitor for the purpose of ensuring compliance with the Permit.

The Contractor shall notify the Utilities Director immediately upon request from the regulatory agencies to enter, inspect, sample, monitor, access the project site or Contractor’s record.

Within 30 days after the approval of the contract, the Contractor shall submit three (3) copies of the WPCP to the Utilities Director. The Utilities Director will have 15 days to review the WPCP. If revisions are required, as determined by the Utilities Director, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit the WPCP within 15 days of receipt of comments. The Utilities Director will have 15 days to review the revisions.

Upon approval of the WPCP, three (3) additional copies of the WPCP, incorporating the required changes shall be submitted to the Utilities Director. In order to allow construction activities to proceed, the Utilities Director may conditionally approve the WPCP while minor revisions are being completed.

Upon approval of the WPCP, the Contractor shall be responsible throughout the duration of the project for installing, constructing, inspecting, and maintaining the control measures included in the WPCP and any amendments thereto and for removing and disposing of temporary control measures.

The Contractor shall prepare and submit with the WPCP a schedule of values detailing the cost breakdown of the contract lump sum for stormwater management. The schedule of values shall reflect the items of work, quantities and costs for control devices shown in the WPCP, and Erosion and Sediment Control Plans, except those items shown on the project plans and for which there is a separate contract item of work.

The Contractor shall amend the WPCP, graphically and in narrative form, whenever there is a change in construction activities or operations which may affect the discharge of significant quantities of pollutants to surface waters, ground waters, municipal storm drain systems or when deemed necessary by the Utilities Director. The WPCP shall be amended if in violation of any condition of the Permit or has not effectively achieved the objective of reducing pollutants in stormwater discharges. Amendments shall show additional control measures or revised operations, including those in areas not shown in the initially approved WPCP, which are required on the project to control water pollution effectively.

Amendments shall be submitted to the Utilities Director for review and approval in the same manner specified for the initially approved WPCP. Approved amendments shall be dated and logged in the WPCP. Upon approval of the amendments, the Contractor shall implement the additional control measures or revised operations.

The Contractor shall implement, year-round and throughout the duration of the project, control measures included in the WPCP for sediment tracking, wind erosion, non-stormwater management and waste management and disposal. The Contractor's responsibility for WPCP implementation shall continue throughout any temporary suspension of work.

The Contractor shall demonstrate the ability and preparedness to fully deploy soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures to protect soil-disturbed areas on the project site before the onset of precipitation. A quantity of soil stabilization and sediment control materials shall be maintained on site equal to 100 percent of that sufficient to protect unprotected soil-disturbed areas on the project site. A detailed plan for the mobilization of sufficient labor and equipment shall be maintained to fully deploy control measures required for the protection of soil-disturbed areas on the project site prior to the onset of precipitation. A current inventory of control measure materials and detailed mobilization plan shall be included as part of the WPCP.

The wet season is hereby defined as the period between October 1 st and April 30th
. Throughout the wet
110
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 76
season, active soil-disturbed areas of the project site shall be fully protected at the end of each day with soil stabilization practices and sediment control measures unless fair weather is predicted through the following workday. The Contractor shall monitor the weather forecast on a daily basis. The National Weather Service forecast shall be used. If precipitation is predicted prior to the end of the following workday, construction scheduling shall be modified, as required and functioning control measures shall be deployed prior to the onset of the precipitation.

During the wet season, inspections of the construction site shall be conducted by the Contractor to identify deficient measures as follows:

A. Prior to a forecast storm.

B. After a precipitation event which causes site runoff.

C. At 24-hour intervals during extended precipitation events.

D. Routinely, a minimum of every 5 workdays.

If the Contractor or the Utilities Director identifies a deficiency in the deployment or functioning of an identified control measure, the deficiency shall be corrected immediately. The deficiency may be corrected at a later date and time if requested by the Contractor and approved by the Utilities Director in writing, but no later than the onset of subsequent precipitation. The correction of deficiencies shall be at no additional cost to the City.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Stormwater management will be performed at the contract lump sum price for the complete and entire performance of all work associated with this item of work including full compensation for conforming to the provisions in this section, including furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals involved in developing, preparing, submitting, obtaining approval of, revising, amending and implementing the WPCP, as indicated in the Project Specifications and these special provisions. Full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, for all work involved in supplying, installing, constructing, inspecting, modifying, removing, and disposing of water pollution control practices, including non-stormwater management, waste management, and materials pollution shall be considered as included in the lump sum price paid for stormwater management.

D2.3 PROJECT SAFETY & TRAFFIC CONTROL
Project safety and traffic control includes: preparation, implementation and maintenance of traffic control, detours, and temporary signing and striping, including flagmen, traffic cones, delineators, reflectors, temporary striping and marking, and temporary traffic signs, signing barricades and signals, temporary pavement, and temporary facilities required for the safe handling of pedestrian and vehicular traffic for 24 hours per calendar day in accordance with the Manual of Traffic Control for Construction and Maintenance - Work Zones by the State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), and in accordance with Part 6 of the California Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (CA MUTCD), latest edition, for the duration of work.

Access for residents, mail delivery, trash pickup, fire trucks, and delivery trucks shall remain open at all times.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the lump sum price bid and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.4 CONDUIT TRENCHING AND BACKFILL
All work related to conduit trenching and backfill shall include all materials and labor associated with conduit trenching and backfill including saw cutting, milling and removal of existing asphalt pavement, excavation and trenching, shoring, bedding, backfill, and compaction. 111 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 77
Saw cutting or cold milling of the existing asphalt pavement shall be done in straight lines parallel to pavement centerline and with square corners (right angles) to pavement centerline. Such work shall include controlling nuisance water from entering work area. Work area shall be clean and free of dirt, dust, leaves, weeds, and any foreign material prior to placement of AC. Areas not designated for removal shall be protected.

All work related to the installation, relocation, or interaction with Pacific Gas and Electric (PG&E) infrastructure, the contractor shall adhere to the most current edition of PG&E’s TD-7001M-01, “Electric & Gas Service Requirements” (“Greenbook”) Manual. In the event of a conflict between the SPWC and PG&E TD-7001M Manual, the more stringent requirement shall apply, or as directed by the City Engineer.

Installation and materials for Class II Aggregate Base and Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement shall be paid per BID ITEM 8, “AC Pavement Restoration”.

The placement of the AC shall be done no later than five (5) days after removal of existing pavement. Any deviations shall require the approval of the Engineer. No additional payment will be made for the steel plate covers or any other incidental work related to this bid item.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the unit price bid item shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND SWEEPS
Furnish and install electrical conduit, caution tape, and all work, equipment, and material necessary for the installation of electrical conduits and sweeps. Refer to plans and specifications for additional detail on materials and installation requirements.

Installation and materials for 2-inch Conduit & Sweeps shall be paid per BID ITEM 5, “2-inch Conduit & Sweeps”.

Installation and materials for 4-inch Conduit & Sweeps shall be paid per BID ITEM 6, “4-inch Conduit & Sweeps”.

Installation and materials for 5-inch Conduit & Sweeps shall be paid per BID ITEM 7, “5-inch Conduit & Sweeps”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the unit price bid item shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.6 ASPHALT PAVEMENT RESTORATION
Asphalt Pavement Restoration for utility trench repair shall be in conformance with City of Solvang Standard Detail 105, and these special provisions.

HMA surface course shall have a maximum aggregate size of 1/2-inches and be roll compacted. HMA base course minimum lift thickness should be at least 3 times the nominal maximum aggregate size. A prime coat on granular base and tack coat between lifts shall be applied. New HMA pavement shall be roller compacted.

Hot Mix Asphalt Pavement gradation shall be (1/2” HMA) C2 (Dense Medium) 112 SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 78
Asphalt binder material to be mixed with aggregate shall be PG 64-10 paving asphalt conforming to Section 203-1, “Paving Asphalt,” of the Standard Specifications. The percentage of asphalt binder for the combined aggregate gradation shall conform to Section 203-6.4.4, “Composition and Grading,” of the Standard Specifications.

Tack coat material to be applied on existing pavement surfaces shall conform to Section 302-5.4, “Tack Coat,” of the Standard Specifications.

The placement of the HMA shall be done no later than five (5) days after removal of existing pavement.

Any deviations shall require the approval of the Engineer. No additional payment will be made for the steel plate covers or any other incidental work related to this bid item.

Installation and materials for AC Pavement Restoration shall be paid per BID ITEM 8, “AC Pavement Restoration”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the unit price bid per square foot and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.7 FURNISH AND INSTALL BOLLARDS
Furnish and install PG&E barrier posts around the electrical equipment in conformance with designs and details shown on the plans and these special provisions.

Installation and materials for PG&E barrier posts shall be paid per BID ITEM 9, “Bollards”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the unit price bid per each and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.8 FURNISH AND INSTALL CONCRETE EQUIPMENT PADS
Furnish and install concrete, reinforcing bar, base materials and all necessary components for equipment pads. Foundations include the Transformer, Switchboard, and meter pedestal pads. Refer to plans and specifications for additional details on materials and installation requirements.

Installation and materials for Transformer Concrete Equipment Pad shall be paid per BID ITEM 10, “Concrete Equipment Pad - Transformer”.

Installation and materials for Switchboard and Meter Concrete Equipment Pad shall be paid per BID ITEM 11, “Concrete Equipment Pad - Switchboard”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the lump sum bid price and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. Contractor may provide a schedule of values for the lump sum price for each foundation for partial payment of the bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.9 FURNISH AND INSTALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
Furnish and install electrical equipment and all necessary components. Electrical equipment include; the Switchboard and meter pedestal, and street light enclosure. Refer to plans and specifications for additional details on materials and installation requirements.
113
SOLVANG PROJECT NO. PW 26-01 79
Installation and materials for Switchboard & Meter Panel shall be paid per BID ITEM 12, “Switchboard & Meter Panel”.

Installation and materials for Street Light Enclosure shall be paid per BID ITEM 13, “Street Light Enclosure (11.5”)”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Full compensation for the preceding requirements shall be included in the lump sum bid price and shall include furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, incidentals, and appurtenant work required to complete the work as shown on the plans and in accordance with the specifications. Contractor may provide a schedule of values for the lump sum price for each foundation for partial payment of the bid item. No additional compensation will be allowed.

D2.10 PG&E ALLOWANCE
The Contractor is to provide a PG&E Allowance for the payment to PG&E for their construction crews to furnish and install wiring, terminate wiring, install service meter, and other work as part of providing electrical service to the site. Contractor’s time and overhead efforts for coordinating with PG&E is NOT included in this allowance and Contactor’s time and overhead shall be provided with all the other electrical bid items related to electrical.

Installation and materials for PG&E Allowance shall be paid per BID ITEM 14, “PG&E Allowance”.

MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
The allowance is established at time of bidding. Contractor will be reimbursed based on the PG&E invoice for the PG&E services. No additional compensation will be allowed. Should the costs be higher than the stated allowance, the City will either direct pay to PG&E the difference or issue a change order to the Contractor. 114
80 D3 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Where not specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, this section provides the detailed requirements for the products (materials) and execution (methods) to complete the contract bid items of work listed in section A4 – BID SCHEDULE.
115
APPENDIX “A” ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
116
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 1 Common Work Results for
Electrical
SECTION 26 05 00

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. General requirements applicable to all Electrical Work.

2. General requirements for electrical submittals.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 33 - Conduits.

2. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

3. Section 26 08 50 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.

C. Interfaces to equipment, instruments, and other components:

1. The Drawings, Specifications, and overall design are based on preliminary information furnished by various equipment manufacturers which identify a minimum scope of supply from the manufacturers. This information pertains to, but is not limited to, instruments, control devices, electrical equipment, packaged mechanical systems, and control equipment provided with mechanical systems.

2. Provide all material and labor needed to install the actual equipment furnished, and include all costs to add any additional conduit, wiring, terminals, or other electrical hardware to the Work, which may be necessary to make a complete, functional installation based on the actual equipment furnished:
a. Make all changes necessary to meet the manufacturer’s wiring requirements.

3. Submit all such changes and additions to the Engineer for acceptance.

4. Review the complete set of Drawings and Specifications in order to ensure that all items related to the electrical power and control systems are completely accounted for. Include any such items that appear on the Drawings or in the Specifications from another discipline in the scope of Work:
a. If a conflict between Drawings and Specifications is discovered, refer conflict to the Engineer as soon as possible for resolution.

D. All electrical equipment and systems for the entire Project must comply with the requirements of the Electrical Specifications, whether referenced in the individual Equipment Specifications or not:

1. The requirements of the Electrical Specifications apply to all Electrical Work specified in other sections.

2. Inform all vendors supplying electrical equipment or systems of the requirements of the Electrical Specifications.

3. Owner is not responsible for any additional costs due to the failure of Contractor to notify all subcontractors and suppliers of the Electrical Specifications requirements.

E. Contract Documents:

1. General:
a. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary and are to be used together in order to fully describe the Work.

2. Specifications:
a. The General and Supplementary Conditions of the Contract Documents govern the Work.
b. These requirements are in addition to all General Requirements.

3. Contract Drawings:
a. The Electrical Drawings show desired locations, arrangements, and components of the Electrical Work in a diagrammatic manner.
b. Locations of equipment, control devices, instruments, boxes, panels, etc. are approximate only; exercise professional judgment in executing the Work to ensure the best possible installation:
117
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 2 Common Work Results for
Electrical
1) The equipment locations and dimensions indicated on the Drawings are approximate. Use the shop drawings to determine the proper layout, foundation, and pad requirements, etc. for final installation. Coordinate with all subcontractors to ensure that all electrical equipment is compatible with other equipment and space requirements. Make changes required to accommodate differences in equipment dimensions.
2) The Contractor has the freedom to select any of the named manufacturers identified in the individual specification sections, if noted; however, the Engineer has designed the spatial equipment layout based upon a single manufacturer and has not confirmed that every named manufacturer’s equipment fits in the allotted space. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that the equipment being furnished fits within the defined space.
c. Installation details:
1) The Contract Drawings include typical installation details the Contractor is to use to complete the Electrical Work. For cases where a typical detail does not apply, develop installation details that may be necessary for completing the Work, and submit these details for review by the Engineer.
2) Not all typical installation details are referenced within the Drawing set. Apply and use typical details where appropriate.

F. Alternates/Alternatives:

1. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents.

G. Changes and change orders:

1. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. Code compliance:

1. The publications are referred to in the text by the basic designation only. The latest edition accepted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction of referenced publications in effect at the time of the bid governs.

2. The standards listed are hereby incorporated into this Section. a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).
b. American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE):
1) ASCE 7 - Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures. c. ASTM International (ASTM).
d. Illuminating Engineering Society (IES).
e. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE). f. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA).
g. International Code Council (ICC).
1) International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES). (a) AC 156 – Acceptance Criteria for Seismic Certification by Shake Table Testing of Non-Structural Components (ICC-ES AC 156).
h. International Society of Automation (ISA).
i. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):
1) 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum). j. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1) 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).
k. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). l. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL).

B. Compliance with laws and regulations:

1. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions of terms and other electrical and instrumentation considerations as set forth by:

1. IEEE.

2. NETA.
118
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 3 Common Work Results for
Electrical

3. IES.

4. ISA.

5. NEC.

6. NEMA.

7. NFPA.

8. NIST.

B. Specific definitions:

1. FAT: Factory acceptance test.

2. ICSC: Instrumentation and controls subcontractor.

3. LCP: Local control panel: Operator interface panel that may contain an HMI, pilot type control devices, operator interface devices, control relays, etc. and does not contain a PLC or RIO.

4. PCM: Process control module: An enclosure containing any of the following devices: PLC, RTU, or RIO.

5. PCIS: Process control and instrumentation system.

6. RTU: Remote telemetry unit: A controller typically consisting of a PLC, and a means for remote communications. The remote communications devices typically are radios, modems, etc.

7. Space: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center, panelboard, switchboard or control panel that does not physically contain a device but is capable of accepting a device with no modifications to the equipment, i.e., provide all standoffs, bus, and hardware, as part of the space.

8. Spare: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center, panelboard, switchboard or control panel that physically contains a device with no load connections to be made.

9. VCP: Vendor control panel: Control panels that are furnished with particular equipment by a vendor other than the ICSC. These panels may contain PLCs, RIO, OIT, HMI, etc.

10. Unequipped space: That portion of the switchgear, motor control center, panelboard, switchboard or control panel that does not physically contain a device, standoff, bus, hardware, or other equipment.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. General requirements:

1. The Work includes everything necessary for and incidental to executing and completing the Electrical Work indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Specifications and reasonably inferable there from:
a. The Electrical Drawings are schematic in nature; use the Structural, Architectural, Mechanical, and Civil Drawings for all dimensions and scaling purposes.

2. It is the intent of these Specifications that the entire electrical power, instrumentation, and control system be complete and operable. Provide all necessary material and labor for the complete system from source of power to final utilization equipment, including all connections, testing, calibration of equipment furnished by others as well as equipment furnished by the Contractor, whether or not specifically mentioned but which are necessary for successful operation.

3. Provide all Electrical Work, including conduit, field wiring, and connections by the electrical subcontractor under the provisions of the Electrical Specifications for all aspects of the Work.

4. Coordinate all aspects of the Work with the electrical subcontractor and other subcontractors before bidding in order to ensure that all costs associated with a complete installation are included. The Owner is not responsible for any change orders due to lack of coordination of the Work between the Contractor, the electrical subcontractor, the other subcontractors or suppliers.

5. Provide all trenching, forming, rebar, concrete, back filling, hard surface removal and replacement, for all items associated with the Electrical Work and installation:
a. As specified in the Contract Documents.

6. Defective work:
a. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents.
119
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 4 Common Work Results for
Electrical

7. Utility coordination: Coordinate with the electric utility as required.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in this Section.

B. General:

1. Instruct all equipment suppliers of submittals and operation and maintenance manuals of the requirements in this Section.

2. Furnish the submittals required by each section in the Electrical Specifications.

3. Adhere to the wiring numbering scheme specified in Section 26 05 53 throughout the Project:
a. Uniquely number each wire.
b. Wire numbers must appear on all Equipment Drawings.

4. Use equipment and instrument tags, as indicated on the Drawings, for all submittals.

C. Seismic requirements:

1. Provide electrical equipment with construction and anchorage to supporting structures designed to resist site seismic loads based on the seismic design criteria per the Manufacturer’s instructions.

2. Exemptions: A “statement of seismic qualification” and a “special seismic certification” are not required for the following equipment:
a. Temporary or moveable equipment.
b. Equipment anchored to the structure and having a total weight of 20 pounds or less. c. Distribution equipment anchored to the structure and having a total unit weight of 3 pounds per linear foot, or less.

D. Operation and maintenance manuals:

1. Furnish the Engineer with a complete set of written operation and maintenance manuals 8 weeks before Functional Acceptance Testing.

E. Material and equipment schedules:

1. Furnish a complete schedule and/or matrix of all materials, equipment, apparatus, and luminaries that are proposed for use:
a. Include sizes, names of manufacturers, catalog numbers, and such other information required to identify the items.

F. Schedule of values:

1. In addition to completing all items referred to in the schedule of values, submit per unit material and labor costs used in developing the final bid for the electrical system, for the express purpose of pricing and cost justification for any proposed change orders. In addition to the items shown on the schedule of values, provide per unit material and labor costs for conduit and wire installation for specific types, sizes, and locations as indicated on the Drawings and Conduit Schedule. It is the responsibility of the electrical subcontractor to prove to the Engineer’s satisfaction that said per unit costs were used in the development of the final Bid amount.

G. Record Documents:

1. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents.

H. Test reports:

1. Additional requirements for field acceptance test reports are specified in Section 26 08 50.

I. Calculations:

1. Where required by specific Electrical Specifications:
a. Because these calculations are being provided by a registered professional engineer, they will be reviewed for form, format, and content but will not be reviewed for accuracy and calculation means.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Furnish all equipment listed by and bearing the label of UL or of an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Engineer and the Authority Having Jurisdiction. 120
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 5 Common Work Results for
Electrical

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents and per Manufacturer’s instructions.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. Site conditions:

1. Provide an electrical, instrumentation and control system, including all equipment, raceways, and any other components required for a complete installation that meets the environmental conditions for the Site as specified in the General Requirements and below.

2. Altitude, temperature and humidity:
a. Provide all electrical components and equipment fully rated for continuous operation at this altitude, with no additional derating factors applied. b. Provide additional temperature conditioning equipment to maintain all equipment in non-conditioned spaces subject to these ambient temperatures, with a band of 10 degrees Fahrenheit above the minimum operating temperature and 10 degrees Fahrenheit below maximum operating temperature, as determined by the equipment manufacturer’s guidelines:
1) Provide all power conduits wiring for these devices (e.g. heaters, fans, etc.) whether indicated on the Drawings or not.

B. Provide enclosures for electrical, instrumentation and control equipment, regardless of supplier or subcontractor furnishing the equipment, that meet the requirements outlined in NEMA Standard 250 for the following types of enclosures:

1. NEMA Type 1: Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection from accidental contact with energized parts or equipment.

2. NEMA Type 3R: Intended for outdoor use, to provide a degree of protection against ingress of solid foreign objects (falling dirt), and from the ingress of water (rain, sleet, snow).

3. NEMA Type 4: Intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to protect equipment from exposure to windblown dust and rain, splashing or hose directed water, ice formation and freezing.

4. NEMA Type 4X: Made from corrosion resistant materials (fiberglass reinforced plastic, 316 stainless steel or equal) and are intended for indoor or outdoor use, primarily to protect equipment from exposure to windblown dust and rain, splashing or hose directed water, ice formation and freezing, and corrosion.

5. NEMA Type 12: Intended for indoor use, primarily to provide a degree of protection from dust, falling dirt and dripping non-corrosive liquids.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING
A. General:

1. As specified in accordance with the Owner’s front end bid documents.

2. Testing requirements are specified in Section 26 08 50 and other sections.

B. Pre-submittal conference:

1. Before producing any submittals, schedule a pre-submittal conference for the purposes of reviewing the entire Project, equipment, control philosophy, schedules, and submittal requirements.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. Warrant the Electrical Work as specified in in accordance with the Owner’s front end bid documents.

1. Provide additional warranty as specified in the individual Electrical Specifications.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. Replace or modify equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve design requirements after installation in order to attain compliance with the design requirements:

1. Following replacement or modification, retest the system and perform additional testing to place the complete system in satisfactory operation and obtain compliance acceptance 121
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 6 Common Work Results for
Electrical
from the Engineer.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE
A. Before Substantial Completion, perform all maintenance activities required by any sections of the Specifications including any calibrations, final adjustments, component replacements or other routine service required before placing equipment or systems in service.

B. Furnish all spare parts as required by other sections of the Specifications.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Provide similar items of same manufacturer throughout the electrical and instrumentation portion of the Project.

B. Allowable manufacturers are specified in individual Electrical Specifications.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Furnish all materials under this Contract that are new, free from defects, and standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of these products and that bear all approvals and labels as required by the Specifications.

B. Provide materials complying with the applicable industrial standards.

C. Stainless steel:

1. Where stainless steel is indicated or used for any portion of the Electrical Work, provide a non-magnetic, corrosion-resistant alloy, ANSI Type 316, satin finish.

2. Provide exposed screws of the same alloys.

3. Provide finished material free of any burrs or sharp edges.

4. Use only stainless steel hardware, when chemically compatible, in all areas that are or could be in contact with corrosive chemicals.

5. Use stainless steel hardware, when chemically compatible, in all chemical areas or areas requiring NEMA Type 4X construction.

6. Do not use stainless steel in any area containing chlorine, gas or solution, chlorine products or ferric chloride.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Provide all equipment that is new, free from defects, and standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of these products.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION
A. It is the electrical subcontractor's responsibility to be fully familiar with the existing conditions and local requirements and regulations.

B. Comply with pre-bid conference requirements as specified in in accordance with the Owner’s front end bid documents.

C. Review the site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various items of equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all wiring and cables. 122
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 7 Common Work Results for
Electrical

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Equipment locations shown on Electrical Drawings may change due to variations in equipment size or minor changes made by others during construction:

1. Verify all dimensions indicated on the Drawings:
a. Actual field conditions govern all final installed locations, distances, and levels.

2. Review all Contract Documents and approved equipment shop drawings and coordinate Work as necessary to adjust to all conditions that arise due to such changes.

3. Make minor changes in location of equipment before rough in, as directed by the Owner or Engineer.

4. Provide a complete electrical system:
a. Install all extra conduits, cables, and interfaces as may be necessary to provide a complete and operating electrical system.

B. Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project site.

C. Cutting and patching:

1. Perform all cutting, patching, channeling, core drilling, and fitting required for the Electrical Work, except as otherwise directed:
a. Secure the permission of the Engineer before performing any operation likely to affect the strength of a structural member such as drilling, cutting or piercing:
1) Before cutting, channeling, or core drilling any surface, ensure that no penetration of any other systems will be made:
(a) Verify that area is clear and free of conduits, cables, piping, ductwork, posttensioning cables, etc. (b) Use tone-locate system or X-ray to ensure that area is clear of obstructions. b. Review the complete Drawing set to ensure that there are no conflicts or coordination problems before cutting, channeling, or core drilling any surface.

2. Perform all patching to the same quality and appearance as the original work. Employ the proper tradesmen to secure the desired results. Seal around all conduits, wires, and cables penetrating walls, ceilings, and floors in all locations with a fire stop material, typically:
a. 3M: CP 25WB+: Caulk.
b. 3M: Fire Barrier: Putty.

3. Use the installation details indicated on the Drawings as a guide for acceptable sealing methods.

D. Install all conduits and equipment in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions and to preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear:

1. Install all conduits and equipment in accordance with working space requirements in accordance with the NEC.
a. This includes any panel, disconnect switch or other equipment that can be energized while open exposing live parts regardless of whether it is likely to require examination or has serviceable parts.

2. Where the Drawings do not show dimensions for locating equipment, install equipment in the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings.
a. Adjust equipment locations as necessary to avoid any obstruction or interferences.

3. Where an obstruction interferes with equipment operation or safe access, relocate the equipment.

4. Where the Drawings do not indicate the exact mounting and/or supporting method to be used, use materials and methods similar to the mounting details indicated on the Drawings.

E. Earthwork and concrete:

1. Install all trenching, shoring, concrete, backfilling, grading and resurfacing associated with the Electrical Work:
123
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 8 Common Work Results for
Electrical
a. Requirements as specified in the Contract Documents.

F. Terminations:

1. Provide and terminate all conductors required to interconnect power, controls, instruments, panels, and all other equipment.

G. Miscellaneous installation requirements:

1. In case of interference between electrical equipment indicated on the Drawings and the other equipment, notify the Engineer.

2. Location of manholes and pullboxes indicated on the Drawings are approximate.

Coordinate exact location of manholes and pullboxes with Mechanical and Civil Work.

3. Provide additional manholes or pullboxes to those shown where they are required to make a workable installation.

H. Labeling:

1. Provide all nameplates and labels as specified in Sections 26 05 53.

I. Equipment tie-downs:

1. Anchor all instruments, control panels, and equipment by methods that comply with seismic and wind bracing criteria, which apply to the Site.

2. All control panels must be permanently mounted and tied down to structures in accordance with the Project seismic criteria.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. For Owner and Engineer witnessed FAT:

1. Contractor is responsible for the Owner’s and Engineer’s costs associated with FAT as specified in other sections.

B. Owner training:

1. In accordance with Owner’s front end bid documents and in this Section.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspection:

1. Allow for inspection of electrical system installation as specified in this section.

2. Provide any assistance necessary to support inspection activities.

3. Engineer inspections may include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Inspect equipment and materials for physical damage. b. Inspect installation for compliance with the Drawings and Specifications. c. Inspect installation for obstructions and adequate clearances around equipment. d. Inspect equipment installation for proper leveling, alignment, anchorage, and assembly.
e. Inspect equipment nameplate data to verify compliance with design requirements. f. Inspect raceway installation for quality workmanship and adequate support. g. Inspect cable terminations.

4. Inspection activities conducted during construction do not satisfy inspection or testing requirements specified in Section 26 08 50.

B. Field acceptance testing (Functional Testing):

1. Notify the Engineer when the Electrical Work is ready for field acceptance testing.

2. Perform the field acceptance tests as specified in Section 26 08 50.

3. Record results of the required tests along with the date of test:
a. Use conduit identification numbers to indicate portion of circuit tested.

C. Workmanship:

1. Leave wiring in panels, manholes, boxes, and other locations neat, clean, and organized:
a. Neatly coil and label spare wiring lengths.
124
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 00 - 9 Common Work Results for
Electrical
b. Shorten, re-terminate, and re-label excessive used as well as spare wire and cable lengths, as determined by the Engineer.

3.09 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.10 CLEANING
A. Remove all foreign material and restore all damaged finishes to the satisfaction of the Engineer and Owner.

B. Clean and vacuum all enclosures to remove all metal filings, surplus insulation and any visible dirt, dust or other matter before energization of the equipment or system start-up.

C. As specified in other sections of the Contract Documents.

3.11 PROTECTION
A. Protect all Work from damage or degradation until Substantial Completion.

B. Maintain all surfaces to be painted in a clean and smooth condition.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
125
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 03 - 10 UTILITY COORDINATION
SECTION 26 05 03

UTILITY COORDINATION
PART 1GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Coordination with the utility companies to provide service.

2. Contractor’s responsibilities for connecting to utilities and providing utility service to the facilities.

3. Descriptions of utility services required.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Utility contacts:

1. Electrical:
a. PG&E Light Pole Upgrade:
1) Name: Eli Arave
2) Utility: Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E)
3) Address: N/A
4) Phone Number: (650) 339-9405
5) E-mail: [email protected]
b. EV Charging & Electrical Service:
1) Name: Francis Moua
2) Utility: Pacific Gas & Electric Company (PG&E)
3) Address: N/A
4) Phone number: (559) 365-1512
5) E-mail: [email protected]

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Electrical service:

1. Provide all Work and materials and bear all costs for providing temporary construction power and the permanent electrical service, including but not limited to:
a. All Work and materials not provided by the electric utility. b. All permits and fees required by the electric utility.

2. Provide electrical ducts, raceways, conductors and connections indicated on the Drawings, and all other Work and materials required for a complete electrical service, including but not limited to the following:
a. Electrical primary and secondary conduits and conductors from the point of electric utility connection to the service entrance equipment.
b. Metering conduits from the instrument transformers to the meter. c. All work shown on the utility plans.

B. General:

1. Coordinate and obtain inspections and final installation approval from the serving utilities and other authorities having jurisdiction.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Certification:

1. Submit certification that the intended installation has been coordinated with the utility companies.
126
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 03 - 11 UTILITY COORDINATION

2. Include a narrative description of the utility’s requirements and points of connection, names and telephone numbers for contacts at the utilities.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Materials and equipment used in performance of Electrical Work shall be listed or labeled by UL, or other equivalent recognized independent testing laboratory, for the class of service intended.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED)

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING
A. General:

1. Before start of Site Work, make arrangements for electrical service as required.

B. Electrical systems:

1. Before bidding, the electrical contractor shall coordinate with the Owner for most up to date utilities plans to determine the Work and materials that will be required from the Contractor, and all fees and permits that will be required, so that all utility systems furnished by the Contractor will be included in the bid.

2. Before commencing Work, coordinate electric service entrance requirements with local electric utility to assure that the installation will be complete as specified in these Contract Documents:
a. Ensure power transformer size, electrical characteristics, and location are consistent with the design and service voltage provided by the electric utility coordinated with other trades.
b. Arrange for utility revenue meter.
c. Coordinate installation of metering CTs and PTs furnished by the electric utility. d. Pay any charges required by the electric utility for connection and turn-on.

C. Before commencing Site Work, coordinate underground conduit installations with other Work to eliminate conflicts and avoid interferences with other underground systems.

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS (NOT USED)

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Furnish materials in accordance with the applicable requirements of the utilities and as specified in these Specifications.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. Furnish equipment in accordance with the applicable requirements of the utilities and as specified in these Specifications.

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)
127
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 03 - 12 UTILITY COORDINATION

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.09 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.10 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
128
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 13 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables
SECTION 26 05 19
600-VOLT OR LESS WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. 600 volt class or less wire and cable.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding.

3. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire.

2. B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay–Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft.

C. CSA International (CSA).

D. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA):

1. NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658-1999 - Standard for Nonshielded Power Cables Rated 2000 Volts or Less for the Distribution of Electrical Energy.

2. NEMA WC 57/ICEA S-73-532 - Standard for Control, Thermocouple Extension, and Instrumentation Cables.

E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

1. 70 - National Electrical Code (NEC).

2. 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code.

3. 101 - Life Safety Code.

F. Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronics Industry Association (TIA/EIA):

1. 568-C.2 - Balanced Twisted-Pair Telecommunication Cabling and Components Standard.

G. Underwriter's Laboratories Inc., (UL):

1. 44 - Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables.

2. 1277 - Standard for Electrical Power and Control Tray Cables with Optional Optical-Fiber Members.

3. 1424 - Standard for Cables for Power-Limited Fire-Alarm Circuits.

4. 1569 - Standard for Metal-Clad Cables.

5. 2196 - Standard for Tests for Fire Resistive Cables.

6. 2225 - Standard for Cables and Cable-Fittings For Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Definitions of terms and other electrical considerations as set forth in the:

1. ASTM.

2. ICEA.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish and install the complete wire and cable system.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Manufacturer of wire and cable.
129
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 14 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables

2. Insulation:
a. Type.
b. Voltage class.

3. American wire gauge (AWG) size.

4. Conductor material.

5. Pulling compounds.

C. Shop drawings:

1. Show splice locations.
a. For each proposed splice location provide written justification describing why the splice is necessary.

D. Test reports:

1. Submit test reports for meg-ohm tests.

E. Calculations:

1. Submit cable pulling calculations to the Engineer for review and comment for all cables that will be installed using mechanical pulling equipment. Show that the maximum cable tension and sidewall pressure will not exceed manufacturer recommended values:
a. Provide a table showing the manufacturer’s recommended maximum cable tension and sidewall pressure for each cable type and size included in the calculations. b. Submit the calculations to the Engineer a minimum of 2 weeks before conduit installation.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. All wires and cables shall be UL listed and labeled.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS (NOT USED)

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER`S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. One of the following or equal:

1. 600 volt class wire and cable:
a. General Cable.
b. Okonite Company.
c. Southwire Company.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Conductors:

1. Copper in accordance with ASTM B3.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. General:
130
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 15 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables

1. Provide new wires and cables manufactured within 1 year of the date of delivery to the Site.

2. Permanently mark each wire and cable with the following at 24-inch intervals:
a. AWG size.
b. Voltage rating.
c. Insulation type.
d. UL symbol.
e. Month and year of manufacture.
f. Manufacturer's name.

3. Identify and mark wire and cable as specified in Section 26 05 53:
a. Use integral color insulation for Number 2 AWG and smaller wire. b. Wrap colored tape around cable larger than Number 2 AWG.

B. 600 volt class wire and cable:

1. Provide AWG or kcmil sizes as indicated on the Drawings or in the Conduit Schedules:
a. When not indicated on the Drawings, size wire as follows:
1) In accordance with the NEC:
(a) Use 75 degree Celsius ampacity ratings.
(b) Ampacity rating after all derating factors, equal to or greater than rating of the overcurrent device.
2) Provide Number 12 AWG minimum for power conductors.
3) Provide Number 14 AWG minimum for control conductors.

2. Provide Class B stranding in accordance with ASTM B8:
a. Provide Class C stranding where extra flexibility is required.

3. Insulation:
a. XHHW-2.
b. 90 degrees Celsius rating.

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Wire ties:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. T&B "Ty-Rap" cable ties.
b. Panduit cable ties.

B. Wire markers:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 53.

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Assembly and testing of cable shall comply with the applicable requirements of ICEA S-95-658-2021.

B. Test Type XHHW-2 in accordance with the requirements of UL 44.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Color-coding:

1. Color-coding shall be consistent throughout the facility. 131
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 16 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables

2. The following color code shall be followed for all 240/120 volt and 208/120 volt systems:
a. Phase A - Black.
b. Phase B - Red.
c. Phase C - Blue.
d. Single phase system - Black for one hot leg, red for the other. e. Neutral - White.
f. High phase or wild leg - Orange.
g. Equipment ground - Green.

3. The following color code shall be followed for all 480/277 volt systems:
a. Phase A - Brown.
b. Phase B - Orange.
c. Phase C - Yellow.
d. Neutral - Gray.
e. Equipment ground - Green.

4. The following color code shall be followed for all 120 VAC control wiring:
a. Power - Red.
b. Neutral - White.

5. The following color code shall be followed for all general purpose DC control circuits:
a. Grounded conductors - White with blue stripe.
b. Ungrounded conductors - Blue.

6. Switch legs shall be violet. Three-way switch runners shall be pink.

7. Wires in intrinsically safe circuits shall be light blue.

8. Wire colors shall be implemented in the following methods:
a. Wires manufactured of the desired color.
b. Continuously spiral wrap the first 6 inches of the wire from the termination point with colored tape:
1) Colored tape shall be wrapped to overlap 1/2 of the width of the tape.

C. Install conductors only after the conduit installation is complete, and all enclosures have been vacuumed clean, and the affected conduits have been swabbed clean and dry:

1. Install wires only in approved raceways.

2. Do not install wire:
a. In incomplete conduit runs.
b. Until after the concrete work and plastering is completed.

D. Properly coat wires and cables with pulling compound before pulling into conduits:

1. For all Number 4 AWG and larger, use an approved wire-pulling lubricant while cable is being installed in conduit:
a. Ideal Products.
b. Polywater Products.
c. 3M Products.
d. Greenlee Products.
e. Or equal as recommended by cable manufacturer.
f. Do not use oil, grease, or similar substances.

E. Cable pulling:

1. Prevent mechanical damage to conductors during installation.

2. For cables Number 1 AWG and smaller, install cables by hand.

3. For cables larger than Number 1 AWG, power pulling winches may be used if they have cable tension monitoring equipment.

4. Provide documentation that maximum cable pulling tension was no more than 75 percent of the maximum recommended level as published by the cable manufacturer. If exceeded, the Engineer may, at his discretion, require replacement of the cable.

5. Ensure cable pulling crews have all calculations and cable pulling limitations while pulling cable.

6. Add a junction box or pullbox where required to prevent cable pulling tension or sidewall pressure from exceeding 75 percent of manufacturer’s recommendation for the specified 132
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 17 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables
cable size:
a. Leave sufficient slack to make proper connections.

F. Use smooth-rolling sheaves and rollers when pulling cable into cable tray to keep pulling tension and bending radius within manufacturer’s recommendations.

G. Install and terminate all wire in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

H. Neatly arrange and lace conductors in all switchboards, panelboards, pull boxes, and terminal cabinets by means of wire ties:

1. Do not lace wires in gutter or panel channel.

2. Install all wire ties with a flush cutting wire tie installation tool:
a. Use a tool with an adjustable tension setting.

3. Do not leave sharp edges on wire ties.

I. Terminate stranded conductors on equipment box lugs such that all conductor strands are confined within the lug:

1. Use ring type lugs if box lugs are not available on the equipment.

J. Lighting circuits:

1. Each circuit shall have a dedicated neutral.

K. Apply wire markers to all wires at each end after being installed in the conduit and before megohm testing and termination.

L. Instrumentation class cable:

1. Install instrumentation class cables in separate raceway systems from power cables:
a. Install instrument cable in metallic conduit within non-dedicated manholes or pull boxes.
b. Install cable without splices between instruments or between field devices and instrument enclosures or panels.

2. Do not make intermediate terminations, except in designated terminal boxes as indicated on the Drawings.

3. Shield grounding requirements as specified in Section 26 05 26.

M. Signal cable:

1. Separate and isolate electrical signal cables from sources of electrical noise and power cables by minimum 12 inches.

N. Wiring allowances:

1. Equipment locations may vary slightly from the drawings. Include an allowance for necessary conductors and terminations for motorized equipment, electrical outlets, fixtures, communication outlets, instruments, and devices within 10 linear feet of locations indicated on the Drawings.

2. Locations for pull boxes, manholes, and duct banks may vary slightly from the drawings.

Include an allowance for necessary conductors and related materials to provide conductors to all pull boxes, manholes and duct banks within 20 linear feet of locations indicated on the Drawings.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 TESTING
A. As specified in Section 26 08 50.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Grounding:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 26.

3.09 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)
133
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 19 - 18 600-Volt or Less Wires and
Cables

3.10 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
134
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 21 - 19 Low Voltage Wire Connections
SECTION 26 05 21

LOW VOLTAGE WIRE CONNECTIONS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Wire connecting devices.

2. Terminations.

3. Splices.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 19 - 600-Volt or Less Wires and Cables.

3. Section 26 08 50 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. D3005 – Standard Specification for Low-Temperature Resistant Vinyl Chloride Plastic Pressure-Sensitive Electrical Insulating Tape.

C. CSA International (CSA):

1. C22.2 - No.197-M1983 (R2208) - PVC Insulating Tape.

D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. 510 - Standard for Polyvinyl Chloride, Polyethylene, and Rubber Insulating Tape.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide a complete system of wiring connectors, terminators, fittings, etc. for a complete wiring system suitable for the cables and conductors used.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Catalog cut sheets.

2. Installation instructions.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. All materials shall be UL listed.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)
135
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 21 - 20 Low Voltage Wire Connections

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers for each type of technology are specified with the equipment in this Section.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. Control connections:

1. Use insulated ring type wire terminators for connections to all screw terminals:
a. With chamfered/funneled terminal barrel entry.
b. Deep internal serrations.
c. Long barrel design to reduce electrical resistance and increased insulator-barrel surface area to ensure that the insulator remains in contact with the barrel. d. Electroplated-tin copper conductor.
e. Manufacturer: The following or equal:
1) Thomas and Betts, Sta-Kon.

2. For process equipment connections work from manufacturer's drawings.

B. Joints, taps, and connections:

1. 600-volt conductors:
a. Use solderless connectors.
b. Use only plated copper alloy connectors or lugs:
1) Aluminum connectors or lugs are not acceptable for copper conductors. c. For wire Number 10 AWG and smaller use compression splice caps, with insulating caps:
1) Manufacturer: The following or equal:
(a) Buchanan 2006S or 2011S, with 2007 or 2014 insulating caps. d. For wire Number 8 AWG and larger, use heavy duty copper compression connectors:
1) Manufacturer: One of the following or equal:
(a) Burndy.
(b) Thomas and Betts.
e. Heat shrink tubing:
1) Suitable for indoors, outdoors, overhead, direct burial or submerged applications.
2) Minimum shrink ratio: 4 to 1.
3) Continuous operating temperature: -55 degrees Celsius to 110 degrees Celsius. 4) Internally applied adhesive sealant.
5) Cross-linked polyolefin:
(a) Manufacturers, one of the following or equal:
(1) 3M ITCSN.
(2) Thomas & Betts Shrink-Kon.

C. Insulating tape:

1. General purpose insulating tape:
a. Minimum 7 mil vinyl tape.
b. Suitable for application in an ambient of -18 degrees Celsius (0 degrees Fahrenheit). c. Operating range up to 105 degrees Celsius (220 degrees Fahrenheit). d. Flame retardant, hot- and cold- weather resistant, UV resistant. e. For use as a primary insulation for wire cable splices up to 600 VAC. f. Meeting and complying with:
1) ASTM D3005 Type I
136
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 21 - 21 Low Voltage Wire Connections
2) UL 510.
3) CSA C22.2.
g. Manufacturer: The following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number Super 33+.

2. General-purpose color-coding tape:
a. Minimum 7 mil vinyl tape.
b. Suitable for application on PVC and polyethylene jacketed cables. c. For use indoors and outdoors in weather protected enclosures. d. Available with the following colors:
1) Red.
2) Yellow.
3) Blue.
4) Brown.
5) Gray.
6) White.
7) Green.
8) Orange.
9) Violet.
e. For use as phase identification, marking, insulating, and harnessing. f. Meeting and complying with:
1) UL 510.
2) CSA C22.2.
g. Manufacturer the following or equal:
1) 3M - Scotch Number 35.

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Load connections:

1. Connect loads to the circuits as indicated. Color-code all branch circuits as specified in Section 26 05 19.

C. Zero to 600-volt systems:

1. Make all connections with the proper tool and die as specified by the device manufacturer.

2. Use only tooling and dies manufactured by the device manufacturer.

3. Insulate all connections and splices with Scotch 33+ tape and Scotchfill, or pre-molded plastic covers, or heat shrink tubing and caps.

4. Number all power and control wires before termination.

D. Motor connections (600 volts and below):

1. Terminate wires with compression type ring lugs at motors.

2. Connection at both the motor leads and the machine wires shall have ring type compression lugs.
137
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 21 - 22 Low Voltage Wire Connections

3. Cover bolted connectors with a heat shrinkable, cross-linked polyolefin material formed as a single opening boot:
a. In damp and wet locations, use a complete kit containing mastic that shall seal out moisture and contamination.
b. Shrink cap with low heat as recommended by manufacturer.

4. Wire markers shall be readable after boot installation.

5. Manufacturer: The following or equal:
a. Raychem MCK.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
138
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 26 - 23 Grounding and Bonding
SECTION 26 05 26

GROUNDING AND BONDING
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Grounding materials and requirements.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 08 50 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. B3 - Standard Specification for Soft or Annealed Copper Wire.

2. B8 - Standard Specification for Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium-Hard, or Soft.

C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

1. 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System.

D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. 467 - Ground and Bonding Equipment.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Ground equipment and raceway systems so that the completed installation conforms to all applicable code requirements.

B. Provide a complete electrical grounding system as indicated on the Drawings and as specified including but not limited to:

1. Grounding electrodes.

2. Bonding jumpers.

3. Ground connections.

C. Provide bonding jumpers and wire, grounding bushings, clamps and appurtenances required for complete grounding system to bond equipment and raceways to equipment grounding conductors.

D. The ground system resistance (electrode to ground) of the completed installation, as determined by tests specified in Section 26 08 50, shall be:

1. 5 ohms or less for industrial systems.

2. 1 ohm or less for electrical buildings.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Catalog cut sheets.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. All grounding components and materials shall be UL listed and labeled.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS (NOT USED)
139
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 26 - 24 Grounding and Bonding

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Compression connectors: One of the following or equal:

1. FCI Burndy.

2. Thomas & Betts.

B. Ground rods: One of the following or equal:

1. Erico.

2. Harger.

3. Nehring
C. Ground cable: One of the following or equal:

1. Nehring.

2. Harger.

3. Southwire.

D. Precast ground well boxes: One of the following or equal:

1. Brooks Products.

2. Christy Concrete Products.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Ground rod:

1. Minimum: 3/4-inch diameter, 10 feet long.

2. Uniform 10 mil covering of electrolytic copper metallically bonded to a rigid steel core:
a. The copper-to-steel bond shall be corrosion resistant.

3. In accordance with UL 467.

4. Sectional type joined by threaded copper alloy couplings.

5. Fit the top of the rod with a threaded coupling and steel-driving stud.

B. Ground cable:

1. Requirements:
a. Soft drawn (annealed).
b. Concentric lay, coarse stranded in accordance with ASTM B8. c. Bare copper in accordance with ASTM B3.

2. Size is as indicated on the Drawings, but not less than required by the NEC.

C. Ground connectors:

1. Products shall be listed and labeled as grounding connectors for the materials used.

2. Above ground installations: Mechanical and/or compression type connectors.

3. Below ground installations: Exothermic and/or compression type connectors.

4. Exothermic connections:
a. Weld connections together using an exothermic fusion type process. Provide connections equal or larger in size than the conductors joined and with the same current carrying capacity as the largest conductor. Connections shall be Cadweld or equivalent.
140
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 26 - 25 Grounding and Bonding

5. Compression connectors:
a. Manufactured of high copper alloy specifically for the particular grounding application. b. Suitable for direct burial in earth and concrete.
c. Identifying compression die number inscription to be impressed on compression fitting.

D. Equipment grounding conductors:

1. Conductors shall be the same type and insulation as the load circuit conductors:
a. Use 600-volt insulation for the equipment grounding conductors for medium voltage systems.

2. Size is as indicated on the Drawings, but not less than required by the NEC.

E. Grounding electrode conductors:

1. Size is as indicated on the Drawings, but not less than required by the NEC.

F. Main bonding jumpers and bonding jumpers:

1. Size is as indicated on the Drawings, but not less than required by the NEC.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Precast ground well boxes:

1. Minimum 10 inch interior diameter.

2. Traffic-rated cast iron cover.

3. Permanent “GROUND” marking on cover.

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Provide a separate, green insulated, grounding conductor in each raceway independent of raceway material.

1. Provide a separate grounding conductor in each individual raceway for parallel feeders.

C. Provide a separate grounding conductor for each motor and connect at motor terminal box. Do not use bolts securing motor box to frame or cover for grounding connectors:

1. When grounding motors driven by variable frequency drives (VFD) comply with the requirements of the VFD manufacturer.

D. Provide a grounding type bushing with lug for connection of grounding conductor for conduits that originate from each motor control center section, switchboard, or panelboard:

1. Individually bond these raceways to the ground bus in the equipment.

E. Provide grounding type bushings with lugs for connection of grounding conductor at both ends of metallic conduit runs. Bond ground bushings to the grounding system.

F. Provide a green insulated wire-grounding jumper from the ground screw to a box grounding screw and, for grounding type devices, to equipment grounding conductor.

G. Interconnect the secondary switchgear, switchboard, or panelboard neutral bus to the ground bus in the secondary switchgear, switchboard, or panelboard compartment, only at service entrance point or after a transformer.
141
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 26 - 26 Grounding and Bonding
H. Duct bank ground system:

1. Provide a bare copper grounding conductor the entire length of each duct bank, embedded in the concrete of the duct bank as indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Specifications.

2. Bond duct bank ground conductors together where duct banks join, merge, intersect, or split.

I. Grounding at service (600 V or Less):

1. Connect the neutral to ground only at one point within the enclosure of the first disconnecting means on the load side of the service transformer.

J. Ground connections:

1. All connections to the ground grid system, the duct bank grounding system, equipment, ground rods, etc., shall be made using compression type grounding connectors as indicated on the Drawings, UL listed, and labeled for the application.

2. Make ground connections in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

3. Do not conceal or cover any ground connections until the Engineer or authorized representative has established and provided written confirmation that every grounding connection is as indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Specifications.

K. Grounding electrode system:

1. Ground ring:
a. Provide all trenching and materials necessary to install the ground ring as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Ground ring conductor shall be in direct contact with the earth, or where embedded, concrete, of the size as indicated on the Drawings.
c. Minimum burial depth 36 inches or as indicated on the Drawings. d. Re-compact disturbed soils to original density in 6-inch lifts.

2. Ground rods:
a. Locations as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Length of rods forming an individual ground array shall be equal in length. c. Drive ground rods and install grounding conductors before construction of concrete slabs and duct banks.
d. Pre-crimp all ground rods, as recommended by the manufacturer, before crimping connector to ground rod.

3. Metal underground water pipe:
a. Bond metal underground domestic water pipe to grounding electrode system.

4. Metal frame of building or structure:
a. Bond metal frame of building or structure to grounding electrode system.

5. Extend grounding conductors through concrete to accessible points for grounding equipment and electrical enclosures.

6. Where grounding conductors are not concrete-encased or direct buried, install in Schedule 40 PVC conduit for protection.

7. Install grounding system at each structure where switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards, panelboards, panels, or other electrical equipment are installed.

L. Shield grounding:

1. Shielded instrumentation cable shall have its shield grounded at one end only unless shop drawings indicate otherwise:
a. The grounding point shall be at the control panel or at the power source end of the signal carried by the cable.

2. Terminate the shield drain wire on a dedicated terminal block.

3. Use manufacturer’s terminal block jumpers to interconnect ground terminals.

4. Connection to the panel main ground bus shall be via a green No. 12 conductor to the main ground bus for the panel.

M. Where indicated on the Drawings, install ground rods in precast ground wells. 142
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 26 - 27 Grounding and Bonding
N. Ground all gates, fences, and handrails, even if not shown on Drawings. Grounding conductor from ground grid to gates, fences and handrails shall be #2 AWG minimum.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 TESTING
A. As specified in Section 26 08 50.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Measure grounding electrode system resistance to ground in accordance with IEEE 81.

3.09 ADJUSTING
A. Under the direction of the Engineer, add additional parallel connected ground rods and/or deeper driven rods until the ground resistance measurement meets the specified resistance requirements:

1. Use of salts, water, or compounds to attain the specified ground resistance is not acceptable.

3.10 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
143
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 29 - 28 Hangers and Supports
SECTION 26 05 29

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Mounting and supporting electrical equipment and components.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. A 123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.

2. A 153 - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware.

3. A 240 – Standard Specification for Chromium and Chromium-Nickel Stainless Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip for Pressure Vessels and for General Applications.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design requirements:

1. Conform to the requirements of the Building Code.

2. Demonstrate the following using generally accepted engineering methods:
a. That the anchors to the structure are adequate to resist the loads generated in accordance with the Building Code and equipment requirements. b. That the required load capacity of the anchors can be fully developed in the structural materials to which they are attached.

3. Design loading and anchoring requirements:
a. As indicated in the Building Code unless otherwise specified. b. Seismic loading requirements:
1) Freestanding or wall-hung equipment shall be anchored in place by methods that will satisfy the requirements for the seismic design specified in Section 26 05 00.
c. Wind loading requirements:
1) All exterior freestanding equipment shall be anchored in place by methods that will satisfy the requirements for wind design specified in Section 26 05 00. d. Minimum safety factor against overturning: 1.5.
e. The foundation and structures to which hangers and supports are attached shall be capable of withstanding all anchor loads.

B. Performance requirements:

1. Hangers and supports individually and as a system shall resist all weights and coderequired forces without deflections and deformations that would damage the supporting elements, the equipment supported, or the surrounding construction.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Supports:
a. Materials.
b. Geometry.
c. Manufacturer.

2. Hardware:
144
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 29 - 29 Hangers and Supports
a. Materials.
b. Manufacturer.

C. Shop drawings:

1. Complete dimensioned and scalable shop drawings of all supporting structures, trapezes, wall supports, etc.

2. Complete anchoring details for equipment, lighting and raceway, supporting structures, trapezes, wall supports for all equipment in excess of 200 pounds, and all freestanding supports:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the Project is being constructed.
b. Said submittals, by virtue of the fact that they bear the stamp of a registered engineer, will be reviewed for general consistency with the requirements specified in the Contract Documents, but not for context, accuracy, or method of calculation.

3. Include data on attachment hardware and construction methods that will satisfy the design loading and anchoring criteria.

D. Installation instructions:

1. Furnish anchorage instructions and requirements based on the seismic and wind conditions of the Site:
a. Stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the Project is being constructed.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM STARTUP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 COMMISSIONING (NOT USED)

1.15 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. One of the following or equal:

1. Thomas & Betts.

2. Power-Strut.

3. Unistrut.

4. Cooper B-Line.

5. Robroy.

6. Aickinstrut.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
145
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 29 - 30 Hangers and Supports
A. Use materials appropriate for the area as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Hot dip galvanized steel:

1. Supports:
a. In accordance with ASTM A123 or A153.
b. Minimum zinc coating thickness of 2.5 mils.

2. Hardware:
a. Electro-galvanized.
b. In accordance with ASTM A153.

C. Stainless steel:

1. Supports:
a. In accordance with ASTM A240.
b. ANSI Type 316 material.

2. Hardware:
a. ANSI Type 316 material.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Anchor bolts:

1. Indoor, Dry Locations: Anchor bolts shall be ASTM A307 galvanized steel.

2. Outdoor, Wet or Corrosive Areas: Anchor bolts shall be Type 316 ASTM A276 stainless steel.

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES
A. Paint and finish all supporting structures per Owner's requirements.

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Mount all raceways, cabinets, boxes, fixtures, instruments, and devices on Contractorfabricated racks unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.

1. Provide the necessary sway bracing to keep trapeze type structures from swaying under seismic events or wind loading.

C. Brace and anchor freestanding equipment supports using methods that provide structural support based on the seismic loads and wind loads:

1. Lateral deflection at top of supports not to exceed support height divided by 240 unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.

D. Provide fabricated steel support pedestals for wall mounted panels that weigh more than 200 pounds:

1. Fabricate pedestals out of welded angle, tube sections, or preformed channel.

2. If the supported equipment is a panel or cabinet, match the supported equipment in physical appearance and dimensions.

3. Provide auxiliary floor supports for transformers hung from stud walls and weighing more than 200 pounds.
146
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 29 - 31 Hangers and Supports

4. Mount all equipment, cabinets, boxes, instruments, and devices in damp or wet locations on minimum of 7/8-inch preformed mounting channel.
a. Mount channel vertically along the length of the device so that water or moisture may run freely behind the device.

E. Corrosion protection:

1. Isolate dissimilar metals, except where required for electrical continuity. a. Use neoprene washers, 9-mil polyethylene tape, or gaskets for isolation.

F. Raceway:

1. Furnish all conduit racks and trapeze structures needed to support the raceway from the structure.
a. Group conduits and position on racks to minimize crossovers. b. Provide the necessary bracing to keep trapeze type structures from swaying under loads from cable installation, seismic forces, or wind forces.

G. Anchoring methods:

1. Solid concrete: Anchor bolts, anchor rods or post-installed anchors as specified herein.

2. Metal surfaces: Machine screws or bolts.

3. Hollow masonry units: Post-installed anchors as specified on drawings.

H. Recoat or seal all drilled holes, cut or scratched srufacesa with products recommended by the manufacturer.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
147
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 32 Conduits
SECTION 26 05 33

CONDUITS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Metallic conduits.

2. Nonmetallic conduits.

3. Conduit bodies.

4. Conduit fittings and accessories.

5. Conduit installation.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 29 - Hangers and Supports.

3. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. C80.1 - Electrical Rigid Steel Conduit.

2. C80.3 - Steel Electrical Metallic Tubing.

3. C80.5 - Electrical Rigid Aluminum Conduit.

4. C80.6 - Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit.

C. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA):

1. RN-1 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Steel Conduit.

2. TC2 - Electrical Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit.

3. TC3 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing.

4. TC7 - Smooth-Wall Coilable Electrical Polyethylene Conduit.

5. TC13 - Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.

6. TC14 - Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings.

D. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):

1. 1 - Standard for Flexible Metal Conduit.

2. 6 - Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Steel.

3. 6A - Standard for Electrical Rigid Metal Conduit - Aluminum, Red Brass, and Stainless Steel.

4. 360 - Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Steel Conduit.

5. 651 - Standard for Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit and Fittings.

6. 651B - Standard for Continuous Length HDPE Conduit.

7. 797 - Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing - Steel.

8. 1242 - Standard for Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit - Steel.

9. 1653 - Standard for Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing.

10. 1660 - Standard for Liquid-Tight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit.

11. 1684 - Standard for Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit (RTRC) and Fittings.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Specific definitions and abbreviations:

1. Conduit bodies: A separate portion of a conduit system that provides access through a removable cover to the interior of the system at a junction of 2 or more conduit sections.

Includes, but not limited to: shapes C, E, LB, T, X, etc.

2. Conduit fitting: An accessory that serves primarily a mechanical purpose. Includes, but not limited to: bushings, locknuts, hubs, couplings, reducers, etc. 148
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 33 Conduits

3. GRC: Galvanized rigid steel conduit.

4. PCS: PVC coated rigid steel conduit.

5. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride rigid nonmetallic conduit.

6. LFMC: Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit.

7. NPT: National pipe thread.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide conduits, conduit bodies, fittings, junction boxes and all necessary components, whether or not indicated on the Drawings, as required, to install a complete electrical raceway system.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Furnish complete manufacturer’s catalog sheets for every type and size of conduit, fitting, conduit body, and accessories to be used on the Project.

2. Furnish complete manufacturer’s recommended special tools to be used for installation if required.

3. Certified test results for PVC-coated metallic conduit showing the adhesive bond is stronger than the tensile strength of the PVC.

C. Certifications:

1. Furnish PVC-coated conduit manufacturer’s certification for each installer.

D. Record Documents:

1. Incorporate all changes in conduit routing on electrical plan drawings.

2. Dimension underground and concealed conduits from building lines.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. All conduits, conduit bodies, and fittings shall be UL listed and labeled.

C. Every installer of PCS conduits shall be certified by the manufacturer for installation of the conduit.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Do not expose nonmetallic to direct sunlight.

C. Do not store conduit in direct contact with the ground.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING
A. Before installing any conduit or locating any device box:

1. Examine the complete set of Drawings and Specifications, and all applicable shop drawings.

2. Verify all dimensions and space requirements and make any minor adjustments to the conduit system as required to avoid conflicts with the building structure, other equipment, or the work of other trades.

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)
149
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 34 Conduits

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Galvanized rigid steel conduit:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Western Tube and Conduit.
b. Allied Tube and Conduit.
c. Wheatland Tube Co.

B. PVC-coated rigid steel conduit:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Robroy Industries.
b. Ocal, Inc.
c. Calbond.

C. Liquid-tight flexible metal conduit:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Southwire.
b. AFC Cable Systems.
c. Electri-FlexCompany.
d. Anaconda.

D. Rigid nonmetallic PVC conduit:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Carlon.
b. Cantex.
c. Triangle Conduit and Cable.

E. Conduit bodies:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Crouse-Hinds.
b. Appleton.
c. O-Z / Gedney.
d. Ocal, Inc.
e. Robroy Industries.
f. Calbond.
g. Carlon.

F. Joint compound:

1. Thomas and Betts.

G. Galvanized rigid steel conduit expansion fittings:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Crouse-Hinds.
b. Appleton.
c. O-Z / Gedney.

H. Conduit hangers and supports:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 29.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS
A. GRC:

1. All threads: NPT standard conduit threads with a 3/4-inch taper per foot:
150
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 35 Conduits
a. Running conduit threads are not acceptable.

2. Hot-dip galvanized inside and out:
a. Ensures complete coverage and heats the zinc and steel to a temperature that ensures the zinc alloys with the steel over the entire surface. b. Electro-galvanizing is not acceptable.

3. Manufactured in accordance with:
a. UL-6.
b. ANSI C80.1.

B. PCS:

1. The steel conduit, before PVC coating, shall be new, unused, hot-dip galvanized material, conforming to the requirements for type GRC.

2. Coated conduit NEMA Standard RN-1:
a. The galvanized coating may not be disturbed or reduced in thickness during the cleaning and preparatory process.

3. Factory bonded PVC jacket:
a. The exterior galvanized surfaces shall be coated with primer before PVC coating to ensure a bond between the zinc substrate and the PVC coating. b. Nominal thickness of the exterior PVC coating shall be 0.040 inch except where part configuration or application of the piece dictate otherwise. c. PVC coating on conduit and associated fittings shall have no sags, blisters, lumps, or other surface defects and free of holes and holidays.
d. The PVC adhesive bond on conduit and fittings shall be greater than the tensile strength of the PVC plastic coating:
1) Confirm bond with certified test results.

4. A urethane coating shall be uniformly and consistently applied to the interior of all conduit and fittings:
a. Nominal thickness of 0.002 inch.
b. Conduit having areas with thin or no coating are not acceptable. c. All threads shall be coated with urethane.

5. The PVC exterior and urethane interior coatings applied to the conduit shall afford sufficient flexibility to permit field bending without cracking or flaking at temperature above 30 degrees Fahrenheit (-1 degree Celsius).

6. PCS conduit bodies and fittings:
a. Malleable iron.
b. The conduit body, before PVC coating, shall be new, unused material and shall conform to appropriate UL standards.
c. The PVC coating on the outside of conduit bodies shall be 0.040 inch thick and have a series of longitudinal ribs to protect the coating from tool damage during installation. d. 0.002 inch interior urethane coating.
e. Utilize the PVC coating as an integral part of the gasket design. f. Stainless steel cover screws heads shall be encapsulated with plastic to assure corrosion protection.
g. A PVC sleeve extending 1 conduit diameter or 2 inches, whichever is less, shall be formed at each female conduit opening.
1) The inside diameter of the sleeve shall be the same as the outside diameter of the conduit to be used.
2) The sleeve shall provide a vapor- and moisture-tight seal at every connection.

C. LFMC:

1. Temperature rated for use in the ambient temperature at the installed location but not less than the following:
a. General purpose:
1) Temperature range -20 degrees Celsius to +80 degrees Celsius. b. Oil resistant:
1) Temperature range -20 degrees Celsius to +60 degrees Celsius. 151
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 36 Conduits

2. Sunlight resistant, weatherproof, and watertight.

3. Manufactured from single strip steel, hot-dip galvanized on all 4 sides before conduit fabrication.

4. Strip steel spiral wound resulting in an interior that is smooth and clean for easy wire pulling.

5. Overall PVC jacket.

6. With integral copper ground wire, built in the core, in conduit trade sizes 1/2 inch through 1-1/4 inch.

D. PVC:

1. Extruded from virgin polyvinyl chloride compound:
a. Schedule 40 unless otherwise specified.
b. Schedule 80 extra heavy wall where specified.

2. Rated for 90 degrees Celsius conductors or cable.

3. Rated for use in direct sunlight.

E. Conduit bodies:

1. Material consistent with conduit type:
a. Malleable iron bodies and covers when used with type GRC conduit. b. PVC bodies and covers when used with type PVC.
c. PVC-coated malleable iron bodies and covers when used with type PCS.

2. Conduit bodies to conform to Form 8, Mark 9, or Mogul design:
a. Mogul design conforming to NEC requirements for bending space for large conductors for conduit trade sizes of 1 inch and larger with conductors #4 AWG and larger, or where required for wire bending space.

3. Gasketed covers attached to bodies with stainless steel screws secured to threaded holes in conduit body.

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Connectors and fittings:

1. Manufactured with compatible materials to the corresponding conduit.

B. Insulated throat metallic bushings:

1. Construction:
a. Malleable iron or zinc plated steel when used with steel conduit. b. Positive metallic conduit end stop.
c. Integrally molded non-combustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees Celsius.
d. Use fully insulated bushings on nonmetallic conduit system made of high impact 150 degrees Celsius rated non-combustible thermosetting phenolic.

C. Insulated grounding bushings:

1. Construction:
a. Malleable iron or steel, zinc plated, with a positive metallic end stop. b. Integrally molded non-combustible phenolic insulated surfaces rated 150 degrees Celsius.
c. Tin plated copper grounding saddle for use with copper or aluminum conductors.

D. Electrical unions (Erickson Couplings):

1. Construction:
a. Malleable iron for use with steel conduit.
b. Concrete tight, 3-piece construction.
c. Rated for Class I Division 1 Group D in hazardous areas.

E. LFMC fittings:

1. Construction:
a. Malleable iron.
b. Furnished with locknut and sealing ring.
c. Liquid-tight, rain-tight, oil-tight.
152
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 37 Conduits
d. Insulated throat.
e. Furnish as straight, 45-degree elbows and 90-degree elbows. f. Designed to prevent sleeving:
1) Verify complete bonding of the raceway jacket to the plastic gasket seal. g. Equipped with grounding device to provide ground continuity irrespective of raceway core construction. Grounding device, if inserted into raceway and directly in contact with conductors, shall have rolled over edges for sizes under 5 inches. h. Where terminated into a threadless opening using a threaded hub fitting, a suitable moisture resistant/oil resistant synthetic rubber gasket shall be provided between the outside of the box or enclosure and the fitting shoulder. Gasket shall be adequately protected by and permanently bonded to a metallic retainer.

2. Corrosion resistant and outdoor LFMC fittings:
a. Construction:
1) PVC-coated liquid-tight fittings with a bonded 0.040-inch thick PVC coating on the metal connector to form a seal around the LFMC conduit. 2) Insulated throat and an integral sealing ring.

F. Hubs for threaded attachment of steel conduit to sheet metal enclosures:

1. Construction:
a. Insulated throat.
b. PVC coated when used in corrosive areas.
c. Bonding locknut.
d. Recessed neoprene O-ring to assure watertight and dust-tight connector. e. One half (1/2)-inch through 1-1/4-inch steel zinc electroplated. f. One and one half (1-1/2)-inch through 6-inch malleable iron zinc plated.

2. Usage:
a. All conduits in damp, wet, outdoor, and corrosive areas shall use threaded hubs for connections to sheet metal enclosures.

G. PVC fittings:

1. Materials:
a. All devices shall be made of PVC, using the same materials as used for Type PVC conduit.
b. All metal hardware shall be stainless steel.

H. Expansion/deflection couplings:

1. Use to compensate for movement in any directions between 2 conduit ends that connect.

2. Shall allow movement of 3/4 inch from the normal in all directions.

3. Shall allow angular movement for a deflection of 30 degrees from normal in any direction.

4. Constructed to maintain electrical continuity of the conduit system.

5. Materials:
a. End couplings: Bronze or galvanized ductile iron.
b. Sleeve: Neoprene.
c. Bands: Stainless steel.
d. Bonding jumper: Tinned copper braid.

I. Expansion couplings:

1. Shall allow for expansion and contraction of conduit:
a. Permitting 8-inch movement, 4 inches in either direction.

2. Constructed to maintain electrical continuity of the conduit system.

3. Materials:
a. Head: Malleable or ductile iron.
b. Sleeve: Steel.
c. Insulating bushing: Phenolic.
d. Finish: Hot-dip galvanized.

J. Conduit markers:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 53.
153
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 38 Conduits

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. General:

1. Conduit routing:
a. The Electrical Drawings are diagrammatic in nature:
1) Install conduit runs as specified with schematic representation indicated on the Drawings and as specified.
2) Modify conduit runs to suit field conditions, as accepted by the Engineer:
(a) Make changes in conduit locations that are consistent with the design intent but are dimensionally different, or routing to bypass obstructions. (b) Make changes in conduit routing due to the relocation of equipment. 3) The Electrical Drawings do not indicate all required junction boxes and pull boxes:
(a) Provide junction boxes and pull boxes to facilitate wire pulling as required:
(1) To meet cable manufacturer’s pulling tension requirements. (2) To limit total conduit bends between pull locations. (b) Install junction boxes and pull boxes at locations acceptable to the Engineer.
b. The Contractor is responsible for any deviations in general location, conduit size, routing, or changes to the conduit schedule without the express written approval or direction by the Engineer:
1) The Engineer is the sole source in determining whether the change is constituted as a deviation.
2) Perform any changes resulting in additional conduits, or extra work from such deviations.
3) Incorporate any deviations on the Record Documents.

2. Use only tools recommended by the conduit manufacturer for assembling conduit system.

3. Provide adequate clearances from high-temperature surfaces for all conduit runs.

4. Do not install 1-inch or larger conduits in or through structural members unless approved by the Engineer.

5. Run conduit exposed to view parallel with or at right angles to structural members, walls, or lines of the building:
a. Install straight and true conduit runs with uniform and symmetrical elbows, offsets, and bends.
b. Make changes in direction with long radius bends or with conduit bodies.

6. Install conduit with total conduit bends between pull locations less than or equal to 270 degrees.

7. Route all exposed conduit to preserve headroom, access space and work space and to prevent tripping hazards and clearance problems:
a. Install conduit runs so that runs do not interfere with proper and safe operation of equipment and do not block or interfere with ingress or egress, including equipment removal hatches.
b. Route conduit to avoid drains or other gravity lines. Where conflicts occur, relocate conduit as required.
154
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 39 Conduits

8. When installing conduit through existing slabs or walls make provisions for locating any possible conflicting items where conduit is to penetrate. Use tone signal or X-ray methods to make certain that no penetrations will be made into existing conduit, piping, cables, post-tensioning cables, etc.

9. Plug conduits brought into pull boxes, manholes, handholes, and other openings until used to prevent entrance of moisture.

10. For 2-inch and larger conduit runs, snake conduits with conduit cleaner equipped with a cylindrical mandrel of a diameter not less than 85 percent of nominal diameter of conduit:
a. Remove and replace conduits through which mandrel will not pass.

11. Provide all sleeves and openings required for the passage of electrical raceways or cables even when these openings or sleeves are not specifically indicated on the Drawings.

12. Install complete conduit systems before conductors are installed.

13. Provide metallic conduits terminating in transformer, switchgear, motor control center or other equipment conduit windows with grounding bushings and ground with a minimum No. 6 AWG ground wire.

14. Underground and embedded conduits:
a. Install underground conduits, including conduit runs below slabs-on-grade in concrete-reinforced duct bank construction:
1) If noted on plans.
b. Make underground conduit size transitions at pullboxes and manholes. c. Install spare conduits in underground duct banks towards top center of runs to allow for ease of installation of future cables as conduits enter underground manholes and pullboxes.
d. Seal around conduit penetrations of below grade walls with a mechanical seal. e. Provide 24-inch-minimum cover at finished grade for direct burial underground conduit. Provide 3-inch-minimum sand above and below conduit. f. Provide 24-inch minimum cover at finished grade above top of concrete for concreteencased duct banks. Provide 2-inch minimum separation between conduits and 3- inch minimum concrete encasement around conduits. Extend the concrete encasement under any floor slabs or equipment mounting pads to the point of raceway termination. After the concrete envelope has set, pull a bristle brush through each raceway to remove debris. Underground conduits shall be concrete encased unless shown as direct buried on the Drawings.
g. Where other utility piping systems are encountered or being installed along a raceway route, maintain a 12-inch-minimum vertical separation between raceways and other systems at crossings. Maintain a 12-inch-minimum separation between raceways and other systems in parallel runs. Do not place raceways over valves or couplings in other piping systems. Refer conflicts with these requirements to the Engineer for instructions before further work is done.
h. Thoroughly clean conduits before lying. During construction and after completion, the conduit ends shall be kept plugged to prevent water from washing mud into the manholes or pull boxes.
i. Terminate conduit in end bells in manholes and pull boxes and enter at right angles to the wall.
j. Place conduit separators every 4 feet on centers and securely anchor to prevent movement.
k. Backfill, Non-paved Areas: Use native backfill, compacted in 6-inch layers to 90 percent relative compaction. Final backfill elevation shall match existing. l. Backfill, Paved Areas:
1) Use clean imported sand having the following gradation:
(a) Sieve SizePercent Passing By Weight
(b) 3/8 inch 100
(c) No. 4 75 - 100
(d) No. 30 12 - 50
(e) No. 100 5 - 20
(f) No. 200 0 - 15
155
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 40 Conduits
2) Imported sand shall be free from organic material, trash, debris and rubbish. 3) Compact trench backfill by manual methods. Water flooding or jetting is not permitted.

C. Lighting and receptacle conduits:

1. Install conduit runs for lighting and receptacle circuits, whether or not indicated on the Drawings.

2. Install conduits in accordance with the requireents of this Section unless otherwise indicated.

3. Minimum conduit size:
a. 1 inch for exposed conduits.
b. 1 inch for underground or in-slab conduits.

4. Provide conduit materials for the installed location as specified in Section 26 05 00.

D. Conduit usage:

1. Exposed conduits:
a. Rigid conduit:
1) Install the rigid conduit type for each location as specified in Section 26 05 00. 2) Minimum size: 1-inch.
b. Flexible conduit:
1) Use flexible conduit for final connections between rigid conduit and motors, vibrating equipment, instruments, control equipment or where required for equipment servicing:
(a) Use type LFMC with rigid metallic conduit.
2) Minimum size: 3/4-inch:
(a) 1/2 when required for connection to instruments.
3) Maximum length:
(a) Fixed equipment:

Conduit Trade Size Flexible Conduit Length
(inches)
3/4 18
1 18
1-1/4 18
1-1/2 18
2 36
2-1/2 36
3 36
3-1/2 38
4 40
(b) Removable instruments or hinged equipment:
(1) As required to allow complete removal or full movement without disconnecting or stressing the conduit.

2. Concrete encased and embedded conduits:
a. Type PVC Schedule 40 and PVC-coated rigid metallic conduit as specified below:
1) Use Type PCS in underground and embedded installation as follows:
(a) Stub-up and risers to grade floor or equipment from nonmetallic conduits. (b) Entering and exiting underground or embedded conduit runs a minimum 12 inches above and below grade or finished floor.
(c) For any and all bends where the total deflection is greater than 45 degrees. 2) Minimum size:
(a) 2-inch in duct banks unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings. (b) 1-inch for in slab conduits unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings.

3. Direct buried and sand-bedded ductbank conduits:
a. Type PVC Schedule 40.
156
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 41 Conduits
b. Minimum size: 1-inch.

4. PVC coated rigid metallic conduit:
a. Use specifically manufactured or machined threading dies to manufacturer’s specifications to accommodate the PVC jacket.

5. GRC:
a. Conduit shall be cut square and reamed before threading.

6. PVC:
a. Conduit terminations shall be via threaded adapters into threaded hubs on the junction boxes or conduit bodies.
b. Conduit terminations into boxes without threaded hubs shall utilize a threaded adapter and a flat neoprene washer on the outside of the box. 1) Use a locknut on the inside of the box to tighten the adapter to the box. c. Route conduit to afford it the maximum physical protection. 1) If necessary, cover conduit to afford additional protection when it cannot be shielded by the structure or machinery frames.
(a) Use Schedule 80 where exposed runs may be subject to physical damage.

E. Conduit joints and bends:

1. General:
a. Where conduit is underground, under slabs on grade, exposed to the weather or in NEMA Type 4 or NEMA Type 4X locations, make joints liquid-tight. b. Keep bends and offsets in conduit runs to an absolute minimum. c. All bends shall be symmetrical.
d. The following conduit systems shall use large radius sweep elbows:
1) Underground conduits.
2) Conduits containing medium voltage cables.
3) Conduits containing shielded cables.
4) Conduits containing fiber optic cables.
e. Provide large radius factory-made bends for 1-1/4-inch trade size or larger. f. Make field bends with a radius of not less than the requirements found in the NEC:
1) The minimum bending radius of the cable must be less than the radius of the conduit bend.
2) Make all field bends with power bending equipment or manual benders specifically intended for the purpose:
(a) Make bends so that the conduit is not damaged and the internal diameter is not effectively reduced.
(b) For the serving utilities, make bends to meet their requirements. g. Replace all deformed, flattened, or kinked conduit.

2. Threaded conduit:
a. Cut threads on rigid metallic conduit with a standard conduit cutting die that provides a 3/4-inch per foot taper and to a length such that all bare metal exposed by the threading operation is completely covered by the couplings or fittings used. In addition, cut the lengths of the thread such that all joints become secure and wrench tight just preceding the point where the conduit ends would butt together in couplings or where conduit ends would butt into the ends or shoulders of other fittings. b. Thoroughly ream conduit after threads have been cut to remove burrs. c. Use bushings or conduit fittings at conduit terminations. d. On exposed conduits, repair scratches and other defects with galvanizing repair stick, Enterprise Galvanizing “Galvabar” or CRC “Zinc It”.
e. Coat conduit threads with an approved electrically conductive sealant and corrosion inhibitor that is not harmful to the conductor insulation:
1) Apply to the male threads and tighten joints securely. 2) Clean excess sealant from exposed threads after assembly. f. Securely tighten all threaded connections.
g. Any exposed threaded surface must be cleaned and coated with a galvanizing solution so that all exposed surfaces have a galvanized protective coating. 157
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 42 Conduits

3. PVC:
a. Use approved solvent-weld cement specifically manufactured for the purpose. Spraytype cement is not allowed. b. Apply heat for bends so that conduit does not distort or discolor. Use a spring mandrel as required to assure full inside diameter at all bends:
1) Utilize a heater specifically for PVC conduit as recommended by the conduit manufacturer.

F. Conduit supports:

1. General:
a. Provide appropriate hangers, supports, fasteners, and seismic restraints to suit applications:
1) As specified in Section 26 05 29.
2) Provide support materials consistent with the type of conduit being installed as specified in Section 26 05 00.
b. Support conduit at the intervals required by the NEC. c. Perforated strap and plumbers tape are not acceptable for conduit supports.

2. Conduit on concrete or masonry:
a. Use 1-hole malleable iron straps with metallic or plastic expansion anchors and screws or support from preset inserts.
b. Use preset inserts in concrete when possible.
c. Use pipe spacers (clamp backs) in wet locations.
d. On plaster or stucco, use 1-hole malleable iron straps with toggle bolts.

3. Conduit on metal decking:
a. Use 1-hole malleable iron straps with 1-inch long cadmium-plated Type A panhead sheet metal screws. Fully or partially hammer-driven screws are not acceptable.

4. Suspended conduit:
a. Use malleable iron factory-made split-hinged pipe rings with threaded suspension rods sized for the weight to be carried (minimum 3/8-inch diameter), Kindorf, or equal. b. For grouped conduits, construct racks with threaded rods and tiered angle iron or preformed channel cross members. Clamp each conduit individually to a cross member. Where rods are more than 2 feet long, provide rigid sway bracing.

5. Supports at structural steel members:
a. Use beam clamps.
b. Drilling or welding may be used only as specified or with approval of the Engineer.

6. PCS systems:
a. Provide right angle beam clamps and U bolts specially formed and sized to snugly fit the outside diameter of the coated conduit. Provide "U" bolts with PVC encapsulated nuts that cover the exposed portions of the threads.
b. Securely fasten exposed conduits with Type 316 stainless steel clamps or straps.

G. Expansion or expansion/deflection fittings:

1. General:
a. Align expansion coupling with the conduit run to prevent binding. b. Follow manufacturer’s instructions to set the piston opening. c. Install expansion fittings across concrete expansion joints and at other locations where necessary to compensate for thermal or mechanical expansion and contraction.
d. Furnish fittings of the same material as the conduit system.

H. Empty conduits:

1. Provide a polyethylene rope rated 250 pounds tensile strength in each empty conduit more than 10 feet in length.

2. Seal ends of all conduit with approved, manufactured conduit seals, caps or plugs immediately after installation:
a. Keep ends sealed until immediately before pulling conductors.

I. Miscellaneous:
158
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 33 - 43 Conduits

1. Provide electrical unions at all points of union between ends of rigid conduit systems that cannot otherwise be coupled:
a. Running threads and threadless couplings are not allowed.

2. Replace any conduit installed that the Engineer determines does not meet the requirements of this Specification.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION APPLICATIONS, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
159
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 34 - 44 Boxes
SECTION 26 05 34
BOXES
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Device boxes.

2. Raceway system boxes.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

C. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. A47 - Standard Specification for Ferritic Malleable Iron Castings.

2. D149 - Standard Test Method for Dielectric Breakdown Voltage and Dielectric Strength of Solid Electrical Insulating Materials at Commercial Power Frequencies.

3. D495 - Standard Test Method for High-Voltage, Low-Current, Dry Arc Resistance of Solid Electrical Insulation.

4. D570 - Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics.

5. D648 - Standard Test Method for Deflection Temperature of Plastics Under Flexural Load in the Edgewise Position.

6. D790 - Standard Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials.

7. D792 - Standard Test Methods for Density and Specific Gravity (Relative Density) of Plastics by Displacement.

D. Joint Industry Conference (JIC).

E. National Electrical Code (NEC).

F. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

1. 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 V Maximum).

G. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. 94 - Standard for Tests for Flammability of Plastic Materials for Parts in Devices and Appliances.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Specific definitions:

1. Arcing parts: Circuit breakers, motor controllers, switches, fuses, or any device intended to interrupt current during its operation.

2. Raceway system boxes: Boxes that are used for wire and cable pullboxes, conduit junction boxes, or terminal boxes.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Provide outlet boxes for devices such as switches, receptacles, telephone and computer jacks, security systems, junction, and pullboxes for use in the raceway systems, etc.

B. Provide boxes and conduit bodies as indicated on the Drawings or as needed to complete the raceway installation.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Sections 01 33 00 and 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Manufacturer.
160
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 34 - 45 Boxes

2. Materials.

3. Dimensions:
a. Height.
b. Width.
c. Depth.
d. Weight.
e. NEMA rating.

4. Conduit entry locations.

5. Catalog cut sheets.

6. Installation instructions.

C. Shop drawings:

1. Include identification and sizes of pull boxes.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Regulatory requirements:

1. Outlet boxes shall comply with all applicable standards of:
a. JIC.
b. NEC.
c. NEMA.
d. UL.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. One of the following or equal:

1. Plastic coated steel boxes:
a. Rob Roy.
b. OCAL.

2. Cast device boxes:
a. Appleton.
b. Crouse - Hinds.
c. OZ/Gedney.

3. Formed steel enclosures:
a. Hoffman.
b. Thomas and Betts.
c. Stahlin.
d. Rittal.
161
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 34 - 46 Boxes

4. Stainless steel enclosures:
a. Hoffman.
b. Stahlin.
c. Rittal.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Cast device boxes:

1. Construction:
a. With internal green ground screw.
b. Furnished with a suitable gasketed cover.
c. With integral cast mounting lugs when surface mounted. d. Conduit sizes range from 3/4 inch to 1 inch.
e. Tapered threaded hubs with integral bushing.

2. Malleable iron boxes:
a. Conforming to ASTM A 47 Grade 32510.

B. Plastic coated bast device boxes:

1. Construction:
a. With internal green ground screw.
b. Furnished with a suitable gasketed cover.
c. With integral cast mounting lugs when surface mounted. d. Conduit sizes range from 3/4 inch to 1 inch.
e. Double coated with a nominal 0.002-inch (2 mil) urethane on both the interior and exterior before application of PVC coating.
f. With a minimum 0.040-inch (40 mil) PVC coating bonded to exterior. g. With pressure sealing sleeve to protect the connection with conduit.

C. Formed steel enclosures:

1. Steel:
a. NEMA Type 12 or NEMA Type 3R.
b. Fabricated from 14-gauge steel, minimum.
c. All seams continuously welded ground smooth.
d. Door:
1) Rolled lip around 3 sides.
2) Attached to enclosure by means of a continuous stainless steel hinge and pin. e. Neoprene door gasket to provide a watertight, dusttight, oiltight seal:
1) Attached with an adhesive.
2) Retained by a retaining strip.
f. Fabricate all external removable hardware for clamping the door to the enclosure body from zinc-plated heavy gauge steel:
1) With a hasp and staple for padlocking.
g. Provide large enclosures with door and body stiffeners for extra rigidity. h. No holes or knockouts.
i. Finish:
1) ANSI-61 gray electrostatically applied polyester powder inside and out over cleaned and primed surfaces.
2) White electrostatically applied polyester powder mounting plate. j. Heavy gauge steel external mounting brackets when surface mounted. k. NEMA Type 3R for outdoor locations in non-corrosive areas.

2. Stainless steel:
a. NEMA Type 4X:
1) Boxes in locations subject to flooding or temporary submersion:
(a) NEMA Type 6.
162
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 34 - 47 Boxes
b. Fabricated from 14-gauge Type 316 stainless steel.
c. All seams continuously welded.
d. Door:
1) Rolled lip around 3 sides.
2) Attached to enclosure by means of a continuous stainless steel hinge and pin. e. Neoprene door gasket to provide a watertight seal:
1) Attached with an adhesive.
2) Retained by a retaining strip.
f. Fabricate all external removable hardware for clamping the door to the enclosure body from heavy gauge stainless steel:
1) With a hasp and staple for padlocking.
g. Provide large enclosures with door and body stiffeners for extra rigidity. h. No holes or knockouts.
i. Finish:
1) Brushed.
j. Stainless steel external mounting brackets when surface mounted.

2.05 EQUPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners:

1. Electroplated or stainless steel in boxes with wiring devices.

2. Screws, nuts, bolts, and other threaded fasteners:
a. Stainless steel.

B. Provide breather and drain fittings where appropriate.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. General:

1. Provide materials and construction suitable for environmental conditions at the location of the box as specified in Section 26 05 00.

2. Provide outlet box materials to match the conduit system:
a. GRC - Cast ferrous boxes.
b. PCS - PVC coated cast ferrous boxes.

3. Solid type gang boxes:
a. For more than 2 devices.
b. For barriered outlets.

4. Support all wall mounted NEMA Type 4 or NEMA Type 4X boxes to maintain a minimum of 7/8-inch free air space between the back of the enclosure and the wall:
a. Use machined spacers to maintain air space; built-up washers are not acceptable. b. Use stainless steel or nylon materials for spacers.

5. Use cast malleable iron boxes when box must support other devices.

6. Boxes serving luminaires or devices:
a. Use as pull boxes wherever possible.

7. Size boxes in accordance with NEC requirements and to provide sufficient room for the future components and cables indicated on the Drawings.

8. For fire-rated construction, provide materials and installation for use in accordance with the listing requirements of the classified construction.

C. Outlet boxes:

1. Locate outlet boxes as indicated on the Drawings:
163
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 34 - 48 Boxes
a. Adjust locations so as not to conflict with structural requirements or other trades.

2. Use deep threaded-hub malleable iron boxes:
a. To act as a pull box for conductors in a conduit system. b. Accommodate wiring devices.

3. Use deep threaded-hub plastic coated malleable iron boxes in corrosive and NEMA Type 4X area and when the conduit system is PVC coated steel.

4. Outlet boxes may be used as junction boxes wherever possible.

D. Pull boxes and junction boxes:

1. Size pull boxes in accordance with NEC requirements and to provide sufficient room for any future conduits and cables as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Install pull boxes such that access to them is not restricted.

E. For boxes not indicated:

1. Provide types and mountings as required to suit the equipment and that will be consistent with the conduit system and environmental conditions as indicated in Section 26 05 00.

2. Outlet, switch, and junction boxes where surface mounted in exposed locations:
a. Cast ferrous boxes with mounting lugs, zinc, or cadmium plating finish.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 REINSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
164
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 49 Identification for Electrical
Systems
SECTION 26 05 53

IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Identification of electrical equipment, devices, and components.

2. Material, manufacturing, and installation requirements for identification devices.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 33 - Conduits.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Nameplates:

1. Provide a nameplate for each piece of electrical equipment and devices, control panel and control panel components.

2. Provide all nameplates of identical style, color, and material throughout the facility.

3. Device nameplates information:
a. Designations as indicated on the Drawings and identified on the Process and Instrumentation Drawings.

B. Wire numbers:

1. Coordinate the wire numbering system with all vendors of equipment so that every field wire has a unique number associated with it for the entire system:
a. Wire numbers shall correspond to the wire numbers on the control drawings or the panel and circuit numbers for receptacles and lighting. b. Wire numbers shall correspond to the terminal block number to which they are attached in the control panel.
c. Internal panel wires on a common terminal shall have the same wire number. d. Multi-conductor cables shall be assigned a cable number that shall be attached to the cable at intermediate pull boxes and stub-up locations beneath freestanding equipment. All multi-conductor and instrumentation cables shall be identified at pull points as described above:
1) Label armored multi-conductor cable using the conduit number as indicated on the Drawings, following the requirements for conduit markers in Section 26 05

33. 2. Provide the following wiring numbering schemes throughout the project for field wires between process control module, (PCM), vendor control panels, (VCP), motor control centers, (MCC), field starters, field instruments, etc. 165
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 50 Identification for Electrical
Systems
Where:

ORIGIN LOC. = Designation for originating panel or device ORIGIN TERM. = Terminal designation at originating panel or device DEST. LOC. = Designation for destination panel or device DEST. TERM. = Terminal designation at destination panel or device or PLC I/O address at destination panel
a. Identify equipment and field instruments as the origin. b. PCMs are always identified as the destination.
c. Location is the panel designation for VCP, LCP, or PCM. For connections to MCCs, location is the specific starter tag and loop number. Location is the tag and loop number for motor starters, field instruments, and equipment. Any hyphen in the panel designation or tag and loop number shall be omitted.
d. Terminal designation is the actual number on the terminal block where the conductor terminates at field devices and vendor control panels. For multi-conductor cables, all terminal numbers shall be shown, separated by commas.
e. Terminal designations at motor leads shall be the motor manufacturer’s standard terminal designation (e.g. T1, T2, T3, etc.).
f. Terminal designations at PCMs where the field conductor connects to field terminal blocks for a PLC input or output shall be the PLC address (Note: the following PLC I/O numbering scheme is typical for Allen-Bradley, the numbering scheme should be modified to match that of the actual PLC manufacturer used for the project):

Discrete Point: W:X:Y/Z
Analog Point: W:X:Y.Z
Where:

W = I for input, O for output X = PLC
number (1, 2, 3…)
Y = Slot number (01, 02, 03…)
Z = Terminal number (00, 01, 02…) for a discrete point or a word number for an analog point (1, 2, 3…)
g. Terminal designations at PCMs where the conductor does not connect to a PLC I/O point shall be the terminal number with a “C” prefix (e.g. C0010). For common power after a fuse or neutrals after a switch, the subsequent points shall have and capital letter suffix starting with “A” (e.g. C0010A).

3. Case 1: Vendor control panel (VCP) to process control module (PCM): Field wire number/label: A-B/C-D
A = Vendor control panel number without hyphen (VCP#)
B = Terminal number within VCP (manufacturer’s or vendor’s standard terminal number)
C = Process control module number without hyphen (PCM#) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a “C” prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point (C0010)
Examples: VCP#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
VCP#-10/PCM#-O:1:10/07
166
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 51 Identification for Electrical
Systems
VCP#-10/PCM#-C0100

4. Case 2: Field instrument to process control module (PCM): Field wire number/label: EF/C-D C = Process control module number without hyphen (PCM#) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a “C” prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point (C0010)
E = Field mounted instrument tag and loop numbers without hyphen (EDV#) F = Manufacturer’s standard terminal number within instrument. Use both terminal numbers for analog points separated by a comma
Examples: TIT#-2,3/PCM#-I:1:01.1
TSH#-1/PCM#-I:2:01/00

5. Case 3: Motor control center (MCC) to process control module (PCM): Field wire number/label: G-B/C-D
B = Terminal number within Motor Control Center (manufacturer’s or vendor’s standard terminal number)
C = Process control module without hyphen (PCM#)
D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a “C” prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point (C0010)
G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) Examples: MMS#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
MMS#-10/PCM#-O:1:10/07
MMS#-10/PCM#-C0100

6. Case 4: Motor control center (MCC) to vendor control panel (VCP): Field wire number/label: G-B/A-B
A = Vendor control panel number without hyphen (VCP#)
B = Terminal number within motor control center or vendor control panel (manufacturer’s or vendors standard terminal number)
G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) Example: MMS#-X2/VCP#-10

7. Case 5: Motor leads to a motor control center (MCC): Field wire number/label: H-I/G-B B = Terminal number within motor control center (manufacturer’s standard terminal number)
G = Actual starter designation in the motor control center without hyphen (MMS#) H = Equipment tag and loop number without hyphen (PMP#) I = Motor manufacturer’s standard motor lead identification (e.g. T1, T2, T3, etc.) Example: PMP-#-T3/MMS#-T3

8. Case 6: Remote or separately mounted starter or variable frequency drive (VFD) to process control module (PCM):

Field wire number/label: J-B/C-D
B = Terminal number within starter or variable frequency drive (manufacturer’s standard terminal number)
C = Process control module number without hyphen (VCP#) D = Either the PLC address if the field terminal is connected directly to a PLC input or output point or the terminal number with a “C” prefix if not connected directly to a PLC I/O point (C0010)
J = Starter or variable frequency drive tag and loop number without hyphen (MMS#) Examples: MMS#-10/PCM#-I:1:01/01
MMS#-10/PCM#-O:2:10/07
MMS#-10/PCM#-C0010

9. Identify all spare conductors as required for other field wires with an “S” prefix:

Example: S MMS#-10/PCM#-C011

1.05 SUBMITTALS
167
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 52 Identification for Electrical
Systems
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Nameplates:
a. Color.
b. Size:
1) Outside dimensions.
2) Lettering.
c. Material.
d. Mounting means.

2. Nameplate schedule:
a. Show exact wording for each nameplate.
b. Include nameplate and letter sizes.

3. Wire numbers:
a. Manufacturer’s catalog data for wire labels and label printer.

C. Record documents:

1. Update the conduit schedule to reflect the exact quantity of wire numbers including spares and destination points for all wires.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (NOT USED)

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT SITE CONDITIONS (NOT USED)

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Nameplates and signs:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Brady.
b. Seton.

B. Conductor and cable markers:

1. Heat-shrinkable tubing:
a. One of the following or equal:
1) Raychem.
2) Brady.
3) Thomas & Betts.
4) Kroy.

C. Conduit and raceway markers:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Almetek: Mini Tags.
b. Lapp Group: Maxi System.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
168
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 53 Identification for Electrical
Systems

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Nameplates:

1. Fabricated from white-center and red face or black-center, white face laminated plastic engraving stock:
a. 3/32-inch thick material.
b. Two-ply.
c. With chamfered edges.
d. Block style engraved characters of adequate size to be read easily from a distance of 6 feet:
1) No characters smaller than 1/8-inch in height.

B. Signs:

1. Automatic equipment and high voltage signs:
a. Suitable for exterior use.
b. In accordance with OSHA regulations.

C. Conductor and cable markers:

1. Machine printed black characters on white tubing.

2. Ten point type or larger.

D. Conduit and raceway markers:

1. Non-metallic:
a. UV resistant holder and letters
b. Black letters on yellow background.
c. Minimum letter height: 1/2-inch.
d. Adhesive labels are not acceptable.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Nameplates:

1. Provide all nameplates for control panel operator devices (e.g. pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot lights, etc.):
a. Same material and same color and appearance as the device nameplates, in order to achieve an aesthetically consistent and coordinated system.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Nameplates:

1. Attach nameplates to equipment with rivets, bolts or sheet metal screws, approved waterproof epoxy-based cement or install in metal holders welded to the equipment.

2. On NEMA Type 4, NEMA Type 4X, or NEMA Type 7 enclosures, use epoxy-based cement to attach nameplates.

3. Nameplates shall be aligned and level or plumb to within 1/64 inch over the entire length:
169
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 53 - 54 Identification for Electrical
Systems
a. Misaligned or crooked nameplates shall be remounted, or provide new enclosures at the discretion of the Engineer.

C. Conductor and cable markers:

1. Apply all conductor and cable markers before termination.

2. Heat-shrinkable tubing:
a. Tubing shall be shrunk using a heat gun that produces low temperature heated air. b. Tubing shall be tight on the wire after it has been heated. c. Characters shall face the open panel and shall read from left to right or top to bottom. d. Marker shall start within 1/32 inch of the end of the stripped insulation point.

D. Conduit markers:

1. Furnish and install conduit markers for every conduit in the electrical system that is identified in the conduit schedule or part of the process system:

2. Mark conduits at the following locations:
a. Each end of conduits that are greater than 10 feet in length. b. Where the conduit penetrates a wall or structure.
c. Where the conduit emerges from the ground, slab, etc. d. The middle of conduits that are 10 feet or less in length.

3. Mark conduits after the conduits have been fully painted.

4. Position conduit markers so that they are easily read from the floor.

5. Attach non-metallic conduit markers with nylon cable ties:
a. Provide ultraviolet resistant cable ties for conduit markers exposed to direct sunlight.

6. Mark conduits before construction review by Engineer for punch list purposes.

7. Label intrinsically safe conduits in accordance with the requirements of the NEC.

E. Signs and labeling:

1. Furnish and install warning signs on equipment that has more than one source of power. a. Warning signs to identify every panel and circuit number of the disconnecting means of all external power sources.

2. Place warning signs on equipment that has 120 VAC control voltage source used for interlocking.
a. Identify panel and circuit number or conductor tag for control voltage source disconnecting means.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Replace any nameplates, signs, conductor markers, cable markers, or raceway labels that in the sole opinion of the Engineer do not meet the Engineer’s aesthetic requirements.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION (NOT USED)

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
170
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 55 Electrical Power System Studies
SECTION 26 05 73

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM STUDIES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE
A. The contractor shall furnish short-circuit and protective device coordination studies as prepared by the equipment manufacturer’s engineering services, or Owner approved equal.

B. The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per the requirements set forth in the current version of NFPA 70E -Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE Standard 1584 – 2018, the IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Calculations.

C. The scope of the studies shall include all new electrical equipment.

1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract.

1.03 REFERENCES
A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):

1. IEEE 141 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Distribution and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

2. IEEE 242 – Recommended Practice for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

3. IEEE 399 – Recommended Practice for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis

4. IEEE 241 – Recommended Practice for Electric Power Systems in Commercial Buildings

5. IEEE 1015 – Recommended Practice for Applying Low-Voltage Circuit Breakers Used in Industrial and Commercial Power Systems

6. IEEE 1584 – Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. ANSI C57.12.00 – Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers

2. ANSI C37.13 – Standard for Low Voltage AC Power Circuit Breakers Used in Enclosures

3. ANSI C37.010 – Standard Application Guide for AC High Voltage Circuit Breakers Rated on a Symmetrical Current Basis

4. ANSI C 37.41 – Standard Design Tests for High Voltage Fuses, Distribution Enclosed Single-Pole Air Switches, Fuse Disconnecting Switches and Accessories.

C. The National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

1. NFPA 70 -National Electrical Code, latest edition

2. NFPA 70E – Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace

1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW/APPROVAL
A. The studies shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to receiving final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to release of equipment drawings for manufacturing. If formal completion of the study may cause delays in equipment shipments, approval from the Engineer may be obtained for a preliminary submittal of data to ensure that the selection of device ratings and characteristics will be satisfactory to properly select the distribution equipment. The formal study will be provided to verify preliminary findings.

1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR CONSTRUCTION
A. The results of the short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall be summarized in a final report. A minimum of five (5) bound copies of the complete final report shall be submitted. For large system studies, submittals requiring more than five (5) copies of the report will be provided without the section containing the computer printout of the short-circuit input and output data. Electronic PDF copies of the report shall be provided upon request.
171
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 56 Electrical Power System Studies
B. The report shall include the following sections:

1. Executive Summary including Introduction, Scope of Work and Results/Recommendations.

2. Short-Circuit Methodology Analysis Results and Recommendations

3. Short-Circuit Device Evaluation Table

4. Protective Device Coordination Methodology Analysis Results and Recommendations

5. Protective Device Settings Table

6. Time-Current Coordination Graphs and Recommendations

7. Arc Flash Hazard Methodology Analysis Results and Recommendations including the details of the incident energy and flash protection boundary calculations, along with Arc Flash boundary distances, working distances, Incident Energy levels and Personal Protection Equipment levels.

8. Arc Flash Labeling section showing types of labels to be provided. Section will contain descriptive information as well as typical label images.

9. One-line system diagram that shall be computer generated and will clearly identify individual equipment buses, bus numbers used in the short-circuit analysis, cable and bus connections between the equipment, calculated maximum short-circuit current at each bus location, device numbers used in the time-current coordination analysis, and other information pertinent to the computer analysis.

1.06 QUALIFICATIONS
A. The short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall be conducted under the responsible charge and approval of a Registered Professional Electrical Engineer skilled in performing and interpreting the power system studies.

B. The Registered Professional Electrical Engineer shall be an employee of the equipment manufacturer or an approved engineering firm.

C. The Registered Professional Electrical Engineer shall have a minimum of five (5) years of experience in performing power system studies.

D. The approved engineering firm shall demonstrate experience with Arc Flash Hazard Analysis by submitting names of at least five actual arc flash hazard analyses it has performed in the past five years.

E. The engineering firm shall have a minimum of fifteen (15) years experience in performing power system studies.

1.07 COMPUTER ANALYSIS SOFTWARE
A. The studies shall be performed using SKM Systems Analysis Power*Tools for Windows (PTW) software program or ETAP Electrical Engineering Software.

PART 2 - MATERIALS

2.01 STUDIES
A. The contractor shall furnish an Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Study per NFPA 70E - Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, reference Article 130.5 and Annex D. This study shall also include short-circuit and protective device coordination studies. All studies shall be prepared by the equipment manufacturer’s engineering services, or Owner approved equal.

2.02 DATA
A. Contractor shall furnish all data as required for the power system studies. The Engineer performing the short-circuit, protective device coordination and arc flash hazard analysis studies shall furnish the Contractor with a listing of required data immediately after award of the contract. The Contractor shall expedite collection of the data to assure completion of the studies as required for final approval of the distribution equipment shop drawings and/or prior to the release of the equipment for manufacturing.

B. Source combination may include present and future motors and generators.

C. Load data utilized may include existing and proposed loads obtained from Contract Documents provided by Owner, or Contractor.
172
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 57 Electrical Power System Studies
D. If applicable, include fault contribution of existing motors in the study. The Contractor shall obtain required existing equipment data, if necessary, to satisfy the study requirements.

2.03 SHORT-CIRCUIT ANALYSIS
A. Transformer design impedances shall be used when test impedances are not available.

B. Provide the following:

1. Calculation methods and assumptions

2. Selected base per unit quantities

3. One-line diagram of the system being evaluated that clearly identifies individual equipment buses, bus numbers used in the short-circuit analysis, cable and bus connections between the equipment, calculated maximum short-circuit current at each bus location and other information pertinent to the computer analysis

4. The study shall include input circuit data including electric utility system characteristics, source impedance data, conductor lengths, number of conductors per phase, conductor impedance values, insulation types, transformer impedances and X/R ratios, motor contributions, and other circuit information as related to the short-circuit calculations.

5. Tabulations of calculated quantities including short-circuit currents, X/R ratios, equipment short-circuit interrupting or withstand current ratings and notes regarding adequacy or inadequacy of the equipment rating.

6. Results, conclusions, and recommendations. A comprehensive discussion section evaluating the adequacy or inadequacy of the equipment must be provided and include recommendations as appropriate for improvements to the system.

C. For solidly-grounded systems, provide a bolted line-to-ground fault current study for applicable buses as determined by the engineer performing the study.

D. Protective Device Evaluation:

1. Evaluate equipment and protective devices and compare to short circuit ratings

2. Adequacy of switchgear, motor control centers, and panelboard bus bars to withstand short-circuit stresses

3. The equipment manufacturer’s engineering services shall notify Owner in writing of any circuit protective devices improperly rated for the calculated available fault current.

2.04 PROTECTIVE DEVICE TIME-CURRENT COORDINATION ANALYSIS A. Protective device coordination time-current curves (TCC) shall be displayed on log-log scale graphs.

B. Include on each TCC graph, a complete title with descriptive device names.

C. Terminate device characteristic curves at a point reflecting maximum symmetrical or asymmetrical fault current to which the device is exposed.

D. Identify the device associated with each curve by manufacturer type, function, and, if applicable, tap, time delay, and instantaneous settings recommended.

E. Plot the following characteristics on the TCC graphs, where applicable:

1. Electric utility’s overcurrent protective device

2. Medium voltage equipment overcurrent relays

3. Medium and low voltage fuses including manufacturer’s minimum melt, total clearing, tolerance, and damage bands

4. Low voltage equipment circuit breaker trip devices, including manufacturer’s tolerance bands

5. Transformer full-load current, magnetizing inrush current, and ANSI through-fault protection curves

6. Medium voltage conductor damage curves

7. Ground fault protective devices, as applicable

8. Pertinent motor starting characteristics and motor damage points, where applicable

9. Pertinent generator short-circuit decrement curve and generator damage point F. The largest feeder circuit breaker in each motor control center and applicable panelboard. 173
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 58 Electrical Power System Studies
G. Provide adequate time margins between device characteristics such that selective operation is provided, while providing proper protection.

H. Provide the following:

1. A One-line diagram shall be provided which clearly identifies individual equipment buses, bus numbers, device identification numbers and the maximum available short-circuit current at each bus when known.

2. A sufficient number of log-log plots shall be provided to indicate the degree of system protection and coordination by displaying the time-current characteristics of series connected overcurrent devices and other pertinent system parameters. a. Computer printouts shall accompany the log-log plots and will contain descriptions for each of the devices shown, settings of the adjustable devices, and device identification numbers to aid in locating the devices on the log-log plots and the system one-line diagram.
b. The study shall include a separate, tabular printout containing the recommended settings of all adjustable overcurrent protective devices, the equipment designation where the device is located, and the device number corresponding to the device on the system one-line diagram
c. A discussion section which evaluates the degree of system protection and service continuity with overcurrent devices, along with recommendations as required for addressing system protection or device coordination deficiencies.

3. The equipment manufacturer’s engineering services shall notify Owner in writing of any significant deficiencies in protection and/or coordination. Provide recommendations for improvements.

2.05 ARC FLASH HAZARD ANALYSIS
A. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed according to the IEEE 1584 equations that are presented in NFPA 70E-2021, Annex D. The arc flash hazard analysis shall be performed in conjunction with the short-circuit analysis (Section 2.03) and the protective device timecurrent coordination analysis (Section 2.04) B. The flash protection boundary and the incident energy shall be calculated at significant locations in the electrical distribution system (switchboards, switchgear, motor-control centers, panelboards, busway and splitters) where work could be performed on energized parts.

C. Working distances shall be based on IEEE 1584. The calculated arc flash protection boundary shall be determined using those working distances.

D. When appropriate, the short circuit calculations and the clearing times of the phase overcurrent devices will be retrieved from the short-circuit and coordination study model. Ground overcurrent relays should not be taken into consideration when determining the clearing time when performing incident energy calculations.

E. The short-circuit calculations and the corresponding incident energy calculations for multiple system scenarios must be compared and the greatest incident energy must be uniquely reported for each equipment location in a single table. Calculations must be performed to represent the maximum and minimum contributions of fault current magnitude for normal and emergency operating conditions. The minimum calculation will assume that the utility contribution is at a minimum. Conversely, the maximum calculation will assume a maximum contribution from the utility. Calculations shall take into consideration the parallel operation of synchronous generators with the electric utility, where applicable as well as any stand-by generator applications.

F. The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall be performed utilizing mutually agreed upon facility operational conditions, and the final report shall describe, when applicable, how these conditions differ from worst-case bolted fault conditions.

G. The incident energy calculations must consider the accumulation of energy over time when performing arc flash calculations on buses with multiple sources. Iterative calculations must take into account the changing current contributions, as the sources are interrupted or decremented with time. Fault contribution from motors should be decremented as follows:
174
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 59 Electrical Power System Studies

1. Fault contribution from induction motors should not be considered beyond 5 cycles.

H. For each piece of ANSI rated equipment with an enclosed main device, two calculations shall be made. A calculation shall be made for the main cubicle, sides, or rear; and shall be based on a device located upstream of the equipment to clear the arcing fault. A second calculation shall be made for the front cubicles and shall be based on the equipment’s main device to clear the arcing fault. For all other non-ANSI rated equipment, only one calculation shall be required and it shall be based on a device located upstream of the equipment to clear the arcing fault.

I. When performing incident energy calculations on the line side of a main breaker (as required per above), the line side and load side contributions must be included in the fault calculation.

J. Mis-coordination should be checked amongst all devices within the branch containing the immediate protective device upstream of the calculation location and the calculation should utilize the fastest device to compute the incident energy for the corresponding location.

K. Arc Flash calculations shall be based on actual overcurrent protective device clearing time. A maximum clearing time of 2 seconds will be used based on IEEE 1584-2018 section B.1.2.

Where it is not physically possible to move outside of the flash protection boundary in less than 2 seconds during an arc flash event, a maximum clearing time based on the specific location shall be utilized.

L. Provide the following:

1. Results of the Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall be submitted in tabular form, and shall include device or bus name, bolted fault and arcing fault current levels, flash protection boundary distances, working distances and AFIE (Arc Flash Incident Energy) levels.

2. The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall report incident energy values based on recommended device settings for equipment within the scope of the study.

3. The Arc-Flash Hazard Analysis shall include recommendations to reduce AFIE levels and enhance worker safety.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 FIELD ADJUSTMENT
A. Contractor shall adjust relay and protective device settings according to the recommended settings table provided by the coordination study.

B. Contractor shall make minor modifications to equipment as required to accomplish conformance with short circuit and protective device coordination studies.

C. The equipment manufacturer’s engineering services shall notify Owner in writing of any required major equipment modifications.

3.02 ARC FLASH LABELS
A. The equipment manufacturer’s engineering services shall provide a 4.0 in. x 4.0 in. Brady thermal transfer type label of high adhesion polyester for each work location analyzed.

B. The labels shall be designed according to the following standards:

1. UL969 – Standard for Marking and Labeling Systems

2. ANSI Z535.4 – Product Safety Signs and Labels

3. NFPA 70 (National Electric Code) – Article 110.16
C. The label shall include the following information:

1. System Voltage

2. Flash protection boundary

3. Arc Flash Incident energy value (cal/cm²)

4. Limited, restricted, and prohibited Approach Boundaries

5. Study report number and issue date
D. Labels shall be printed by a thermal transfer type printer, with no field markings.

E. Arc flash labels shall be provided for equipment as identified in the study and the respective equipment access areas per the following:
175
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 05 73 - 60 Electrical Power System Studies

1. Floor Standing Equipment - Labels shall be provided on the front of each individual section. Equipment requiring rear and/or side access shall have labels provided on each individual section access area. Equipment line-ups containing sections with multiple incident energy and flash protection boundaries shall be labeled as identified in the Arc Flash Analysis table.

2. Wall Mounted Equipment – Labels shall be provided on the front cover or a nearby adjacent surface, depending upon equipment configuration.

3. General Use Safety labels shall be installed on equipment in coordination with the Arc Flash labels. The General Use Safety labels shall warn of general electrical hazards associated with shock, arc flash, and explosions, and instruct workers to turn off power prior to work.

F. Labels shall be installed by the manufacturer or field installed by the Contractor.

END OF SECTION
176
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 61 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
SECTION 26 08 50

FIELD ELECTRICAL ACCEPTANCE TESTS
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Responsibilities for testing the electrical installation.

2. Adjusting and calibration.

3. Acceptance tests.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding.

C. Copyright information:

1. Some portions of this Section are copyrighted by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association, Inc (NETA). See NETA publication ATS for details.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI).

C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

1. 43 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Insulation Resistance of Rotating Machinery.

2. 81 - IEEE Guide for Measuring Earth Resistivity, Ground Impedance, and Earth Surface Potentials of a Grounding System.

3. 95 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Insulation Testing of AC Electric Machinery (2300 V and Above) With High Direct Voltage.

4. 421.3 - IEEE Standard for High-Potential Test Requirement for Excitation Systems for Synchronous Machines.

5. 450 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-Acid Batteries for Stationary Applications.

6. 1106 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications.

7. 1188 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications.

8. C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers.

9. C57.13.1 – IEEE Guide for Field Testing of Relaying Current Transformers.

10. C57.13.3 - IEEE Guide for Grounding of Instrument Transformer Secondary Circuits and Cases.

11. C57.104 - IEEE Guide for the Interpretation of Gases Generated in Oil- Immersed Transformers.

D. Insulated Cable Engineer’s Association (ICEA).

E. InterNational Electrical Testing Association (NETA).

1. ATS-2021 Standard for Standard for Acceptance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Equipment and Systems.

F. International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

G. Manufacturer’s testing recommendations and instruction manuals.

H. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):

1. 70 – National Electrical Code (NEC).

2. 110 – Standard for Emergency and Standby Power Systems.

I. National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST).

J. Specification sections for the electrical equipment being tested. 177
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 62 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
K. Shop drawings.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Specific definitions:

1. Testing laboratory: The organization performing acceptance tests.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Testing of all electrical equipment installed under this Contract in accordance with the manufacturer’s requirements and as specified in this Section.

B. Conduct all tests in the presence of the Engineer or the Engineer’s representative:

1. Engineer will witness all visual, mechanical and electrical tests, and inspections.

C. The testing and inspections shall verify that the equipment is operational within the tolerances required and expected by the manufacturer, and these Specifications.

D. Responsibilities:

1. Contractor responsibilities:
a. Ensure that all resources are made available for testing, and that all testing requirements are met.

2. Electrical subcontractor responsibilities:
a. Perform routine tests during installation.
b. Demonstrate operation of electrical equipment.
c. Commission the electrical installation.
d. Provide the necessary services during testing, and provide these services to the testing laboratory, Contractor, and other subcontractors, including but not limited to:
1) Providing electrical power as required.
2) Operating of electrical equipment in conjunction with testing of other equipment. 3) Activating and shutting down electrical circuits.
4) Making and recording electrical measurements.
5) Replacing blown fuses.
6) Installing temporary jumpers.

3. Testing laboratory responsibilities:
a. Perform all acceptance tests specified in this Section. b. Provide all required equipment, materials, labor, and technical support during acceptance tests.

E. Upon completion of testing or calibration, attach a label to all serviced devices:

1. The label shall indicate the date serviced and the company that performed the service.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Manufacturers’ testing procedures:

1. Submit manufacturers’ recommended testing procedures and acceptable test results for review by the Engineer.

C. Test report:

1. Test reports shall be based on NETA’s latest Acceptance Testing Specifications having a sign-off, pass/fail data filed for each line item covered by NETA’s Acceptance Testing Specifications latest edition.

2. Include the following:
a. Summary of Project.
b. Description of equipment tested.
c. Description of tests performed.
d. Test results.
e. Conclusions and recommendations.
f. Completed test forms.
178
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 63 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
g. List of test equipment used and calibration dates.

D. Testing laboratory qualifications:

1. Submit a complete resume and statement of qualifications from the proposed testing laboratory detailing their experiences in performing the tests specified:

2. Testing organization shall be corporately and financially independent of the supplier, producer and installer of the equipment, who has been regularly engaged in the testing of equipment for a period of at least 10 years. All testing shall be conducted under the direct supervision of an electrical engineer, registered in the State of California. This registered electrical engineer will prepare and sign test reports with values, recommendations, and comments.

3. Testing equipment required to conduct the specified tests shall be furnished by the testing organization. Testing equipment shall be in good working condition and comply with the requirements of this Specification and applicable industry standards.

4. Testing shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, these Specifications, and applicable NETA Acceptance Testing Specifications, NEMA, ANSI, NFPA, and ASTM Standards. Forms shall include space for ENGINEER sign off at time of test. Testing organization shall meet Federal OSHA criteria for accreditation of testing laboratories, Title 29, Part 1907, 1910 and 1936. Membership in the InterNational Electrical Testing Association constitutes proof of meeting such criteria.

5. The testing organization shall cooperate with any manufacturer's representative that may be retained by the CONTRACTOR. Testing organization shall be Cutler Hammer; Electro test; Power Systems; General Electric; or equal NETA approved testing company.

E. Division of responsibilities:

1. Submit a list identifying who is responsible for performing each portion of the testing.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Testing laboratory qualifications:

1. The testing laboratory shall be an independent testing company.

2. Selection of the testing laboratory and testing personnel is subject to approval by the Engineer based on testing experience and certifications of the individuals and testing capabilities of the organization.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION (NOT USED)

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING
A. At least 30 days before commencement of the acceptance tests, submit the manufacturer’s complete field testing procedures to the Engineer and to the testing laboratory, complete with expected test results and tolerances for all equipment to be tested.

B. Perform testing in the following sequence:

1. Perform routine tests as the equipment is installed including:
a. Insulation-resistance tests.
b. Continuity tests.
c. Rotational tests.

2. Adjusting and preliminary calibration.

3. Acceptance tests.

4. Demonstration.

5. Commissioning and plant start-up.

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP (NOT USED)
179
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 64 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 – PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION
A. Test instrument calibration:

1. Utilize a testing laboratory with a calibration program which maintains all applicable test instrumentation within rated accuracy.

2. The accuracy shall be traceable to the NIST in an unbroken chain.

3. Calibrate instruments in accordance with the following frequency schedule:
a. Field instruments: 6 months maximum.
b. Laboratory instruments: 12 months maximum.
c. Leased specialty equipment where the accuracy is guaranteed by the lessor (such as Doble): 12 months maximum.

4. Dated calibration labels shall be visible on all test equipment.

5. Maintain an up-to-date instrument calibration record for each test instrument:
a. The records shall show the date and results of each calibration or test.

6. Maintain an up-to-date instrument calibration instruction and procedure for each test instrument.

B. Do not begin testing until the following conditions have been met:

1. All instruments required are available and in proper operating condition.

2. All required dispensable materials such as solvents, rags, and brushes are available.

3. All equipment handling devices such as cranes, vehicles, chain falls and other lifting equipment are available or scheduled.

4. All instruction books, calibration curves, or other printed material to cover the electrical devices are available.

5. Data sheets to record all test results are available.

3.03 INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Dry type transformers:

1. Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with the Contract Documents. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Verify that resilient mounts are free and that any shipping brackets have been removed.
e. Inspect equipment for cleanliness.
f. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by the calibrated torque wrench method:
(a) Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for proper foot-pound levels or NETA ATS tables.
g. Verify that as-left tap connections are as specified.

2. Electrical tests:
180
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 65 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low- resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests winding-to-winding and each winding- to-ground:
1) Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. (a) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. c. Calculate dielectric absorption ration or polarization index. d. Perform turns ratio tests at all tap positions.
e. Verify correct secondary voltage, phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral after energization and before loading.

3. Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. c. Tap connections are left as found unless otherwise specified. d. Minimum insulation-resistance values of transformer insulation shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. 2) Investigate insulation values less than the allowable minimum. e. The dielectric absorption ratio or polarization index shall not be less than 1.0. f. Turns-ratio results should not deviate more than 1/2 percent from either the adjacent coils or calculated ratio.
g. Phase-to-phase and phase-to-neutral secondary voltages shall be in agreement with nameplate data.

B. Low voltage cables, 600 volt maximum:

1. Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare cable data with the Drawings and Specifications. b. Inspect exposed sections of cable for physical damage and correct connection as indicated on the Drawings.
c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance by 1 of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by the calibrated torque wrench method:
(a) Refer to manufacturer's instructions for proper foot-pound levels or NETA ATS tables.
d. Inspect compression applied connectors for correct cable match and indentation. e. Inspect for correct identification and arrangement.
f. Inspect cable jacket insulation and condition.

2. Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low- resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation resistance test on each conductor with respect to ground and adjacent conductors:
1) Applied potential shall be 500 volts dc for 300 volt rated cable and 1,000 volts dc for 600 volt rated cable.
2) Test duration shall be 1 minute.
c. Perform continuity tests to insure correct cable connection. d. Verify uniform resistance of parallel conductors.

3. Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
181
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 66 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
b. Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. 2) Investigate values of insulation-resistance less than the allowable minimum. 3) Investigate values of insulation-resistance where there is a great deviation between of values between conductors.
c. Cable shall exhibit continuity.
d. Investigate deviations in resistance between parallel conductors.

C. Low voltage molded case and insulated case circuit breakers:

1. Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate data with the Contract Documents. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage and alignment.
d. Verify that all maintenance devices are available for servicing and operating the breaker.
e. Verify the unit is clean.
f. Verify the arc chutes are intact.
g. Inspect moving and stationary contacts for condition and alignment. h. Verify that primary and secondary contact wipe and other dimensions vital to satisfactory operation of the breaker are correct.
i. Perform all mechanical operator and contact alignment tests on both the breaker and its operating mechanism in accordance with manufacturers published data. j. Operate circuit breaker to ensure smooth operation.
k. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance by one of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by the calibrated torque wrench method:
(a) Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for proper foot-pound levels or NETA ATS tables.
l. Inspect operating mechanism, contacts, and arc chutes in unsealed units. m. Verify cell fit and element alignment.
n. Verify racking mechanism operation.
o. Verify appropriate lubrication on moving current-carrying parts and on moving and sliding surfaces.
p. Perform adjustments for final protective device settings in accordance with the coordination study.
q. Record as-found and as-left operation counter readings.

2. Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low- resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance tests for 1 minute on each pole, phase-to- phase and phase-to-ground with the circuit breaker closed and across each open pole:
1) Apply voltage in accordance with manufacturer’s published data. 2) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. c. Perform a contact/pole-resistance test.
d. Determine long-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. e. Determine short-time pickup and delay by primary current injection. f. Determine ground-fault pickup and delay by primary current injection. g. Determine instantaneous pickup value by primary current injection. h. Perform minimum pickup voltage tests on shunt trip and close coils in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
i. Verify correct operation of any auxiliary features such as trip and pickup indicators, zone interlocking, electrical close and trip operation, trip-free, anti-pump function and trip unit battery condition:
182
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 67 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
1) Reset all trip logs and indicators.
j. Verify operation of charging mechanism.

3. Test values:
a. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
b. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. c. Insulation-resistance values shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. 2) Investigate values of insulation-resistance less than the allowable minimum. d. Microhm or dc millivolt drop values shall not exceed the high levels of the normal range as indicated in the manufacturer’s published data:
1) If manufacturer’s data is not available, investigate any values which deviate from adjacent poles or similar breakers by more than 50 percent of the lowest value. e. Insulation-resistance values of control wiring shall not be less than 2 megohms. 1) Long-time pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current characteristic tolerance band including adjustment factors:If manufacturer’s curves are not available, trip times shall not exceed the value shown in NETA ATS tables.
f. Short-time pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current tolerance band. g. Ground fault pickup values shall be as specified, and the trip characteristic shall not exceed manufacturer’s published time-current tolerance band. h. Instantaneous pickup values shall be as specified and within manufacturer’s published tolerances:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. i. Pickup values and trip characteristics shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances.
j. Minimum pickup voltage of the shunt trip and close coils shall conform to the manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. k. Breaker open, close, trip, trip-free, anti-pump, and auxiliary features shall function as designed.
l. The charging mechanism shall operate in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.

D. Grounding systems:

1. Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Inspect ground system for compliance with that indicated on the Drawings, specified in Specifications, and in the NEC.
b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque wrench method:
(a) Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for proper foot-pound levels or NETA ATS tables.
d. Inspect anchorage.

2. Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low- resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform fall of potential test or alternative test in accordance with IEEE 81 on the main grounding electrode or system.
183
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 68 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
c. Perform point-to-point tests to determine the resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, the system neutral and any derived neutral points.

3. Test values:
a. Grounding system electrical and mechanical connections shall be free of corrosion. b. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
c. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. d. The resistance between the main grounding electrode and ground shall be as specified in Section 26 05 26. Investigate point-to-point resistance values that exceed

0.5 ohm.

E. Rotating machinery:

1. Visual and mechanical inspection:
a. Compare equipment nameplate information with the Contract Documents. b. Inspect physical and mechanical condition.
c. Inspect anchorage, alignment, and grounding.
d. Inspect air baffles, filter media, cooling fans, slip rings, brushes, brush rigging, and shaft current discharge devices.
e. Inspect bolted electrical connections for high resistance using one of the following methods:
1) Use of low-resistance ohmmeter.
2) Verify tightness of accessible bolted electrical connections by calibrated torque wrench method:
(a) Refer to manufacturer’s instructions for proper foot-pound levels or NETA ATS tables.
f. Perform special tests such as gap spacing and machine alignment if applicable. g. Manually rotate the rotor and check for problems with the bearings or shaft. h. Rotate the shaft and measure and record the shaft extension runout. i. Verify correct application of appropriate lubrication and lubrication systems. j. Verify that resistance temperature detector (RTD) circuits conform to that indicated on the Drawings.

2. Electrical tests:
a. Perform resistance measurements through bolted connections with a low- resistance ohmmeter.
b. Perform insulation-resistance test in accordance with IEEE 43:
1) On motors 200 horsepower and smaller, test duration shall be 1 minute.

Calculate dielectric absorption ratio.
2) On motors larger than 200 horsepower, test duration shall be 10 minutes.

Calculate polarization index.
c. Perform dc dielectric withstand voltage tests on machines rated at 2,300 volts and greater in accordance with IEEE 95.
1) IEEE 95 for dc dielectric withstand voltage tests.
2) NEMA MG1 for ac dielectric withstand voltage tests.
d. Perform phase-to-phase stator resistance test on machines rated at 2,300 volts and greater.
e. Perform insulation-resistance test on insulated bearings in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
f. Test surge protection devices as specified in this Section. g. Test motor starter as specified in this Section.
h. Perform resistance tests on resistance temperature detector (RTD) circuits. i. Verify operation of motor space heater.
j. Perform vibration test.
k. Perform a rotation test to ensure correct shaft rotation. 184
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 69 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
l. Measure running current and evaluate relative to load conditions and nameplate fullload amperes.

3. Test values:
a. Inspection:
1) Air baffles shall be clean and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s published data.
2) Filter media shall be clean and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s published data.
3) Cooling fans shall operate.
4) Slip ring alignment shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances. 5) Brush alignment shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances. 6) Brush rigging shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances. b. Compare bolted connection resistance values to values of similar connections:
1) Investigate values which deviate from those of similar bolted connections by more than 50 percent of the lowest value.
c. Bolt-torque levels shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data:
1) Refer to NETA ATS tables in the absence of manufacturer’s published data. d. Air-gap spacing and machine alignment shall be in accordance with manufacturer’s published data.
e. The recommended minimum insulation-resistance (IR1 min) test results in megohms shall be as specified in this Section.
1) The polarization index value shall not be less than 2.0. 2) The dielectric absorption ratio shall not be less than 1.4. f. If no evidence of distress or insulation failure is observed by the end of the total time of voltage application during the dielectric withstand test, the test specimen is considered to have passed the test.
g. Investigate phase-to-phase stator resistance values that deviate by more than 10 percent.
h. Power factor or dissipation factor values shall be compared to manufacturer’s published data:
1) In the absence of manufacturer’s published data compare values of similar machines.
i. Tip-up values shall indicate no significant increase in power factor. j. If no evidence of distress, insulation failure, or waveform nesting is observed by the end of the total time of voltage application during the surge comparison test, the test specimen is considered to have passed the test.
k. Bearing insulation-resistance measurements shall be within manufacturer’s published tolerances:
1) In the absence of manufacturer’s published data compare values of similar machines.
l. Test results of surge protection devices shall be as specified in this Section. m. Test results of motor starter equipment shall be as specified in this Section. n. RTD circuits shall conform to the design intent and machine protection device manufacturer’s published data.
o. Heaters shall be operational.
p. Vibration amplitudes shall not exceed values in NETA ATS tables:
1) If values exceed those in the NETA ATS tables, perform a complete vibration analysis.
q. Machine rotation should match required rotation of connected load. r. Running phase-to-phase voltages should be within 1.0 percent. Running currents shall be balanced and proportional to load condition and nameplate data.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.09 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.
185
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 08 50 - 70 Field Electrical Acceptance Tests
B. After the acceptance tests have been completed, dispose of all testing expendables, vacuum all cabinets, and sweep clean all surrounding areas.

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
186
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 22 14 - 71 Dry-Type Transformers
SECTION 26 22 14

DRY-TYPE TRANSFORMERS
PART 1GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Enclosed dry-type transformers:
a. Rated 1 to 1,000 kilovolt-amperes, single and 3-phase. b. Primary voltage 600 volts and below.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 – Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. American National Standards Institute (ANSI):

1. C57.96 – Distribution and Power Transformers, Guide for Loading Dry-Type.

2. 389 - IEEE Recommended Practice for Testing Electronics Transformers and Inductors.

C. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE):

1. C57.12.01 - Standard General Requirements for Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers Including Those with Solid Cast and/or Resin Encapsulated Windings.

D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

1. TP-1 - 2002 - Guide for Determining Energy Efficiency for Distribution Transformers.

2. TP-2 - Standard Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Distribution Transformers.

E. Underwriters Laboratory (UL):

1. 1561 - Standard for Dry-Type General Purpose and Power Transformers.

F. U.S. Department of Energy (DOE):

1. 10 CFR Part 431 - Energy Efficiency Program for Certain Commercial and Industrial Equipment.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS
A. Provide 3-phase or 1-phase, 60 hertz dry-type with voltage ratings, kilovolt-ampere capacities, and connections as indicated on the Drawings:

1. Transformers shall provide full capacity at the Project elevation and environmental conditions as specified in Section 26 05 00 after all derating factors have been applied.

2. Suitable for continuous operation at full rating with normal life expectancy in accordance with ANSI C57.96.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Catalog cut sheets.

2. Nameplate data.

3. Dimensions:

4. Height.

5. Width.

6. Depth.

7. Inrush current.

8. Insulation system and temperature constraints.

9. Number and rating of taps.

10. Sound levels.
187
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 22 14 - 72 Dry-Type Transformers

11. Connection diagrams:

12. Primary.

13. Secondary.

14. BIL rating.

15. Required clearances.

16. Percent impedance.

17. Efficiency.

18. Certification of full capacity capability at the Project elevation and ambient conditions.

19. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C, D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 26 05 00:

20. Manufacturer’s statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test data.

21. Manufacturer’s special seismic certification with substantiating test data.

C. Installation instructions:

1. Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and setting into place.

2. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category D:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind loads as specified in Section 26 05 00. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations. b. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. One of the following or equal:

1. Schneider Electric/Square D.

2. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS
A. Cores:

1. Non-aging, grain-oriented silicon steel.

2. Magnetic flux densities below the saturation point.

B. Windings:
188
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 22 14 - 73 Dry-Type Transformers

1. High-grade magnet wire.

2. Impregnated assembly with non-hydroscopic, thermo-setting varnish:
a. Cured to reduce hot-spots and seal out moisture.

3. Material electrical grade:
a. Copper.

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. General:

1. 10 kilovolts BIL for 600-volt class windings.

2. Sound levels, in accordance with ANSI 389 test conditions, not to exceed:

Kilovolt-Amperes Range Audible Sound Level (db)
1-9 40
10-50 45
51-150 50
151-300 55
301-500 60
501-700 62
701-1000 64

3. Taps:
a. 15 kilovolt-amperes and less:
1) Two 5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. b. 25 kilovolt-amperes and larger:
1) Four 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps below rated voltage. 2) Two 2.5 percent full capacity primary taps above rated voltage. c. Operated by a tap changer handle or tap jumpers accessible through a panel.

4. Terminals:
a. UL listed for either copper or aluminum conductors.
b. Rated for 75 degrees Celsius.

5. Daily overload capacities, at rated voltage and without reduction in life, in accordance with ANSI C57.96.

B. Energy efficient transformers 15 kilovolt-amperes and larger:

1. Insulation class: 220 degrees Celsius.

2. Temperature rise: 115 degrees Celsius, except as noted below:
a. 150-degree Celsius rise for dry-type transformers located in motor control centers.

3. Efficiency:
a. In accordance with DOE 10 CFR Part 431.

C. Enclosures:

1. Heavy gauge steel:
a. Indoor: NEMA Type 2.
b. Outdoor: NEMA 3R with weathershield.

2. Louvers to limit coil temperature rise to the value stated above, and case temperature rise to 50 degrees Celsius.

3. Built-in vibration dampeners to isolate the core and coils from the enclosure:
a. Neoprene vibration pads and sleeves.

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Nameplates:

1. Non-corrosive metal or UL listed non-metallic:
189
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 22 14 - 74 Dry-Type Transformers
a. Stamped, engraved or printed with the following information:
1) Phases.
2) Frequency.
3) Kilovolt-ampere rating.
4) Voltage ratings.
5) Temperature rise.
6) Impedance.
7) Insulation class.
8) BIL rating.
9) Connection diagram.
10) Weight.
11) Manufacturer.
12) The identification “transformer”.
13) Classes of cooling.
14) Tap voltage(s).
15) Vector diagram.

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES
A. Finish to consist of de-greasing, phosphate cleaning, and an electrodeposited manufacturer’s standard gray enamel rust-inhibiting paint.

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project site.

C. General:

1. Install where not in direct contact with building structure.

2. Install on single layer vibration pad under the entire mounting surface. a. Manufacturers: The following or equal:
1) Korfund.

3. Make any necessary connections to the enclosure with liquidtight flexible conduit having neoprene gaskets and insulated ground bushings.

4. Ground the enclosure:
a. To an equipment ground conductor in the conduit.
b. To the facility grounding electrode system.

5. Floor mounted transformers:
a. Install transformers on 3-1/2-inch housekeeping pads. b. Install transformers with adequate space from walls or other enclosures for proper ventilation in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATIONS, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform acceptance testing per Section 26 08 50.
190
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 22 14 - 75 Dry-Type Transformers
B. Factory tests:

1. Applied voltage test to each winding and from each winding to the core:
a. 600-volt class winding 4.5 kilovolt.

2. Induced voltage test at 2 times normal voltage and 400 hertz for 1,080 cycles.

3. Voltage ratio and polarity.

4. Sound level, performed in a test room with ambient sound level not exceeding 24 db.

5. Perform all tests in accordance with UL 1561.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.09 ADJUSTING
A. Set the transformer taps as required to obtain nominal output voltage on the secondary terminals.

3.10 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
191
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 76 Switchboards
SECTION 26 24 13

SWITCHBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Switchboards

2. Switchboard accessories.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

3. Section 26 08 50 - Field Electrical Acceptance Tests.

4. Section 26 28 01 - Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE).

1. C57.13 - IEEE Standard Requirements for Instrument Transformers.

C. National Electrical Manufacturers' Association (NEMA):

1. PB 2 - Deadfront Distribution Switchboards.

D. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. 891 - Switchboards.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Factory assembled, wired, and tested switchboards, with major components being products of a single manufacturer, including circuit breakers, and other equipment specified in this Section and indicated on the Drawings.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Manufacturer of switchboard.

2. Manufacturer of all component parts of switchboard.

3. Dimensions:

4. Nameplate schedule.
a. Width.
b. Length.
c. Height.
d. Weight.

5. Bill of material.

6. Description of operation.

7. Ratings:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Current.
d. Interrupting rating (circuit breakers and fuses).

8. List of recommended spare parts.

9. Name of dealer’s repair facility and parts stocking agreement with the factory:
a. Agreement shall outline in detail the manufacturer's parts stocking requirements and the method by which the manufacturer's representative verifies that the stock is at an acceptable level.
192
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 77 Switchboards
b. Agreement should also outline the method by which the manufacturer's representative determines that the service personnel meet factory standards. c. A toll-free or local phone number with 24/7 emergency monitoring/call back is required.

10. Furnish circuit breaker submittals as specified in:
a. Section 26 28 01.
b. Section 26 24 13.

11. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C, D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 26 05 00:
a. Manufacturer’s statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test data.

12. Manufacturer’s special seismic certification with substantiating test data.

C. Shop Drawings:

1. Complete, detailed, and scaled switchboard layout:
a. Front panel.
b. Sub-panels.
c. Interior panels.
d. Top and bottom conduit windows.

2. Complete electrical wiring diagrams:
a. Point-to-point connections.
b. Internal compartment-to-compartment interconnection wiring diagrams. c. Wiring identification and terminal numbers.

3. Complete 3-line diagrams for each switchboard lineup. These drawings shall indicate devices comprising the switchboard assembly including, but not limited to, circuit breakers, control power and instrument transformers, meters, and control devices. Clearly, indicate electrical ratings of devices on Drawings.

4. Complete interface and connection diagrams for metering system.

5. Complete bill of material list and equipment data sheets identifying appropriate information specific to the switchboard being supplied.

6. Nameplate schedule.

7. Before fabrication, submit Switchboard Shop Drawings for approval to Owner’s dry utility consultant and PG&E.

D. Installation instructions:

1. Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and setting into place.

2. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A or B:
a. Provide manufacturer’s installation instructions and anchoring details for connecting equipment to supports and structures.

3. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C, D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind loads as specified in Section 26 05 00.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations.

E. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.

F. Test forms and reports:

1. Submit complete factory acceptance test procedures and all forms used during the test.

2. Manufacturer to furnish a certified report after the shop tests.

3. Manufacturer's start-up representative to furnish a written report after the start-up:
a. Report must state that the installation is complete and satisfactory, or list items requiring additional attention and a proposal for the actions. b. If any items require attention after the initial start-up, a final report is required stating that the installation is complete and satisfactory.

G. Installation instructions:
193
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 78 Switchboards

1. The written instructions must detail the complete installation of the switchboard including rigging, moving and setting into place.

2. Provide anchorage instructions and requirements for the switchboard based on the seismic conditions of the site as specified in Section 26 05 00. a. Stamped by a professional engineer licensed in the state where the Project is being constructed.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. The switchboard and all components shall be UL listed and labeled.

C. Equipment shall be designed and constructed in accordance with the following standards and requirements:

1. NEMA PB 2.

2. UL 891.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Ship switchboards to the site in dedicated air ride vans that will allow the Contractor to utilize on site off loading equipment.

C. Furnish temporary equipment heaters within the switchboard to prevent condensation from forming.

1.08 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING
A. Conduct the initial fault current study and submit results for Engineer’s review.

B. After successful review of the initial fault current study, submit complete equipment submittal.

C. Conduct factory acceptance test and submit certified test results for Engineer’s review.

D. Ship equipment to the Project Site after successful completion of factory acceptance test.

E. Assemble equipment in the field.

F. Conduct field acceptance test and submit results for Engineer’s review.

G. Submit manufacturer’s certification that the equipment has been properly installed and is fully functional for Engineer’s review.

H. Conduct Owner’s training sessions.

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Switchboards:

1. One of the following, or an approved equal:
a. Eaton.
b. Square D.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
194
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 79 Switchboards

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. Switchboard

1. Complete assembly, including steel framing and covers, bus system, and breaker mounting, shall satisfy applicable provisions of UL 891 and NEMA PB-2 and the California Electrical Code for low-voltage distribution switchboards. Switchboards shall be furnished with UL labels.

2. Short Circuit Current Rating: Switchboards shall be rated with a minimum short circuit current rating of 65,000 rms symmetrical amperes at 480 VAC maximum.

3. Switchboards shall be floor standing, dead front, dead rear, line bussed, front operated and connected, circuit-breaker type, unless otherwise indicated and shall contain equipment indicated and specified. Switchboard shall be complete with pull, service, and distribution sections as required.

4. Required equipment shall be enclosed in fully interchangeable die formed steel sectional cabinets will be absolutely rigid welded construction, plumb and uniform in size. Each cabinet shall be a separate and independent unit with assembly holes die-stamped or jig drilled; openings for interconnections shall be so placed that cabinet can be located in any position in assembly without drilling or cutting holes on job. Deliver switchboard to Project site in completely assembled sections and provide required assembly bolts and blanking plates. Front plates and doors shall be of not less than 12 gage furniture steel, completely removable, secured to cabinet with machine screws, with cup washers uniformly and symmetrically spaced. Provide hinged wire gutter covers for distribution sections.

Equipment shall meet NEMA and UL standards.

5. Circuit breakers shall be as follows (protective device shall be as shown on drawings):
a. See Section 26 28 01
b. Main circuit breakers shall be automatic, one-piece molded-case, trip-free, common trip, quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic with solid state trips, bolted to bus with frame size and trip ratings as indicated on drawings. Voltage, amperage ratings and number of poles shall be as indicated on breakers. Main breaker shall provide a minimum short-circuit interrupting capacity as determined by utility company. Provide shunt-trip and integral ground fault devices, as indicated on drawings. Breakers shall be furnished with lockout provisions.
c. Feeder circuit breakers shall be automatic, one-piece molded-case, trip-free, common trip, quick-make, quick-break, thermal-magnetic or solid state type bolted to bus, with handles clearly indicating tripped position.
d. Breakers shall be furnished with a single handle with no tie-bar. Voltage, amperage, and number of poles shall be as indicated on Drawings. Breaker ratings shall be on handle or label. Breakers shall be furnished with lockout provisions approved by the State of California for padlocking and shall provide a minimum symmetrical shortcircuit interrupting rating, as indicated on Drawings. Series rated circuit breaker combinations are not acceptable.

6. Utility metering provisions shall meet requirements of serving utility and shall be furnished with necessary fittings.

7. Provide switchboard silver-plated copper bus bars of same capacity as main breaker, or as indicated on Drawings, between current transformer and main section and distribution sections; also, full height of breaker space in distribution portions. Copper bus shall have current density of 1000A per square inch of cross section. Bus structure shall be freefitted, and shall have sufficient strength to withstand short-circuit as indicated on drawings.

Connections shall be securely bolted together with corrosion-resistant plated carbon steel, minimum grade five machine screws secured with constant pressure-type locking devices.

Bus bar bracing shall be designed to withstand maximum available short-circuit current.

Connections for cables to circuit breakers, switches and motor control devices shall be heavy-duty mechanical pressure type terminal lugs. Provide service cable lugs as required by utility company. Cables and internal wiring shall be supported with suitable cleats. 195
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 80 Switchboards

8. Switchboard distribution sections shall be furnished with full height bussing. Unused spaces shall be provided with blank covers. Switchboards, as complete units, shall be given single short-circuit current ratings by manufacturer. Such ratings shall be established by actual tests by manufacturer, in accordance with UL specifications, on equipment constructed similarly to the furnished switchboard.

9. Provide a large nameplate identifying switchboard, indicating service voltage, originating power source, function and current rating. Nameplate shall be furnished with 3/16 inch engraved black letters on white background. Name plate shall be mechanically fastened to switchboard.

10. Provide labels for circuit breakers, disconnect switches, and or other disconnecting means in switchboards. Label shall indicate name of load served, name or room number and if in different building, name of building. If equipment is installed in same room as source, label should indicate source name and “in this room”.
a. Labels shall be as specified in Section 26 05 53.

11. Paint cabinets, framework and plates inside and out with one coat of rust-resistant metal primer and one coat of enamel, baked on, or lacquer sprayed on. Color shall be per Owner's preference.

12. Manufacture boards according to reviewed Shop Drawings. Switchboard shall meet requirements of legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, and respective serving utility.

13. Switchboards installed indoors shall be NEMA Type 1 enclosure. Indoor enclosures shall provide front access. Switchboard sections shall all be front and rear alligned with the adjacent sections.

14. Switchboards installed outdoors shall be weatherproof NEMA Type 3R enclosure.

Enclosure construction shall be formed of code gage galvanized steel with enamel finish.

Heavy-duty, three-point latching, vault type door handles with padlocking provisions shall be furnished on doors. Padlocks shall be furnished keyed to Corbin No. 60 keys.

Switchboards installed outdoors shall be specifically required to maintain service during extreme outdoor ambient temperatures of a minimum of 150 degrees Fahrenheit in NEMA Type 3R enclosures.

15. For grounded wye electrical service switchboards rated more than 150 volts, to ground and 1,000 amperes or more, provide ground fault protection for main protective device.

Ground fault protection shall be UL listed, with ground sensor encircling phase conductors and neutral conductors integral with the main protective device. Provide testing of ground fault protection system by an independent recognized testing laboratory. Testing lab shall provide necessary testing equipment at the Project site and perform a certified test on ground protection system in presence of the Project Inspector. The ground fault setting shall be selected to coordinate with downstream circuit protective devices. Verify that the system neutral is grounded at the service entrance switchboard only, except neutrals of step down distribution transformers. For branch circuit protective devices, rated 800 amps or more, provide ground fault protection where shown on the drawings, or as described above, for main protective device. Coordinate settings with main protective device ground fault protection.

16. Connections to bussing shall be securely bolted together with corrosion-resistant plated carbon steel, minimum grade five machine screws secured with constant pressure-type locking devices.

2.06 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.07 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.08 FINISHES
A. Chemically clean all steel surfaces before painting.

B. Color shall be per Owner's preference.

2.09 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)
196
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 81 Switchboards

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project site.

C. General:

1. Furnish cables, conduit, lugs, bolts, expansion anchors, sealants, and other accessories needed to complete the installation of the switchboard.

2. Physically assemble and install the switchboard in the location and layout indicated on the Drawings.

3. Make bus splice connections.

4. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions and shop drawings.

5. Furnish components and equipment as required to complete the installation.

6. Replace hardware lost or damaged during the installation or handling to provide a complete installation.

7. Weld and/or bolt switchboard frame to leveling channels embedded in the concrete housekeeping pad:
a. Provide structural leveling channels in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provide proper alignment of the units. b. The installation shall meet the seismic requirements of the site.

D. Provide the services of a qualified manufacturer’s representative to:

1. Inspect, verify, and certify that the mechanical installation meets the manufacturer’s requirements.

2. Make control connections across the shipping splits.

3. Install and align all circuit breakers.

4. Perform field tests.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Factory tests:

1. The Owner and Engineer will witness the factory acceptance test as specified in Section 26 05 00.

2. Test the complete switchgear at the manufacturer’s establishment. a. Completely assemble, wire and test the switchboard:
1) Detailed inspections before and after assembly to assure correctness of design and workmanship.
2) Provide groups of wires leaving the shipping-assembled equipment with terminal blocks with suitable numbering strips.

B. Inspect and test per NETA ATS standards.

C. Owner training:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Provide manufacturer’s services for the following:

1. Make all bus splice connections.

2. Make all control connections across shipping splits.

3. Ensure that all items furnished are in proper operating condition:
a. Technician must be completely knowledgeable in the operation, maintenance, and start-up of the electrical system.
197
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 13 - 82 Switchboards

4. Furnish a written report after start-up signed by the manufacturer’s authorized representative:
a. Report must state that the installation is complete and meets all of the manufacturer’s requirements.
b. List any items requiring additional attention.

3.09 ADJUSTING
A. Make all adjustments as necessary and recommended by the manufacturer, Engineer, or testing firm.

3.10 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
198
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 16 - 83 Panelboards
SECTION 26 24 16

PANELBOARDS
PART 1GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Panelboards serving feeder circuits and branch circuits.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems.

3. Section 26 28 01 - Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit Breakers.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. 67 - Standard for Panelboards.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Circuit breaker panelboards as indicated in the panelboard schedules, one-lines, and where indicated on the Drawings:

1. Service voltage and configuration as indicated on the panel schedules.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Manufacturer of panelboard.

2. Bill of material.

3. Assembly ratings including:
a. Voltage.
b. Phase.
c. Continuous current.
d. Short circuit interrupting rating.

4. NEMA enclosure type.

5. Cable terminal sizes based upon actual feeder and sub-feeder conductors used.

6. Furnish circuit breaker submittals as specified in Section 26 28 01.

7. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C, D, E, or F submit the following as specified in Section 26 05 00:
a. Manufacturer’s statement of seismic qualification with substantiating test data. b. Manufacturer’s special seismic certification with substantiating test data.

C. Shop drawings:

1. Drawings to contain:
a. Overall panelboard dimensions, interior panel dimensions, and wiring gutter dimensions:
1) Height.
2) Length.
3) Width.
b. Weight.
c. Anchoring locations.
d. Breaker layout drawing with dimensions:
1) Location of the main, branches, solid neutral, and ground. e. Conduit entry/exit locations.
199
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 16 - 84 Panelboards
1) Identify all conduit entry/exit locations and restrictions. f. Individual panel schedules identifying breaker locations, ratings, and nameplate designations within the panelboard, for every panelboard.

D. Installation instructions:

1. Detail the complete installation of the equipment including rigging, moving, and setting into place.

2. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category A or B:
a. Provide manufacturer’s installation instructions and anchoring details for connecting equipment to supports and structures.

3. For equipment installed in structures designated as seismic design category C, D, E, or F:
a. Provide project-specific installation instructions and anchoring details based on support conditions and requirements to resist seismic and wind loads as specified in Section 26 05 00.
b. Submit anchoring drawings with supporting calculations. c. Drawings and calculations shall be stamped by a professional engineer registered in the state where the Project is being constructed.

E. Operations and maintenance manual:

1. Provide a complete manual for the operation and maintenance of the panelboard, circuit breakers, devices, and accessories:
a. Including but not limited to:
1) Instruction narratives and bulletins.
2) Renewal parts lists.
3) Time-current curves for all devices.

F. Calculations:

1. Detailed calculations or details of the actual physical testing performed on the panelboard to prove the panelboard is suitable for the seismic requirements at the Project Site.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled.

1. Where indicated as service entrance equipment, panelboards shall be UL labeled and listed “Suitable for Service Entrance.”

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. One of the following or equal:

1. Schneider Electric/Square D Company.
200
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 16 - 85 Panelboards

2. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.

B. Circuit breakers:

1. Same manufacturer as the panelboard.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS (NOT USED)

2.05 EQUIPMENT
A. Provide panelboards with:

1. Molded-case circuit breakers with trip ratings as shown on the panel schedules.

2. Spares and spaces for future circuit breakers in panels as shown on the panel schedules.

B. Short circuit rating:

1. Provide panelboards with short-circuit ratings as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Testing method in accordance with UL 67.

3. Mark each panelboard with its maximum short circuit rating at the supply voltage.

4. Panelboards shall be fully rated.

2.06 COMPONENTS
A. Enclosure:

1. NEMA enclosure type as indicated on the Drawings.
a. Where not indicated on the Drawings, as specified in Section 26 05 00 for the installed location.

2. Minimum width: 20 inches.

3. Gutter space in accordance with the NEC:
a. Minimum of 4 inches of gutter space.

4. Dead-front, no live parts when the panelboard is in service.

5. Enclose entire panelboard bus assembly in a corrosion resistant galvanized steel cabinet.

6. 4-piece front to provide ease of wiring access.

7. Lockable, hinged door over the protective devices with a flush, cylinder tumbler-type lock with catch and door pull.
a. Minimum 2 keys per panelboard.
b. Key all panelboard locks alike.

8. Circuit directory frame and card on the inside of the door.

9. Door-in-door construction consists of a one-piece front with 2 doors:
a. The smaller door provides access to all device handles and rating labels and shall be lockable.
b. The larger door provides access to all conductors and wiring terminals.

10. Interior design such that replacement of circuit breakers does not require disturbing adjacent units or removal of the main bus connectors.

B. Bus:

1. General:
a. Tin-plated copper.

2. Phase bus:
a. Full size and height without reduction.
b. Sized in accordance with UL standards to limit temperature rise on any current carrying part to a maximum of 50 degrees Celsius:
1) Limit current density to less than 1,000 amps per square inch. c. Insulate all current carrying parts from ground and phase-to-phase with a high dielectric strength insulator.

3. Ground bus:
a. Copper, solidly bonded.

4. Neutral bus:
a. Provide where indicated on the Drawings.
201
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 16 - 86 Panelboards
b. 100 percent rated.
c. Provide lugs for each outgoing feeder requiring a neutral connection.

5. Provide insulation barriers over the vertical bus behind the dead front shield to provide increased safety during field service.

C. Lugs:

1. UL listed for copper and aluminum wire:
a. Provide lugs rated for 75-degree Celsius terminations. b. Provide bolted or compression main lug terminations as required for the incoming cable size.

D. Circuit breakers: As specified in Section 26 28 01 and as indicated on the Drawings:

1. Provide all circuit breakers with bolt-on connections:
a. Plug-in circuit breakers are not allowed.

2.07 ACCESSORIES
A. Nameplates:

1. As specified in Section 26 05 53.

2. Install on outside of door.

3. Indicating:
a. Panel designation.
b. Voltage.
c. Number of phases and configuration.

B. Circuit identification labels:

1. Provide index cards behind heavy clear plastic in cardholders on the inside of the doors.

2. Type all information on the cards using designations in the panel schedules.

3. Laminated on both sides.

C. Pad locking mechanism:

1. Provide a pad locking attachment to allow circuit breakers to be locked in the off position.

2. At a minimum, provide 1 mechanism per panelboard:
a. Provide multiple mechanisms if required to accommodate all circuit breaker frame sizes in the panelboard.

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES
A. Finish stand-alone panelboards with a primer, rust-resistant phosphate undercoat, and 2 coats of oven-baked enamel with manufacturer’s standard gray.

B. Finish panelboards mounted in motor control centers to match the motor control center finish and color.

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Install the equipment in accordance with the accepted installation instructions and anchorage details to meet the seismic and wind load requirements at the Project site.

C. General:

1. Surface, flush or MCC mounted as indicated on the Drawings. 202
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 24 16 - 87 Panelboards

2. Mount rigidly to structural members with exposed surfaces plumb and level to within 1/32 inch.

3. Perform work in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions and shop drawings.

4. Provide all brackets, hangers, supports, and hardware for mounting as required.

5. In all NEMA Type 4 and NEMA Type 4X locations, mount panelboards on 7/8-inch deep stainless steel preformed channel, with channel running vertically from top to bottom of panelboard:
a. Use only stainless steel mounting hardware.

6. Mount panelboard so that top operating handle is not more than 6 feet- 7 inches above the operating floor.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 COMMISSIONING
A. Perform acceptance testing per Section 26 08 50.

B. Factory testing:

1. Perform standard factory tests on the panelboards:

2. Test in accordance with the latest version of NEMA and UL standards.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.09 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)

3.10 CLEANING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.12 SCHEDULES
A. Circuiting within the panelboard shall match the panel schedules as indicated on the Drawings.

B. Provide typewritten schedule in each panelboard.

END OF SECTION
203
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 27 26 - 88 Wiring Devices
SECTION 26 27 26

WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Switches.

2. Receptacles.

3. Plates.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Federal Specifications (FS):

1. W-C 596 - Connector, Electrical, Power, General Specification for.

2. W-S 896/2 - Switches, Toggle (Toggle and Lock), Flush Mounted (General Specification).

C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

1. WD1 - General Color Requirements for Wiring Devices.

2. ICS 5 - Industrial Control and Systems, Control Circuit and Pilot Devices.

3. OS1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers, and Box Supports.

4. WD6 - Wiring Devices Dimensional Specifications.

D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

1. 20 - General Use Snap Switches.

2. 498 - Standard for Attachment Plugs and Receptacles.

3. 514D - Cover Plates for Flush-Mounted Wiring Devices.

4. 943 - Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupters.

5. 1472 - Solid State Dimming Controls.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Specific definitions:

1. GFCI or GFI: Ground fault circuit interrupter.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Switches, receptacles, and plates as indicated on the Drawings wired and operable to form a complete system.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Catalog cut sheets.

C. Shop drawings:

1. Engraving schedule:
a. Furnish complete engraving schedule for engraved nameplates.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Wiring devices shall be UL listed and labeled.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
204
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 27 26 - 89 Wiring Devices
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Switches:

1. One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Leviton.
c. Cooper Wiring Devices.

B. Receptacles:

1. General purpose receptacles: One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Leviton.
c. Cooper Wiring Devices.

C. Plates:

1. General location: The following or equal:
a. Pass and Seymour.
b. Cooper Wiring Devices.

2. Wet or corrosive areas: One of the following or equal:
a. Hubbell.
b. Cooper Wiring Devices.
c. Thomas and Betts.
d. Pass and Seymour.

3. In-use covers: One of the following or equal:
a. TayMac.
b. Cooper Wiring Devices.
c. Pass and Seymour.
d. Thomas and Betts.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. Switches:

1. General:
a. 120-277 VAC.
b. 20 ampere.
c. Listed in accordance with UL 20.
d. Designed and constructed in accordance with FS W-S-896/2. e. Back and side wired unless otherwise indicated.
f. Integral grounding terminal.
g. Totally enclosed:
1) Color-coded body with color corresponding to ampere rating. 205
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 27 26 - 90 Wiring Devices
h. Provide switches with the operator style and contact arrangement as indicated on the Drawings and as required for proper operation.
i. Color:
1) Ivory in finished areas.
2) Brown in all other areas.

2. General purpose switches:
a. Toggle type.

3. Switches for use with photocell:
a. Maintained contact.
b. Two circuit.
c. Three position, center off.

B. Receptacles:

1. General purpose receptacles:
a. Single or duplex as indicated on the Drawings.
b. 125 VAC.
c. 20 ampere or as indicated on the Drawings.
d. NEMA Type 5-20R configuration for 20 ampere receptacles. e. Other NEMA configurations as indicated on the Drawings. f. Listed in accordance with UL 498.
g. Designed and constructed in accordance with FS W-C-596. h. Back and side wired.
i. One-piece, rivet-less mounting strap.
j. Color:
1) Ivory in finished areas.
2) Brown in all other areas.
3) Orange when powered by an UPS.

2. Ground fault interrupter receptacles (GFCI):
a. 125 VAC.
b. 20 ampere.
c. Trip level 4-6 milliampere.
d. Individual and feed through protection.
e. UL 943 and UL 498 listed.
f. NEMA Type 5-20R configuration.
g. For damp or wet locations:
1) Weather resistant, in accordance with UL 498.

C. Plates:

1. General location:
a. Type 302 or 304 stainless steel.
b. Brushed satin finish.
c. Minimum thickness: 0.032 inches.
d. Rectangular or square shape.
e. Engraving:
1) Engrave each switch plate with the following:
(a) Area served.
(b) Panelboard and Circuit.
2) Engrave each receptacle plate with the following:
(a) Panelboard and Circuit.
3) Treat engraving to improve visibility.
4) Characters shall be block letter pantograph engraved with a minimum character height of 1/8-inch.
f. Coordinate the number of gangs, number, and type of openings with the specific location.

2. Outdoor and wet areas requiring NEMA Type 4 or NEMA Type 4X enclosures:
a. General:
206
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 27 26 - 91 Wiring Devices
1) UL listed for wet locations.
2) Gasketed.
3) Die cast metal:
(a) Match material to box material.
b. Switches:
1) Lever operated:
(a) Provide toggle switch.
c. Receptacles:
1) Weather proof in-use cover:
(a) Die cast metal construction with electrostatic powder coating for corrosion resistance.
(b) Gasketed.
(c) Lockable.
(d) UL listed and in accordance with NEC.

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS (NOT USED)

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Mounting heights:

1. Switches: 48 inches from finished floor to top of plate.

2. Receptacles: 18 inches from finished floor to center of plate.

C. Switches:

1. Over 300 Volts:
a. Where switches used in systems of more than 300 volts between conductors, are to be ganged in outlet boxes, provide switches having no exposed live parts or use barriers between the individual switches.

D. Receptacles:

1. Provide GFCI receptacles as indicated on the Drawings. a. Provide weather resistant GFCI receptacles in all wet or damp areas. b. As specified in Section 26 05 00, or in accordance with the NEC.

2. Mount non-weatherproof receptacles vertically:
a. Ground slot down.

3. Mount weatherproof receptacles horizontally:
a. Neutral slot up.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 REINSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING (NOT USED)
207
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 27 26 - 92 Wiring Devices

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
208
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 28 01 - 93 Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
SECTION 26 28 01

LOW VOLTAGE MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:

1. Low voltage molded case circuit breakers.

B. Related sections:

1. Section 26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical.

2. Section 26 24 13 - Switchboards.

1.02 REFERENCES
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):

1. AB 3. - Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Their Application.

C. Underwriter’s Laboratories (UL):

1. 489 - Molded-Case Circuit Breakers, Molded-Case Switches, and Circuit- Breaker Enclosures.

2. 943 - Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters.

1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. In accordance with UL 489.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Molded case thermal magnetic or motor circuit protector type circuit breakers as indicated on the Drawings and connected to form a completed system.

1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish submittals as specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Product data:

1. Catalog cut sheets.

2. Manufacturer’s time-current curves for all molded case circuit breakers furnished.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

B. Low voltage molded case circuit breakers shall be UL listed and labeled.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.08 PROJECT OR SITE CONDITIONS
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.09 SEQUENCING (NOT USED)

1.10 SCHEDULING (NOT USED)

1.11 WARRANTY
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.12 SYSTEM START-UP
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

1.13 OWNER’S INSTRUCTIONS (NOT USED)

1.14 MAINTENANCE (NOT USED)
209
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 28 01 - 94 Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. The following:

1. Schneider Electric/Square D Company.

2. Eaton/Cutler-Hammer.

3. General Electric.

4. Allen-Bradley.

5. Acceptable Products: Circuit Breakers specified herein shall be the product of a single manufacturer. Products and manufacturers specified are to establish a standard of quality for design, function, materials, and appearance. Products shall be modified as necessary by the manufacturer for compliance with requirements. Provide the aforementioned specified product and manufacturer without exception, unless approved as a substitute by addendum to the Contract Documents prior to the bid date.

2.02 EXISTING PRODUCTS (NOT USED)

2.03 MATERIALS (NOT USED)

2.04 MANUFACTURED UNITS
A. General:

1. Conforming to UL 489.

2. Operating mechanism:
a. Quick-make, quick-break, non-welding silver alloy contacts. b. Common Trip, Open and Close for multi-pole breakers such that all poles open and close simultaneously.
c. Mechanically trip free from the handle.
d. Trip indicating handle - automatically assumes a position midway between the manual ON and OFF positions to clearly indicate the circuit breaker has tripped. e. Lockable in the "OFF" position.

3. Arc extinction:
a. In arc chutes.

4. Voltage and current ratings:
a. Minimum ratings as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Minimum frame size 100A.

5. Interrupting ratings:
a. Minimum ratings as indicated on the Drawings.
b. Modify as required to meet requirements of the short circuit fault analysis. c. Not less than the rating of the assembly (panelboard, switchboard, motor control center, etc.)
B. Motor circuit protectors:

1. Instantaneous only circuit breaker as part of a listed combination motor controller.

2. Each pole continuously adjustable in a linear scale with ‘LO’ and ‘HI’ settings factory calibrated.

2.05 EQUIPMENT (NOT USED)

2.06 COMPONENTS
A. Terminals:

1. Line and load terminals suitable for the conductor type, size, and number of conductors in accordance with UL 489.

B. Case:

1. Molded polyester glass reinforced.

2. Ratings clearly marked.

C. Trip units:

1. Provide thermal magnetic or solid-state trip units as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Thermal magnetic:
210
200102.01 / Solvang Parking Lot
#5 & EV Charging
26 28 01 - 95 Low Voltage Molded Case Circuit
Breakers
a. Instantaneous short circuit protection.
b. Inverse time delay overload.
c. Ambient or enclosure compensated by means of a bimetallic element.

3. Solid state:
a. With the following settings as indicated on the Drawings. 1) Adjustable long time current setting.
2) Adjustable long time delay.
3) Adjustable short time pickup.
4) Adjustable short time delay.
5) Adjustable instantaneous pickup.
6) Adjustable ground fault pickup as indicated on the Drawings. 7) Adjustable ground fault delay as indicated on the Drawings.

D. Molded case circuit breakers for use in panelboards:

1. Bolt-on type.
a. Plug-in type breakers are not acceptable.

2. Ground fault trip devices as indicated on the Drawings.

2.07 ACCESSORIES (NOT USED)

2.08 MIXES (NOT USED)

2.09 FABRICATION (NOT USED)

2.10 FINISHES (NOT USED)

2.11 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test breakers in accordance with:

1. Specification Section 26 08 50.

2. UL 489.

3. Manufacturer’s standard testing procedures.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION (NOT USED)

3.02 PREPARATION (NOT USED)

3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install breakers to correspond to the accepted shop drawings.

3.04 ERECTION, INSTALLATION, APPLICATION, CONSTRUCTION (NOT USED)

3.05 REPAIR/RESTORATION (NOT USED)

3.06 RE-INSTALLATION (NOT USED)

3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.08 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust trip settings in accordance with Protective Device Coordination Study as accepted by the Engineer and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

B. Adjust motor circuit protectors in accordance with NEC and the manufacturer’s recommendation based on the nameplate values of the installed motor.

3.09 CLEANING (NOT USED)

3.10 PROTECTION
A. As specified in Section 26 05 00.

3.11 SCHEDULES (NOT USED)

END OF SECTION
211
1050 Southwood Drive San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863 NO. 82551
ANTHONY J.SEVERY
R
E

GISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGIN
E
E
R

STA TE OF CA LIFORNIA
CIV IL
·
·
·
·
·
212
NO

PARKING

REQUIRED PERMITS
213
214
1050 Southwood Drive San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863 D I NESH BABU PEERAMSET Y STAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REGISTERED PROFESS IONAL ENGI NE R E L E C T R I CA L NO. 21736
215
1050 Southwood Drive San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863 D I NESH BABU PEERAMSET Y STAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REGISTERED PROFESS IONAL ENGI NE R E L E C T R I CA L NO. 21736
216
1050 Southwood Drive San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863 D I NESH BABU PEERAMSET Y STAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REGISTERED PROFESS IONAL ENGI NE R E L E C T R I CA L NO. 21736
217
1050 Southwood Drive San Luis Obispo, CA 93401 P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863 D I NESH BABU PEERAMSET Y STAT E OF CA L I FORN I A REGISTERED PROFESS IONAL ENGI NE R E L E C T R I CA L NO. 21736
218
1050 Southwood Drive
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863
219
”
1050 Southwood Drive
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863
220
1 2
1050 Southwood Drive
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863
221
A
1 1050 Southwood Drive
San Luis Obispo, CA 93401
P 805.544.7407 F 805.544.3863
222

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 8.b
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Review of Adopted Video Surveillance Policy
PREPARED BY: Olivia Uribe-Mutal, Assistant to the City Manager DISCUSSION:

On September 14, 2026, the City Council requested to review the City’s existing Video Camera Surveillance Policy. This report provides background on the policy adoption and summarizes its current provisions so that City Council can determine whether revisions are needed.

Background
On August 11, 2025, the City Council reviewed a draft Video Surveillance Policy and directed staff to incorporate consensus revisions and return with a final policy on the Consent Calendar. On September 8, 2025, the City Council adopted the City Video Camera Surveillance Policy as Agenda Item 6.f. The revisions adopted at that time prohibited audio recording, set passive monitoring as the default operating mode, confirmed a 365-day retention period, established role-based access with audit logs and a chain-ofcustody protocol, and added marketing to the list of prohibited uses. The September 8, 2025, staff report is included as Attachment A, and the adopted policy is included as Attachment B.

Authorized and Prohibited Uses
The policy limits system uses to nine authorized purposes. These include monitoring public areas to deter criminal activity and vandalism, reviewing footage after incidents, providing footage to law enforcement in accordance with applicable law, supporting emergency management and evacuation planning, managing traffic flow, documenting Code of Conduct violations, and responding to Public Records Act requests. Any use not listed in the policy is prohibited. The policy also expressly prohibits targeting individuals based on protected characteristics, monitoring private property without legal authorization, recording in areas with a reasonable expectation of privacy, using footage for marketing, personal use, or any kind of audio recording.

Monitoring
Cameras operate in passive mode by default. Footage is recorded continuously and reviewed only after a reported incident or service request. Active monitoring is permitted only during a documented incident in progress, an emergency or Emergency Operations Center activation, at the request of a law enforcement agency, or under a pre-approved special event operations plan. The City Manager or designee must authorize active monitoring, and each instance must be time-limited and logged. Real-time alerts may be enabled only during approved active monitoring. Cameras are fixed position with no pan, tilt, or zoom capability.

Data Retention, Access, and Sharing
Footage is retained for no less than 365 days from the date of recording, consistent with Government Code Section 34090.6. Incident-related footage may be retained longer for criminal or civil matters, 1 discovery requests, or other lawful reasons. The City’s camera vendor, Verkada, hosts the footage in a secure cloud environment. Access is role-based and limited to trained City management and designated department heads, IT staff with City Manager authorization, and Sheriff personnel upon written request to the City Manager. All access, viewing, export, and deletion actions are recorded in audit logs that are retained for at least two years. Requests from other agencies, or by court order or subpoena, are routed through the City Manager and the City Attorney’s Office, and agencies receiving shared footage should be signatories to a data sharing Memorandum of Understanding.

Transparency and Policy Review
Signage at each permanent camera location will state that the area is under video surveillance with no audio, and the City maintains a webpage describing the system, its approved uses, and a point of contact for public inquiries. The policy calls for an annual review by the City Manager’s Office. Updates require approval from the City Manager and the City Attorney’s Office, and substantial changes require City Council approval.

Next Steps
Staff requests that the City Council review the adopted policy and provide direction. Any revisions directed by the Council will be incorporated and returned for adoption at a future meeting.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:

Provide direction to staff on any revisions.

ALTERNATIVES:

None
FISCAL IMPACT:

None
ATTACHMENTS:

A. Staff Report, City Council Meeting of September 8, 2025 (Agenda Item 6.f) B. Adopted City Video Camera Surveillance Policy (September 8, 2025) 2 CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM 6.f
Meeting Date: September 8, 2025
SUBJECT: Approve Video Surveillance Policy
PREPARED BY: Olivia Uribe Mutal, Assistant to the City Manager DISCUSSION:

On August 11, 2025, the City Council reviewed the draft Video Surveillance Policy and directed staff to incorporate consensus revisions and return with a final policy on the Consent Calendar. This version implements direction clarifying operating practices, strengthening privacy protections and accountability, and confirming system limitations—with the refinements integrated throughout the policy text.
1) Audio Recording
• Cameras include built-in microphones with potential legal implications. • Policy Change: Audio recording is disabled by default and expressly prohibited. Public-facing materials and signage will indicate video-only monitoring. 2) Active vs. Passive Monitoring
• Operational approach required clarity.
• Policy Change: Passive monitoring (retrospective review after a reported incident) is the norm.

Active monitoring is allowed only during specified incidents, emergencies, or approved special events. The policy also sets forth reporting requirements for active monitoring. The policy clarifies “event triggering” as tools primarily for post-incident searches, with real-time alerts limited to defined emergency or special-event contexts. 3) Data Retention
• Conflicting references to 30-day and 365-day storage. • Policy Change: Standard retention is 365 days in accordance with the City’s records retention requirements. Any 30-day reference applies only to the on-board camera buffer/storage and not to the City’s official retention period. Incident-related footage is preserved as required for investigations, claims, or litigation holds.
4) Access & Oversight
• Access controls and evidentiary handling need specificity. • Policy Change: The policy adopts role-based permissions (rather than listing individual names); requires audit logs for all access, viewing, export, and deletion actions; and establishes a chainof-custody protocol when footage is used as evidence or shared with law enforcement. 5) Definitions & Technical Clarity
• Some definitions and references were inapplicable or unclear. • Policy Change: The policy removes inapplicable PII references, defines operational modes (passive/active) in plain terms, and confirms cameras are fixed-position with defined fields of view and no pan/tilt/zoom (PTZ) capability. Public transparency will be supported with signage and a City webpage summarizing system purpose, authorized uses, and a point of contact. 6) Prohibited Uses (Expanded)
• Policy Change: The policy adds “marketing” to the list of prohibited uses. Footage may not be used for promotional materials, advertisements, or other marketing purposes. Existing prohibitions (e.g., monitoring areas with a reasonable expectation of privacy, targeting protected classes, or viewing private property absent legal authorization) remain in effect. 3 Implementation Notes
• The final policy aligns with state law and industry best practices, enhances accountability through auditable controls, and confirms technical limits to safeguard privacy. • No changes are proposed to the previously approved equipment scope; this action adopts governing policy for its use.

RECOMMENDED MOTION
I move to approve the City Video Camera Surveillance Policy as shown in attachment A.

ALTERNATIVES:

Direct staff to modify portions of the Policy.

FISCAL IMPACT:

None.

ATTACHMENTS:

A. Final Video Surveillance Policy
4 d Section: City Council
i`
City Video Camera
Surveillance Policy Adopted: September 8, 2025
City Attorney reviewed:

Last Amended: N/ A

PURPOSE
This policy establishes comprehensive guidelines for the ethical, transparent, and limited deployment, use, and management of the City of Solvang' s
AI -enabled Surveillance Camera System and all City
cameras. The City is committed to enhancing public safety and security while explicitly recognizing and protecting the established civil rights, civil liberties, and privacy interests of all individuals, including employees, residents, and visitors. This policy applies to all City personnel, including employees, contractors, and volunteers, who are authorized to access or operate the system. Appropriate safeguards shall be implemented to ensure accountability, data protection, and adherence to all applicable privacy standards.

DEFINITIONS
AI -enabled Surveillance Camera System: A system that uses cameras and computer technology to capture, store, and process audio, electronic, visual, location, thermal, or similar information specifically associated with, or capable of being associated with, any individual or group. This system incorporates artificial intelligence capabilities such as object detection, similarity search, motion detection, and event triggering.

Active Monitoring — Designated personnel monitor surveillance cameras in real time.

Passive Monitoring - Cameras continuously record footage, which is only reviewed retrospectively, typically after an incident has been reported.

Hybrid Monitoring - A combination of active and passive monitoring. Certain cameras or areas may be actively monitored at specific times or during certain events, while the same cameras may operate in a passive mode at other times.

AUTHORIZED USE
City Surveillance Camera Systems shall only be used for the following authorized purposes, aligning with the City' s public safety objectives:

1. Monitoring of public areas to enhance safety and security and to deter criminal activity, vandalism, and property damage.

2. Recording and reviewing footage following security incidents or public safety concerns.

3. Providing video footage to law enforcement or authorized persons following an incident in accordance with applicable laws.

4. Supporting emergency management capabilities, particularly given the limited access routes in and out of the city, and for emergency evacuation planning and other related activities.

5. Using AI -enabled analytics for object similarity search, motion detection, and event triggering.

6. Using AI -enabled features traffic flow optimization to enhance infrastructure management and safety.

7. Safeguarding the City' s unique Danish -inspired architecture and cultural preservation.

8. Documenting Code of Conduct violations and ensuring workplace safety for staff protection.

9. Responding to Public Records Act (PRA) requests, as the footage constitutes a public record and is subject to disclosure unless an applicable exemption applies under state law. 1 5

PROHIBITED USE
Prohibited use cases include any uses not stated in the Authorized Use section.

Additionally, City Surveillance Camera Systems shall not be used for:

1. Targeting individuals based on race, ethnicity, national origin, religion, disability, gender, or sexual orientation.

2. Monitoring private property without appropriate legal authorization, recognizing that recording is limited to areas exposed to public view ( e.g., vehicles on public roads or streets, or on private property with visible license plates from public access areas).

3. Recording in areas where there is a reasonable expectation of privacy.

4. Processing data to identify racial or ethnic origin, political opinions, religious or philosophical beliefs, trade union membership, gender, gender identity, disability status, or sex life or sexual orientation.

5. Footage may not be used for promotional materials, advertisements, or other marketing purposes.

6. Audio recording or monitoring of any kind. Cameras with built- in microphones shall have audio functionality disabled by default. Enabling, attempting to enable, or using audio is expressly prohibited.

7. Any personal purpose.

CAMERA PLACEMENT AND PRIVACY IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Strategic Placement Criteria
No cameras shall be placed in locations with a reasonable expectation of privacy. Surveillance cameras shall be installed only in public areas with legitimate security needs, including:

Strategic downtown intersections
Building entry/xit points
Public spaces and tourist areas
Parking facilities
Critical infrastructure locations
Privacy Impact Assessment
Privacy Review Process - Before installing new surveillance cameras, the City will implement an internal agency privacy assessment to evaluate potential effects on privacy. This internal review process shall consider:

The specific purpose and security needs for each proposed camera location.

Potential privacy impacts on employees, residents, and visitors.

Camera field of view optimization to minimize unnecessary capture of private areas.

Periodic reviews of existing camera locations to ensure ongoing alignment with privacy guidelines.

MONITORING APPROACHES AND PUBLIC EXPECTATIONS
Default Mode — Passive Monitoring. The City operates the system in Passive Monitoring mode.

Cameras record continuously; footage is reviewed after a reported incident or service request.

Routine live viewing is not permitted except as otherwise defined below.

Limited Active Monitoring. Active Monitoring may occur only during: (1) a documented incident 2 6
in progress; (2) an emergency, a declared emergency, or Emergency Operations Center ( EOC) activation; ( 3) at the request of a law enforcement agent or agency; or (4) a pre -approved special event operations plan. The City Manager or designee must authorize Active Monitoring.

All authorized Active Monitoring shall be time -limited and logged. Each Active Monitoring log shall include a statement of the purpose for the Active Monitoring, a list of the cameras viewed, a list of the authorized personnel engaging in Active Monitoring, start/ stop times for all Active Monitoring occurrences, and times that alert functions were enabled and disabled.

Hybrid Monitoring. A time -limited combination of Passive and Active Monitoring. The Active Monitoring rules apply to any period or camera under active observation; all other times/ cameras default to Passive.

Event Triggering & Alerts. Analytics "event" tools ( e.g., motion or object -similarity flags) are primarily for post -incident searches. Real- time alerts may be enabled only during approved Active Monitoring and must be disabled when Active Monitoring ends. Enabling/ disabling alerts are recorded in the audit log.

Public Expectations. The system is video -only; audio is prohibited. Cameras are fixed position, with no mechanical pan/ tilt/ zoom (PTZ) capabilities. The City will communicate monitoring practices via posted signage and a public webpage that describes authorized uses and provides a point of contact.

BUSINESS JUSTIFICATION
AI -enabled surveillance cameras support City operations through:

Public Safety: Protecting staff, residents, visitors, and facilities while maintaining our welcoming Danish American village atmosphere.

Evidence Collection: Providing footage for investigations and legal proceedings when formally requested.

Cultural Preservation: Safeguarding our unique Danish -inspired architecture.

Emergency Response: Enhancing capabilities in a city with limited access points Resource Efficiency: 24/ 7 monitoring without full- time staffing, supplementing patrol personnel.

Staff Protection: Documenting Code of Conduct violations and ensuring workplace safety.

Infrastructure Management: Monitoring key intersections for improved traffic flow and safety.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS & Al CAPABILITIES
City surveillance cameras shall incorporate the following technical features and Al capabilities. This Policy will be revised if technology requirements are expanded.

Hardware Requirements:

High -resolution imaging ( 5MP+, 30fps, HDR- capable) for clear footage in all conditions.

Fixed -position cameras with defined fields of view ( no PTZ capabilities):

Verkada CH52- E Outdoor Fixed Multisensor Camera unit deployed at most locations. Solvang Park, City HaII and Annex Building may instead use a Verkada CD53- EOutdoor Fixed Dome Camera unit.

Durable construction ( IK10/K11 rating) with full weatherization for outdoor deployment.

AI -Enabled Analytics:

Object detection and similarity search across multiple camera feeds.

Smart edge processing to optimize bandwidth and storage requirements.

Motion detection and automated incident alerting with customizable parameters.

Privacy -compliant detection features for authorized purposes.

Surveillance capabilities are limited by resolution, field -of -view constraints, and environmental 3 7
factors affecting footage clarity.

Audio Capabilities:

Microphones may be physically present on some cameras, but audio is permanently disabled via device settings and within the Video Management System ( VMS).

DATA MANAGEMENT
Collection, Security, Retention, and Sharing
Types of Data Collected:

Video only and images. No audio is collected, stored, or processed.

Date, time, and location metadata ( e.g., date, time, camera location).

AI -generated analytics data.

Security Requirements:

Access is limited to authorized personnel with appropriate training.

Encryption and cybersecurity safeguards for all stored data.

HTTPS, strong password enforcement, and lockout mechanisms.

Comprehensive access logging and audit trails.

Compliance with Department of Homeland Security guidelines.

Prohibition of equipment from banned manufacturers ( e.g. — Dahua, Hikvision) All data will be closely safeguarded and protected by both procedural and technological means.

Retention Policy:

The City Manager or designee is responsible for ensuring systems and processes are in place for the proper collection and retention of data. The City' s AI -enabled camera vendor, Verkada, is responsible for hosting data, ensuring the proper maintenance and security of data stored in their data centers. All video surveillance footage obtained from the Verkada system, or recordings of routine video monitoring, as defined in Government Code Section 34090. 6, shall be retained for no less than 365 calendar days from the date of recording. Incident -related footage may be retained longer when necessary for ongoing criminal or civil actions, discovery requests, or other lawful reasons.

All video surveillance footage shall be automatically deleted after the retention period unless preserved for specific purposes. Secure deletion methods, including wiping, reformatting, or degaussing, will be used to ensure footage is unrecoverable. Storage will be maintained in an authorized, secure cloud service.

Comprehensive Audit Logs. Audit logs shall be retained for a minimum of two ( 2) years and made available for administrative review, investigations, or litigation purposes. Audit logs are stored in a format that cannot be amended, modified, or deleted, only appended, and are subject to various controls to prevent tampering. Tampering or attempting to tamper with audit logs is prohibited and constitutes a violation of this Policy.

Data Sharing Protocol:

Authorized recipients include internal departments, law enforcement, City Attorney, and other government agencies, or the public as required by law.

Role -Based Permissions: Access rights assigned to functional roles (e.g., System Administrator, Investigator/ Reviewer, Viewer, IT Support) rather than to named individuals. Users receive the minimum permissions necessary to perform assigned duties.

Least Privilege. Users receive only the access necessary to perform their duties. Access changes ( add/ modify/ remove) follow documented approval and are executed within two business days of a personnel/ status change.

Sharing procedure requires:
4 8
o Verification that the purpose aligns with the City' s mission.
o Consideration of alternatives to data sharing.
o Review of safeguards against civil rights impacts.
o Evaluation of public records request requirements.
o Export in clean, machine- readable format.

Requests for recorded video images from other government agencies or by the submission of a court order or subpoena shall be promptly submitted to the City Manager, who will research the request and submit the results of such search through the City Attorney' s office for further handling.

Any agency accessing shared information should be a signatory to a data sharing Memorandum of Understanding ( MOU) that mandates compliance with the City' s data policies and safeguards.

Data Disposal:

Automatic overwriting of files at the end of the retention period.

Secure deletion methods, including wiping, reformatting, or degaussing as appropriate, will be used to ensure footage is unrecoverable.

Any
Office
accidental
and recorded
or unauthorized
in the appropriate
deletions
log.
must be reported immediately to the City Manager' s

SIGNAGE AND NOTIFICATIONS
All surveillance camera locations must display clear signage stating:

VIDEO SURVEILLANCE IN OPERATION ( NO AUDIO): This area is monitored for safety purposes. City of Solvang (805) 688- 5575"
The City will maintain a dedicated webpage that provides technology specifications, states the system is video -only, lists approved use cases, and includes contact information for public inquiries.

ACCESS CONTROLS
Prior to accessing or using data from the City' sSecurity Camera System, authorized individuals shall receive training in system access and operation, and instruction regarding authorized and prohibited uses.

Access to live views and recorded footage is restricted to specific trained personnel. Recorded footage is accessed only in response to an incident.

The System Administrator shall verify and document that audio remains disabled at the device and VMS levels. Any attempt or request to enable or modify audio settings is prohibited and must be reported immediately to the City Manager and City Attorney.

Authorized access is limited to:

City management and designated department heads
Sheriff personnel upon written request to the City Manager whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, for ensuring public safety and investigating incidents IT staff responsible for system maintenance per explicit authorization of the City Manager

INCIDENT RESPONSE PROTOCOL
The City shall establish clear procedures for managing footage related to incidents such as illegal activities, accidents, or other significant events:
5 9
Footage Preservation
Footage related to an incident must be immediately preserved to prevent deletion under routine processes.

The preservation process must be initiated within 24 hours of incident notification.

A separate secure copy of incident footage shall be maintained with restricted access.

Incident Reporting
Staff shall document all incidents requiring footage review using the City' sincident reporting form.

Documentation shall include the date, time, and nature of the incident, the camera( s) involved, and the reason for footage review.

Staff must be trained in proper incident handling procedures.

Chain of Custody
All access to incident footage shall be logged with user identification, date, time, and purpose.

If footage is provided to law enforcement or used in legal proceedings, a chain of custody documentation must be maintained.

Transfers of incident footage must be securely conducted with appropriate safeguards.

Preserve a read- only master exported from the VMS. The original shall not be altered.

SYSTEM MANAGEMENT AND FUTURE CONSIDERATIONS
To ensure optimal performance, the surveillance system will receive regular maintenance, including software updates, security patches, and physical inspections. Based on ongoing security assessments, the City may strategically expand the system to integrate with access control systems, incorporate advanced Al capabilities as technology evolves, and extend coverage to additional locations. Any future expansion beyond this Policy' sscope will require appropriate review and approval through the established governance process.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT
The City shall ensure proper maintenance and support of the surveillance system, including:
a) Regular System Updates:

Software updates and patches.

Firmware upgrades.

Security vulnerability remediation.
b) Preventive Maintenance:

Physical inspection of cameras.

Lens cleaning and adjustment.

Mount and connection verification.

Environmental Protection assessment.
c) Technical Support:

Remote system monitoring.

Emergency response procedures.

Issue tracking and resolution.

COMPLAINT HANDLING PROCESS
d) Performance Optimization:

Regular system performance reviews.

Storage capacity management.

Network bandwidth optimization.

Al analytics tuning.
e) Regular Audits
The video system shall be subject to
regular audits. Any unauthorized use of
the video system shall be reported to
the City Manager or his/er designee.

The City shall establish a formal mechanism for handling complaints or concerns regarding surveillance practices:

Submission Process
Clear instructions on how to submit concerns or complaints about the surveillance system.

Multiple submission methods to ensure accessibility.
6 10
Prompt acknowledgment of receipt.

Response Protocol
Designation of a responsible point of contact for receiving and investigating complaints.

Timely review of concerns.

Documentation of all complaints and responses.

Resolution Process
Assessment of whether policy revisions or further investigations are needed.

Implementation of appropriate corrective actions when necessary.

Notification to complainant of resolution, to the extent permissible by law.

PRIVACY COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS:

The City will protect individuals' constitutional right to privacy while balancing legitimate security needs
The California Public Records Act ( Government Code Section 6252) requests for footage will be evaluated to balance transparency with privacy protection. Video recordings are generally released in response to a public records request unless an exemption, such as a pending law enforcement investigation, applies under state law.

Prior to implementation affecting employees, the City will fulfill applicable meet -and - confer obligations with recognized employee organizations.

COMPLIANCE AND ENFORCEMENT
The City Manager shall oversee and enforce compliance with this Policy.

POLICY REVIEW AND UPDATES
This policy shall be reviewed annually by the City Manager' sOffice. Updates or modifications require approval from:

City Manager.

City Attorney' s
Office.

City Council ( for substantial changes).

LEGAL AUTHORITY
This policy is established pursuant to California Government Code sections 37100 ( General Legislative Authority) and Article I, Section 1 of the California Constitution ( Right to Privacy).

AUTHORIZATION
This Surveillance Technology Policy is authorized by the City Council of Solvang, which has determined that the benefits of the surveillance technology outweigh its costs, that it will safeguard civil liberties and civil rights, and that its use will not be based upon discriminatory or viewpoint -based factors or have a disparate impact on any community or Protected Class. 7 11

CITY COUNCIL STAFF REPORT
AGENDA ITEM: 8.c
MEETING DATE: October 12, 2026
SUBJECT: Resolution Ratifying the Declaration of a Local Emergency in Anticipation of the 2026-2027 El Niño Winter Storm Season
PREPARED BY: Olivia Uribe-Mutal, Assistant to the City Manager DISCUSSION:

Background
California is entering the 2026-2027 wet season amid the ongoing development of a strong and likely historic El Niño event in the Pacific Ocean. The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service Climate Prediction Center has found a greater than 90 percent chance of a very strong El Niño during the fall and winter of 2026-2027 and projected a chance that the event will reach historic strength, exceeding all prior El Niño events in the record dating to 1950. These conditions elevate the risk of severe storms, atmospheric rivers, high surf, coastal flooding, erosion, and mud and debris flows across California, and areas affected by recent wildfires are particularly susceptible to flash flooding and debris flows during high-intensity rainfall.

On September 21, 2026, the Governor of California proclaimed a state of emergency due to the developing 2026-2027 El Niño event, finding that conditions of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property exist, and calling for early, coordinated, and targeted preparedness, including procuring and positioning resources, clearing waterways, and taking additional actions to prepare before severe storms arrive.

Chapter 3 of the Solvang Municipal Code, Emergency Management, empowers the Director of Emergency Services, who is the City Manager, to declare the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency. Section 2-3-2 defines such an emergency to include conditions of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property caused by storm or flood that are, or are likely to be, beyond the control of the City's own services, personnel, equipment, and facilities. The conditions described above fall within that definition.

Additional Discussion
To ensure the City is positioned to prepare for and respond to the developing El Niño event without delay, the Director of Emergency Services has declared a local emergency. Consistent with the Governor's proclamation, recent regional experience with atmospheric rivers, flash flooding, coastal and bluff erosion, and damage to transportation and flood-control infrastructure demonstrates the importance of procuring and positioning resources, clearing waterways, and taking other preparatory action before severe storms arrive.

The declaration allows the City to take timely protective and preparatory action and, where necessary, to obtain the supplies, equipment, and services needed to protect life, property, and the public health and safety without the delay of normal competitive bidding, consistent with the City's Purchasing Policy and applicable law. Any emergency construction undertaken without the City's usual procedures would be conducted in compliance with California Public Contract Code Section 22050. 1 Under Chapter 3 of the Municipal Code, a local emergency declared by the Director must be ratified by the City Council within ten days, or it has no further force or effect. Staff recommends that the Council review the continuing need for the local emergency at its regular meetings and terminate it when conditions no longer warrant.

RECOMMENDED MOTION:
“I move to adopt Reso 26-1336 ratifying the Declaration of a Local Emergency issued by Solvang’s Director of Emergency Services.”
ALTERNATIVES:

1. Decline to adopt the resolution and not ratify the Declaration of a Local Emergency.

2. Adopt the resolution with modifications.

3. Provide staff with further or alternative direction.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Adopting the resolution has no direct fiscal impact. The City is not seeking state or federal reimbursement at this time.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. Declaration of a Local Emergency

2. Resolution Ratifying the Declaration of a Local Emergency

3. California Super El Niño SOE 9-21-26
2 R 26-1336 Local Emergency
RESOLUTION NO. 26-1336

A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SOLVANG, CALIFORNIA,

RATIFYING THE DECLARATION OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY IN ANTICIPATION OF THE 2026-2027 EL NINO WINTER STORM SEASON
WHEREAS, California is entering the 2026-2027 wet season amid the ongoing development of a strong and likely historic El Nino event, and the National Weather Service Climate Prediction Center has found a greater than 90 percent chance of a very strong El Nino during the fall and winter of 2026-2027, elevating the risk of severe storms, atmospheric rivers, high surf, coastal flooding, erosion, and mud and debris flows across California; and WHEREAS, on September 21, 2026, the Governor of California proclaimed a state of emergency due to the developing 2026-2027 El Nino event, finding that conditions of extreme peril to the safety of persons and property exist; and
WHEREAS, Chapter 3 of the Solvang Municipal Code empowers the Director of Emergency Services, who is the City Manager, to declare the existence or threatened existence of a local emergency when conditions of extreme peril caused by storm or flood threaten the City and are, or are likely to be, beyond the control of the City's own services, personnel, equipment, and facilities; and
WHEREAS, on October 12, 2026, the Director of Emergency Services declared the existence of a local emergency within the City of Solvang in anticipation of the 2026-2027 El Nino winter storm season; and
WHEREAS, Chapter 3 of the Solvang Municipal Code requires that a local emergency declared by the Director be ratified by the City Council within ten days or it shall have no further force or effect; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has reviewed the circumstances giving rise to the Declaration of a Local Emergency.

NOW, THEREFORE, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SOLVANG DOES HEREBY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:

SECTION 1. The City Council of the City of Solvang adopts as findings the recitals set forth above.

SECTION 2. The City Council ratifies and confirms the Declaration of a Local Emergency issued by the Director of Emergency Services on October 12, 2026, and finds that a local emergency exists within the City of Solvang.

SECTION 3. The City Council ratifies and confirms any emergency actions and emergency purchases taken by or at the direction of the City Manager pursuant to the Declaration, consistent with Section V.F of the City's Purchasing Policy. 3 R 26-1336 Local Emergency
SECTION 4. The local emergency shall continue until terminated by the City Council. The City Council shall review the need to continue the local emergency at its regular meetings and shall terminate it when the conditions giving rise to it have ended.

SECTION 5. That this resolution shall be effective upon adoption.

SECTION 6. That the City Clerk shall certify to the passage and adoption of this resolution and shall cause a certified copy to be filed in the book of original resolutions.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED on this 12th day of October, 2026. ______________________________
Dave Brown, Mayor
APPROVED AS TO FORM: ATTEST:
______________________________ ______________________________ Chelsea O’Sullivan, City Attorney Annamarie Porter, City Clerk 4 R 26-1336 Local Emergency
5 R 26-1336 Local Emergency

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )
COUNTY OF SANTA BARBARA )ss

CITY OF SOLVANG )
I, Annamarie Porter, City Clerk of the City of Solvang, California do hereby certify that Resolution No. 26-1336 was passed and adopted by the City Council of the City of Solvang at a regular meeting of said City Council held on the 12th day of October 2026, and thereafter signed and approved by the Mayor and attested by the City Clerk, and that said resolution was adopted by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:

Annamarie Porter, City Clerk
6 DECLARATION OF EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY

AND AUTHORIZATION OF EMERGENCY PURCHASES
City of Solvang, by the City Manager
WHEREAS, Article IV of the City of Solvang Charter provides that the City shall have the power and authority to take all actions and to exercise all rights, powers, and privileges established, granted, or prescribed by any law of the State of California or by any other lawful authority, and that in the event of any conflict between the Charter and the general laws of the State of California, the Charter shall control; WHEREAS, Article XI, Section 7 of the California Constitution provides that a city may make and enforce within its limits all local, police, sanitary, and other ordinances and regulations not in conflict with general laws;
WHEREAS, Government Code Section 8668(b) provides that nothing in the California Emergency Services Act shall be construed to diminish or remove any authority of a city granted by Section 7 of Article XI of the California Constitution; WHEREAS, the City of Solvang Purchasing Policy, effective October 26, 2020, at Section V.F (Emergency Purchases), provides that the City is not required to engage in either informal or formal competitive bidding in an emergency, and that the City Council delegates to the City Manager the authority to declare the existence of a state of emergency and to waive any procedures in the Purchasing Policy that are not statutorily mandated when making emergency purchases of supplies, equipment, materials, or services; WHEREAS, the Purchasing Policy defines Emergency Purchases as those procurements required to prevent the immediate interruption or cessation of necessary City services, or to safeguard life, property, or the public health and welfare; WHEREAS, the National Weather Service forecasts a strong El Niño pattern and a wetterthan-normal winter with elevated storm and flooding potential for the region; WHEREAS, on September 21, 2026, Governor Newsom declared a statewide state of emergency based on the developing El Niño event, which the Governor declared is likely to cause conditions that, by reason of their magnitude, are likely to be beyond the control of the services, personnel, equipment, and facilities of any single local government; WHEREAS, the developing El Niño event threatens the immediate interruption or cessation of necessary City services and poses a risk to the public health, safety, and welfare, and the City must be able to procure supplies, equipment, materials, and services, including contract labor and specialized services, without the delay that informal or formal competitive bidding would require;
WHEREAS, the City Manager has determined that these conditions constitute a local emergency and an emergency within the meaning of Section V.F of the Purchasing Policy; and
7 NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY PROCLAIMED, DECLARED, AND ORDERED by the City Manager of the City of Solvang as follows:

1. Existence of a local emergency. A local emergency now exists throughout the City of Solvang, arising from the impending El Niño event and its effect on the City's ability to deliver necessary services and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare. This Declaration is issued pursuant to the City's independent authority under its Charter and Article XI, Section 7 of the California Constitution, and not pursuant to the California Emergency Services Act.

2. Authorization of emergency purchases. Pursuant to Section V.F of the Purchasing Policy, the City Manager authorizes emergency purchases of supplies, equipment, materials, and services, including contract labor and specialized services, that are necessary to prevent the interruption or cessation of necessary City services or to safeguard life, property, and the public health and welfare, without informal or formal competitive bidding.

3. Waiver of non-mandated procedures. Any procedures in the Purchasing Policy that are not statutorily mandated are waived to the extent necessary to make the emergency purchases authorized by this Declaration.

4. Construction services. To the extent any emergency procurement involves construction services undertaken without the City's usual procedures, such procurement shall be conducted in compliance with California Public Contract Code Section 22050.

5. Authorization and designees. Emergency purchases shall be authorized as provided in Section V.F of the Purchasing Policy. During normal business hours, the Purchasing Officer or designee shall confirm the declaration of the emergency with the City Manager.

After normal business hours, authorization shall be obtained from the City Manager or the EOC Director, and if the City Manager is unavailable, from the Purchasing Officer and then a Department Director, in that order.

6. Documentation and reporting. For every emergency purchase made under this Declaration, the responsible Department Director shall, no later than five (5) days thereafter, submit the Emergency Purchase Documentation Form to Purchasing, listing all expenditures and vendors, identifying where the goods or services were used, and explaining the circumstances of the emergency that justified the use of emergency procedures.

7. Scope and limitation. The total emergency purchases under this Declaration shall not exceed $250,000 without further authorization.

8. Duration and review. This Declaration is effective immediately and shall remain in effect until the conditions giving rise to the local emergency cease, or until the Declaration is terminated by the City Council. The City Council shall review the need to continue the local 8 emergency at its next regular meeting and periodically thereafter, and in no event less often than every 60 days.

9. Ratification. The circumstances giving rise to this Declaration and the emergency purchases made pursuant to it shall be presented to the City Council for ratification at a duly scheduled meeting, consistent with Section V.F.5 of the Purchasing Policy.

PROCLAIMED this 22nd day of September, 2026.

By: ___________________________________
Randy Murphy
City Manager, City of Solvang
9 10
RESOLUTION NO. 26-______

RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SOLVANG RATIFYING THE

DECLARATION OF EXISTENCE OF A LOCAL EMERGENCY
WHEREAS, on September 22, 2026, the City Manager of the City of Solvang proclaimed the existence of a local emergency arising from the impending El Niño event and its effect on the City's ability to deliver necessary services and to protect the public health, safety, and welfare; and WHEREAS, the Declaration was issued under the City's independent authority pursuant to its Charter and Article XI, Section 7 of the California Constitution, and not pursuant to the California Emergency Services Act; and
WHEREAS, the Declaration authorized emergency purchases pursuant to Section V.F of the City's Purchasing Policy; and
WHEREAS, the City Council has been presented with, and has reviewed, the circumstances giving rise to the Declaration and the emergency purchases made pursuant to it.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Solvang as follows:

1. Ratification of declaration. The Declaration of Existence of a Local Emergency is hereby ratified and confirmed, and a local emergency now exists throughout the City of Solvang.

2. Ratification of emergency purchases. The emergency purchases made pursuant to the Declaration are hereby ratified, consistent with Section V.F.5 of the Purchasing Policy.

3. Continuation and review. The local emergency shall continue until terminated by the City Council. The City Council shall review the need to continue the local emergency at its regular meetings and may terminate the local emergency when the conditions giving rise to it have ceased.

PASSED, APPROVED, AND ADOPTED this ______ day of ____________, 2026.

By: ___________________________________
Mayor, City of Solvang
ATTEST:
_______________________________________
City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
_______________________________________
City Attorney
11 1